Home

HP NonStop S User's Manual

1. Group Group Group Group Group Group Group Group 51 52 53 54 64 63 62 61 IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 1 1 PMF 55 7 2 PMF 55 SEB 3 SEB Group 3 Grou 05 52 f4 52 rong 5 5 6 6 PMF 55 g Group ere 4 01 1 SEB 2 54 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 Group 55 11 OMF 55 Group Group 55 22 12 OMF OMF 55 Group Group 55 23 13 OMF OMF 55 Group Group 55 24 14 OMF OMF 55 Group Group 55 25 15 OMF OMF Group 55 55 Group 35 45 OMF OMF Group 55 55 Group 44 a OMF OMF Group 55 55 Group 33 43 OMF OMF Group 55 55 Group 42 z OMF OMF Group 55 55 Group 1l OMF OMF 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 SEB 3 3 SEB 54 2 54 Group SEB 1 1 SEB Group Oe 52 4 4 52 PMF 55 5 5 PMF 55 6 6 6 6 5 5 Group Ses 4 4 SEB Group 52 3 3 52 PMF 55 2 2 PMF 55 c pm 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 Group Group Group Group Group Group Group Group 81 82 83_ 84 74 73 72 71 IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF VST302 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 6 ServerNet Cabling Maximum ServerNet Cabling Tables Maximum ServerNet Cabling Tables
2. VST805 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 C 2 Power On Cabling Figure C 2 Power On Cabling Mixed Single High and Double High Stacks Existing Enclosure nt 4J X Added Enclosure N Existing Cable 4 7 Fg g Moved Cable N f_ New Cable q s y 7 Lr nra si AR N Wisma h Aa j oe m m j m VST806 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 C 3 Power On Cabling Figure C 3 Power On Cabling Multiple Row Systems Diagonal cross row cabling is possible if cable length permits VST000 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 C 4 Power On
3. HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 5 Online Configuration Tasks Types of System Configuration Files Types of System Configuration Files On systems running G series RVUs Most I O processes are not prebuilt by SYSGENR Rather the subsystems send information about these processes into the system configuration database The SYSnn OSCONFIG file contains only Software Problem Isolation and Fix Facility SPIFF and Software ID SWID records The system configuration database files are stored on the SYSTEM ZSYSCONF subvolume independent of the SYSnn subvolume on which the operating system is running The system configuration files used on systems running G series RVUs are File Type File Name Description On the SYSTEM SYSnn subvolume Base CONFBASE Contains the minimal configuration to load the system You CONFIG use this file when you want to rebuild the system configuration from the absolute minimum configuration File Type File Name Description On the SYSTEM ZSYSCONF subvolume Input to SCFO0000 Is used to create the CONFO0000 file which HP uses to initial configure and test a standard system before shipment CONFIG Current CONFIG Contains the current system configuration CONFIG Saved CONF xxyy Contains a copy of a CONFIG file saved for future use You CONFIG can use one of these files to return to an earlier stable configur
4. Object Tools for Installation Purpose System ESD protection kit Protect components against enclosure electrostatic discharge Heavy freight handling equipment Move shipping pallet to installation site Safety glasses Protect eyes Scissors or cutters Cut banding straps Open end wrench 3 4 inch 19 Lower enclosure legs mm or 9 16 inch 15 mm 4 mm diagonal wrench provided Unlock system enclosure door Phillips screwdriver Fasten groundstraps Stubby Phillips screwdriver Secure AC power cords if present Labels and pens or pencils Label cables Tape Open end wrench 15 16 inch 24 Lower legs on subsystem enclosure subsystem mm or adjustable Small slotted screwdriver Remove shipping restraints if present 3 Unpack and Unload Server Note One unloading ramp is provided regardless of the number of enclosures shipped 1 Move each shipping pallet as close as possible to the installation area 2 If necessary allow components to warm to room temperature before installation This practice reduces condensation that can damage electronic and moving parts 3 Atthe installation site remove all packaging from each enclosure stack Figure E 1 Packaging of Enclosure Stack Plastic Locking Clips Unloading Ramp Cardboard Panel lt gt Cardboard Cap Antistatic Bag Cardboard Panel vst987 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 6
5. LDev Name PPID BPID Type RSize Pri Program 124 ZTC2 4 43 708 48 0 32000 200 JOHN SSYSTEM ZTCPIP TCPIP 716 ZTCO 4 39 7 36 48 0 32000 150 JOHN SSYSTEM ZTCPIP TCPIP 723 ZTC1 9 28 8 33 48 0 32000 150 JOHN SSYSTEM ZTCPIP TCPIP 740 ZTC3 5 12 6 33 48 0 32000 150 JOHN SSYSTEM ZTCPIP TCPIP 749 ZTC10 4 45 5 38 48 0 32000 150 JOHN SSYSTEM ZTCPIP TCPIP 1148 ZTCSO0 12 46 13 71 48 0 32000 150 JOHN SSYSTEM ZTCPIP TCPIP 1633 SZTCS2 12 79 13 70 48 0 32000 150 JOHN SSYSTEM ZTCPIP TCPIP 4 The NonStop TCP IP process you select must have an Ethernet subnet configured List the subnets configured for a particular NonStop TCP IP process gt INFO SUBNET Stcpip process name Example F 6 shows an SCF INFO SUBNET display Ethernet subnets are identified by the word ETHERNET in the TYPE field Important information is highlighted in boldface type Example F 6 SCF INFO SUBNET Display TCPIP Info SUBNET JOHN ZTC10 Name Devicename IPADDRESS TYPE SUBNETMASK SuName QIO R LOOPO NOSYS SNOIOP 127 0 0 1 LOOP BACK SHFF000000 OFF N ENO JOHN SLAM12 155 186 70 123 ETHERNET HFFFFFCOO ON N 5 Record the name of the NonStop TCP IP process you selected shown in the Name field in the SCF LISTDEV display in the tcpip_process field in the COUP Worksheet HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 16 FastPath Tasks Optional 2 On the NonStop K Seri
6. 12 gt info data08 label STORAGE Label Information DISK WAGER SDATA08 Disk Label Information SDATAO8 Primary Vo Lume Namen erus apa E Seats eal eee eee A wees SSYSTEM Alternate Volume Name SDATA08 WO Tames EDs Daa a teres ena a sb es eee e ees 19 Volum sab Verifies ka fet arare le EA D2 Volume Label Version 0 Operating System Last Mounted Under F40 P40 Volume Label Last Written 02 Apr 1997 16 41 06 036 Disk SUDEYV DS sc paruen Burs a feual erie Ghote wie 42 Section Name Address Length Version Parameter 0 Spare Tracks Table 000000 003000 000000 005000 0 000000 000000 1 Boot 000000 000000 000000 000000 0 000000 000000 Za EY Space Tabl 000000 010000 000000 020000 0 000000 000000 3 Directory Label 000000 110000 000000 010000 0 000000 000000 4 Unused 000000 000000 Q000000 000000 0 000000 000000 5 Undo 000000 120000 000000 020000 0 000000 000000 6 Pool 000000 000000 000000 000000 0 000000 000000 10 Pool LSA 000000 000010 000407 061554 3 000000 000000 11 Fr Space Table LSA 000000 000010 000000 000020 3 000000 000000 12 Boot LSA 000000 000000 000000 000000 O 000000 000000 Disk Label Information SDATAO8 Mirror V O Lume Namen t sieta aae siete aca ess Beas od SSYSTEM Alternate Volume Name SDATA08 Volume SDS apes a a site a Ree os a a e A E E To Volum sab Verifier eased ua abe Da LAAN D2 Volume Label Version 0 Operating Syste
7. Topic Page 1 Configure Passwords E 34 1a Configure Super ID and Null User Passwords E 34 1b Configure Root User Password E 34 2 Configure Kernel Managed Swap Files E 35 3 Configure OSM or TSM Environment E 36 3a Configure Dial Out Workstation E 36 3b Update Emergency Repair Disk or Automated System Recovery Disk E 36 4 Configure System Attributes E 37 4a Save Current Configuration Database E 37 4b Set System Name Number and Time E 38 4c Restart System E 39 4d Check and Reset System Time If Necessary E 39 4e Invoke STARTCOM and STARTSCE Startup Files E 40 4f Reconfigure Processes That Use SNMP E 40 5 Configure DSM SCM E 41 5a Change System Name Parameter in DSM SCM Client E 41 5b Configure DSM SCM System Environment E 42 5c Configure Host Information for Host Database E 43 5d Configure Target Information for Host s Logical Target E 44 5e Restart Inspect Monitor Process E 44 Use this section regardless of the number of processors in your system after verifying system operations You must configure kernel managed swap files the OSM or TSM package the system attributes and DSM SCM in the order specified in these procedures HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 33 FastPath Tasks Required 1 Configure Passwords 1 Configure Passwords Task Page 1a Configure Super ID and Null User Passwords E 34 1b Configure Root User Password E 34 1a Conf
8. database Task Page 4a Save Current Configuration Database E 37 4b Set System Name Number and Time E 38 4c Restart System E 39 4d Check and Reset System Time If Necessary E 39 4e Invoke STARTCOM and STARTSCF Startup Files E 40 4f Reconfigure Processes That Use SNMP E 40 4a Save Current Configuration Database 1 Log onto TACL using the super ID 255 255 and a valid password 2 List the saved configuration files At the SCF prompt gt FUP INFO SSYSTEM ZSYSCONF CONF 3 Save the current configuration using a unique file name At the SCF prompt gt SAVE CONFIGURATION xx yy where xx yy is a number in the range 0 0 through 99 99 A display appears in the terminal emulation window as shown in the following example This example saves the fourth minor change to the current system configuration to the file SYSTEM ZSYSCONF CONF0104 gt SAVE CONFIGURATION 1 4 The configuration file SSYSTEM ZSYSCONF CONF0104 has been created HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 37 FastPath Tasks Required 4 Configure System Attributes 4b Set System Name Number and Time 1 Start SCF gt SCF Specify the Kernel subsystem and display the current settings gt ASSUME SUBSYS ZZKRN gt INFO DETAIL Type a unique within your Expand network system name and system number gt ALTER SYSTEM_NAME sys name S
9. gt START ENDPOINT endpoint name gt INFO TRAPDEST gt STOP TRAPDEST trapdest name gt ALTER TRAPDEST trapdest name network tcpip gt START TRAPDEST trapdest name HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 40 FastPath Tasks Required 5 Configure DSM SCM 5 Configure DSM SCM Perform this procedure before installing any new software SPRs or SUTs on your system Note These basic DSM SCM procedures configure the server as a stand alone host system For more information on these procedures and other DSM SCM procedures including configuring the system as a remote target system see the DSM SCM User s Guide Task Page 5a Change System Name Parameter in DSM SCM Client E 41 5b Configure DSM SCM System Environment E 42 5c Configure Host Information for Host Database E 43 5d Configure Target Information for Host s Logical Target E 44 5e Restart Inspect Monitor Process E 44 5a Change System Name Parameter in DSM SCM Client 1 Double click the SETUP EXE file in the DSMSCM program group DSM SCM displays the Setup Logon screen followed by licensing information and a series of dialog boxes Click OK in each dialog box until the dialog box asking for the system name appears Type the host system name Click OK SETUP updates the DSMSCM INI file on your workstation with the information you entered
10. What s in This Guide Section Title Contents page 1 of 3 1 Introduction This section summarizes the installation process and gives an overview of the NonStop S series system 2 Installing Enclosures This section describes how to unpack new equipment and install NonStop system enclosures 3 Cabling Enclosures This section explains how to cable enclosures in NonStop S series systems with power on emergency power off EPO and ServerNet cables HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 xxi About This Guide Section 4 10 ID gt 0 IO Title Installing Service Side Doors Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Connecting a System Console Installing External System Devices Powering On and Starting the System Performing Post Startup Tasks Configuring the System Offline Configuration Tasks Online Configuration Tasks Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Part Numbers ServerNet Cabling Power On Cabling What s in This Guide Contents page 2 of 3 This section describes how to install optional service side doors on NonStop S series system enclosures that are already installed and cabled New NonStop S series system enclosures are shipped with service side doors installed This section describes how to unpack assemb
11. Avoiding planned outages by configuring an alternate system disk to use in case you must stop your current system disk Keeping your system running with the alternate system disk while the main system disk is offline For more information see the DSM SCM User s Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 10 Online Configuration Tasks 1 Choose the Target Disk and Plan Its Space and Files 1 Choose the Target Disk and Plan Its Space and Files The target disk is the disk that will become the alternate system disk Before choosing the target disk plan its space and the files that will be stored on it Ensure that this target disk has enough room for the subvolumes it will hold The best way to do this is to set aside an entire disk as the target disk If you cannot set aside an entire disk you might need to purge files from the disk you will use Plan your alternate system disk using the following considerations Allow enough space on the target disk for the Kernel Managed Swap Facility KMSF to operate Note The default KMSF swap files immediately allocate 64 megabytes of swap space and can grow to a maximum size of 128 megabytes However the Kernel Managed Swap Facility KMSF Manual recommends that you initially configure a swap file of 512 megabytes for each processor Because the optimal amount of swap space varies you should adjust the size of the swap files depending
12. A dialog box appears saying that SETUP is finished and asking if you want to start the Planner Interface Click No Close the DSM SCM program group HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 41 FastPath Tasks Required 5 Configure DSM SCM 5b Configure DSM SCM System Environment 1 2 Log on to TACL using the super ID 255 255 Start the Transaction Management Facility TMF subsystem gt TMFCOM START TMF Run INITENV from the ZDSMSCM subvolume gt VOLUME SDSMSCM ZDSMSCM gt RUN INITENV INITENV displays a series of questions Answer them as described in the following steps To change the default settings enter C Note You can use the Change option only once An Initialization Build Apply is not necessary when you use the Change option However if you change the system name and number again you must use the Reinitialize option to reinitialize DSM SCM and then perform an Initialization Build Apply before you can use DSM SCM to manage software INITENV displays the current system name and system number Indicate that the information is correct This step confirms the system name and system number for DSM SCM It does not change the system name and number Changing the system name and system number was performed in 4b Set System Name Number and Time on page E 38 Indicate that the system is a host system Type the database Pathway owner use
13. Click Finish The Desktop appears The Connect to Internet icon disappears 26 Start gt Settings gt Control Panel The Control Panel appears 27 Double click the System icon The System Properties screen appears 28 In the Network Identification tab start the Network Identification Wizard The Network Identification Wizard appears 29 Click the Network ID button Click Next 30 Select This computer is part of a business network Click Next The Connecting to the Network screen appears 31 Select My computer uses a network without a domain Click Next The Workgroup dialog box appears HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 D 40 Troubleshooting Restoring Software on the Hard Disk Table D 8 Install Windows XP Professional Operating System page 3 of 4 Action Result 32 Verify that the Workgroup field contains Workgroup Click Next Click Finish The Completing Network Configuration screen appears 33 Click OK to restart the computer 34 Click Properties Type Tandem for computer name Click OK twice to restart Click Yes to restart The Identification Changes Workgroup radio button is selected The Network ID Screen appears 35 Start gt Settings gt Control Panel The Control Panel appears 36 Select the Modems tab Select Add Click Next The Add Remove Hardware Wizar
14. Server State External Event Result page 1 of 2 The server has been shut down You reconnect AC with SCF or the OSM or TSM power to the server Low Level Link AC power is disconnected from the server The server has been shut down You push the power on with SCF or the OSM or TSM push button on a PMF Low Level Link AC power CRU remains connected to the server Power is applied to the server components The components complete their startup sequence The server is ready for system start The server components You start the system complete their startup sequence with the OSM or TSM Low Level Link The operating system is loaded and started The system is ready The system is operating You stop the system normally with SCF OSM or TSM Processing halts Power is disconnected from the server components HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 2 Troubleshooting Power States Server State The system is operating normally The batteries are connected enabled and charged External Event AC power fails for less than 30 seconds AC power fails for more than 30 seconds Result page 2 of 2 The batteries provide power to the server components inside the enclosures Processing is uninterrupted The default time for power fail protection is 30 seconds Processing is interrupted The batteries provide power to memory usually f
15. 4 Verify that the power interlock of each PMF CRU or IOMF CRU is pushed down to hold the CRU in the slot If any power interlocks are loose and if the ejectors on a PMF CRU or IOMF CRU appear unlatched reseat the CRU See Step 5 5 To reseat each PMF CRU or IOMF CRU that is improperly seated a Puton your ESD wriststrap Attach the grounding clip to an exposed unpainted metal surface such as the ventilation holes on the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU b Lift the power interlock that holds the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU in the slot c Unlatch the two CRU ejectors simultaneously by pressing the blue green tabs and pulling outward on the ejectors to unseat the CRU See Figure 2 20 Figure 2 20 Reseating a PMF CRU or IOMF CRU VST965 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 24 Installing Enclosures Inspect the Components d Reinsert the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU until the ejectors on the CRU can be engaged into the notches on the enclosure e Latch the two ejectors simultaneously by first pressing the blue green tabs and then closing the ejectors This seats the CRU against the backplane f Push down on the power interlock to secure the CRU in the slot 6 Inspect all SEBs or MSEBs in the system enclosure a Verify that the ejectors on each SEB or MSEB in the enclosure are latched b If any ejectors are unlatched reseat the SEB or MSEB See Step 7 7 To reseat each SEB or MSEB that has become impr
16. CORR PUM ERS RSS Laine VOC 1 ome Eie PAARL 7 ORS RERACERT SERRE HSS RIP LL SHV ET CORA CER EMMRRERT ah BRAS hhh ET This is a Class A product based on the standard or the Voluntary Control Council for Interference by Information Technology Equipment VCCI If this equipment is used in a domestic environment radio disturbance may occur in which case the user may be required to take corrective actions HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 Statements 2 Safety and Compliance Regulatory Compliance Statements European Union Notice Products with the CE Marking comply with both the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC and the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC issued by the Commission of the European Community Compliance with these directives implies conformity to the following European Norms the equivalent international standards are in parenthesis EN55022 CISPR 22 Electromagnetic Interference EN55024 IEC61000 4 2 3 4 5 6 8 11 Electromagnetic Immunity EN61000 3 2 IEC61000 3 2 Power Line Harmonics EN61000 3 3 IEC61000 3 3 Power Line Flicker EN60950 1 IEC60950 1 Product Safety Laser Compliance This product may be provided with an optical storage device that is CD or DVD drive and or fiber optic transceiver Each of these devices contains a laser that is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product in accordance with US FDA regulations and the IEC 60825 1 The product does
17. HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 7 1 Installing External System Devices Installing a 5175 Open Reel Tape Subsystem For information about which tape products are supported for this RVU see the G06 nn Release Version Update Compendium or the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide Installing a 5175 Open Reel Tape Subsystem A 5175 tape subsystem is an open reel tape drive in a module on a modular storage system pedestal as shown in Figure 7 1 Figure 7 1 5175 Tape Subsystem Module Tape Drive CRU Pedestal VST544 vsd Tape products can be installed by customers when shipped as a self contained module or as two modules on a pedestal Of the 517x tape subsystems only the 5175 tape subsystem is customer installable Other maintenance or changes to an installed 5175 tape subsystem require a trained service provider Likewise a trained service provider must install other 517x tape subsystem configurations 1 To unpack and install a 5175 tape subsystem you need Small slotted screwdriver A 15 16 inch 24 mm or adjustable open end wrench HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 7 2 Installing External System Devices Installing a 5175 Open Reel Tape Subsystem 2 If you have a 517x tape subsystem currently connected to another system and you want to connect it to a server ask your service provider to ensure the tape drive f
18. Section 6 Connecting a System Console Install external system devices Section 7 Installing External System Devices Prepare for system startup Power on external system devices Power on the system Start the system Section 8 Powering On and Starting the System Test the system Complete final installation tasks Prepare for daily operations Configure the OSM or TSM environment Section 9 Performing Post Startup Tasks Create the operating configuration Section 10 Configuring the System HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 8 Introduction Installation Overview Shipping Packages Each enclosure or stack of enclosures is shipped in a shipping package Note For information about shipping packages for IOAM enclosures including package specifications and unpacking instructions contact your HP trained service provider who can refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library About Shipping Packages The shipping package consists of protective cardboard panels on the top and sides of the enclosure secured with nylon banding straps that are 1 5 inches 3 75 mm wide Equipment is included in your shipment so that you can unload the shipping packages as follows Wooden pallets Each shipping package comes
19. Start the network control process gt START DEVICE Szzwan ncp 1d Obtain TCP IP Information 1 Determine the name of the NonStop TCP IP Parallel Library TCP IP TCPSAM or NonStop TCP IPv6 TCP6SAM process you want to associate with the Expand over IP line handler process To list all TCP IP transport service providers gt LISTDEV TCPIP The SCF LISTDEV program displays process types as follows Type of process Program field ends in Conventional NonStop TCP IP TCPIP Parallel Library TCP IP TCPSAM NonStop TCP IPv6 TCP6SAM The following example output shows both TCPSAM and NonStop TCP IP processes because NonStop TCP IP and Parallel Library TCP IP are both running on this system Parallel Library TCP IP and NonStop TCP IPv6 cannot run on the same system Example F 1 SCF LISTDEV TCPIP Display LDev Name PPID BPID Type RSize Pri Program 124 ZTC02 0 301 1 287 48 0 32000 200 MYSYS SSYSTEM SYS00 TCPSAM 125 ZTCPO 0 304 1 282 48 0 32000 200 MYSYS SSYSTEM SYS00 TCPIP 129 S ZTCP1 1 285 0 308 48 0 32000 200 MYSYS SSYSTEM SYS00 TCPIP 160 2TC21 2 292 8 276 48 0 32000 200 MYSYS SSYSTEM SYS00 TCPIP 161 ZTC01 0 313 1 292 48 0 32000 200 MYSYS SSYSTEM SYS00 TCPIP 165 zTC03 0 316 1 293 48 0 32000 200 MYSYS SSYSTEM SYS00 TCPIP HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 13 FastPath Tasks Optional 1 On the NonStop S
20. Topic Page Shaded Areas in These Tables B 7 Tetra 8 Cabling Tables B 8 Maximum Tetra 8 ServerNet Cabling Processor Enclosures B 8 Maximum Tetra 8 ServerNet Cabling I O Enclosures B 9 Tetra 16 Cabling Tables B 10 Maximum Tetra 16 ServerNet Cabling Processor Enclosures B 10 Maximum Tetra 16 ServerNet Cabling I O Enclosures B 11 Each table in this section describes the ServerNet cable connections for the specified enclosures in the maximum topology Whenever a SEB is identified an MSEB can also appear Shaded Areas in These Tables In any table shaded areas indicate the redundant entry for each cable For example the cable that connects these groups From To Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 01 51 1 02 51 1 Is the same cable that connects these groups From To Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 02 51 1 01 51 1 A cabling table can list this cable in two categories From Group 01 and From Group 02 but the second category will be shaded HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 7 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 8 Cabling Tables Tetra 8 Cabling Tables Table Page Maximum Tetra 8 ServerNet Cabling Processor Enclosures B 8 Maximum Tetra 8 ServerNet Cabling I O Enclosures B 9 Table B 1 Maximum Tetra 8 ServerNet Cabling Processor Enclosures From To Group Slot ServerNet Port Group Slot ServerNet Port 01 51 1 02 51 1 01 52 1 02 52 1 01 51 2 03 51 2 01 52 2 03 52 2
21. amp PROTECTDIRECTORY SERIAL amp REVIVEBLOCKS 1 amp R S O EVIVEINTERVAL 100 amp ERIALWRITES ENABLED 3 Stop writing to this log file by either exiting from SCF or using the SCF LOG command gt LOG HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 12 17 Online Configuration Tasks 4 Edit this log file to create a command file Remove the top line the INFO command Remove the bottom line the LOG commana Create a Command File Update the locations for any affected adapters PRIMARYLOCATION and BACKUPLOCATION ADD DISK Sdata3 amp ENDTO STORAGE amp ACKUPCPU 3 amp IGHPIN O amp RIMARYCPU 2 amp ROGRAM SSYSTEM SYSTEM TSYSDP2 amp TARTSTATE STARTED amp RIMARYDEVICEID 0 amp RIMARYLOCATION 1 1 53 amp RIMARYSAC 3 amp ACKUPDEVICEID 0 amp ACKUPLOCATION 1 1 53 amp ACKUPSAC 4 amp UDITTRAILBUFFER 0 amp UTOREVIVE OFF amp UTOSTART ON amp BPOOLLEN 1000 amp STCACHING OFF amp ULLCHECKPOINTS ENABLED amp ALTONERROR 1 amp KIDLONGPOOLLEN 8 amp Peo taArrrwnwwvvuvuHNVUGmwWONHn KTABLESPACELEN 15 amp AXLOCKSPEROCB 5000 amp AXLOCKSPERTCB 5000 amp NUMDISKPROCESSES 4 amp OSSCACHING ON amp PROTECTDI
22. ALTER HOSTNAME HOST NA ADD SUBNET SN1 TYPE ETHE A A S T i T IPADDRESS IP ADDR DEVICENAM SShFFEFFFFOO S I27 1 LINE NAME PAE ER SUBNE SN1 SUBNETMASK TER SUBNE LOOPO IPADDRES ART SUBNET ADD ROUTE GW DESTINATION 0 GATEWAY GW ADDR DESTTYPE BROADCAST START ROUTE EXIT POP INLINEPREFIX OUTPU OUTPUT Starting Listner LST NAME LISTNER NAME LST NAME CPU TCP CPU1 PRI 160 NOWAIT TERM CON NAM HIGHPIN OFF SSYSTEM ZTCPIP PORTCONF Gl wu OUTPU OUTPUT Starting Telserv TEL NAME ELSERV NAME TEL NAME CPU TCP CPU1 PRI 170 NOWAIT TERM CON NAM backupcpu TCP CPU2 i Wa l ELETE DEFINE TCPIP PROCESS NAME EAR PARAM TCPIP PROCESS NAME AR PARAM ZTNT TRANSPORT PROCESS NAM UNFRAME Gl 0200 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 26 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Adding Persistent CLC TACL Expand Manager and SCP Processes Adding Persistent CLCI TACL Expand Manager and SCP Processes This example shows an SCF command file that adds
23. Enabled Disabled Enabled or disabled Results CIIN is executed by initial startup TACL process Upon completion this TACL process terminates You must log on to a different TACL process the TACL process on YMIOP CLCI started by the CIIN file to complete the system startup process CIIN is executed by initial startup TACL process Upon completion this TACL process terminates leaving no TACL process available You must reload the system with the CIIN option disabled in the System Startup dialog box invoked from the OSM or TSM Low Level Link then log on and correct the CIIN file Then either enable the CIIN option using the System Startup dialog box and reload or complete the system startup process manually Initial TACL process is started and left in logged off state You must log on to complete the system startup process Initial TACL process is started and left in logged off state You must log on to complete the system startup process Initial TACL process is started and left logged on to the super ID 255 255 You must initiate the remainder of the system startup process manually and then log off HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 13 7 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Example CIIN Files A Caution Situation 5 presents a security issue the initial TACL process is left logged on to the super ID 255 255 You must either immediately continue with the
24. Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Unpacking and Assembling a System Console Unpacking and Assembling a System Console This subsection describes how to unpack and assemble system console components The instructions direct you to unpack all equipment before connecting components Topic Page Installation Quick Reference 5 2 Finding Documentation ae Finding the Quick Setup Reference Card 5 2 Unpacking the System Console 5 2 Assembling the System Console 5 6 Installation Quick Reference If you are already familiar with installing system consoles use the system console tasks in Section E FastPath Tasks Required as a checklist If you are not installing a system console in the setup configuration where one system console manages one system go to Section 10 Configuring the System for the appropriate connection procedure Finding Documentation Documentation is available in the NonStop Technical Library NTL For the location of NTL see Where to Get More Information on page xxiv Finding the Quick Setup Reference Card Look for the quick setup reference card as you unpack the system console hardware and software This reference card is included in the accessories box and contains an up to date illustration of the back panel for your model of the system console The reference card shows the location of connectors Unpacking the System Console PCs provided by HP to be used as system conso
25. Start the Transaction Management Facility TMF subsystem comment using the TMFCOM command file TMFSTART TMFCOM IN SSYSTEM STARTUP TMFSTART OUT SZHOME comment Configure and start the TCP IP stacks on the E4SA ports used comment by the SWAN OBEY SSYSTEM STARTUP IPSTK comment Start the CP6100 lines on the SWAN SCF IN SSYSTEM STARTUP STRICP6 OUT SZHOME comment Start the ATP6100 lines on the SWAN SCF IN S SYSTEM STARTUP STRTATP OUT S ZHOME comment Start the X 25 lines on the SWAN SCF IN SSYSTEM STARTUP STRTX25 OUT SZHOME comment Start the printers on the SWAN SCF IN SSYSTEM STARTUP STRTLP OUT SZHOME comment Start the Expand over IP line to Case2 SCF IN SSYSTEM STARTUP IP2CASE2 OUT SZHOME comment Start the direct connect line SCF IN S SSYSTEM STARTUP STRTLH OUT SZHOME HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 11 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Spooler Warm Start File Spooler Warm Start File This example command file warm starts the spooler After the spooler has been brought up the printer devices should be in the WAITING state This file can be invoked automatically from the STRTSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt OBEY SSYSTEM STARTUP SPLWARM comment This is SSYSTEM STARTUP SPLWARM comment This file warm starts the spooler leaving all jobs intact
26. T Slot 55 Oo o o o E Medium Dependent Interface MDI Switch Setting for Ethernet Switch To Primary System Cascade Console Port 4a TE N E sx CIEEEELELI Ethernet Switch 1 Ethernet Switch 2 Cascade To Backup System Console Note Connections vary depending on the Ethernet switch you use VST535 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 5 Configuring the System Add a System Console to the Operating Configuration 6 Connect the backup system console to Switch 2 a Connect an Ethernet cable to the 10Base T connector on the network interface card NIC at the back of the system unit for the backup system console For the location of the NIC connector see the quick setup reference card b Connect the other end of this Ethernet cable to any port on Switch 2 except the cascade port 7 Set the medium dependent interface MDI switch on Switch 1 to allow the cascade port of Switch 1 to connect to another switch or hub See the documentation provided with Switch 1 The position of the MDI switch on Switch 2 does not matter 8 Connect the three foot Ethernet cable provided with the switch or hub from the cascade port of Switch 1 to any port on Switch 2 except the cascade port Add a System Console to the Operating Configuration Figure 10 2 on page 10 3 shows the operating configuration You can add a system console to this configuration as long as
27. When installing a CRU that is located on the appearance side of the enclosure work quickly to minimize the amount of time that the enclosure door is left open Before working with electrical equipment remove all metal accessories such as rings watches and necklaces that can damage the equipment Before working with electromechanical equipment restrain items such as long hair and sleeves that can get caught in the equipment HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 5 Introduction Installation Overview Using ESD Protection System Enclosure Appearance Side SD wriststrap clipped to door latch stud ESD floor mat ESD floor mat ESD antistatic table mat Connect to soft ground 1 megohm min to 10 megohm max Clip 15 foot straight ground cord to screw on grounded outlet cover VST693 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 6 Introduction Tools Installation Overview The tools you might need when installing server components include Component Tool Purpose System ESD protection kit Protect components against electrostatic enclosure discharge Heavy freight handling Move shipping pallets to installation area equipment Safety glasses Prevent eye injury from flying particles Scissors or cutters Clip cable ties and cut banding straps Flashlight For lighting dark areas Labels Label cables Pens or pencils 3 4 inch 1
28. ZZWAN S01 ZZWAN S01 ZZWAN S01 ZZWAN S01 ZZWAN S01 ZZWAN S01 SWAN track ID X001XX SWAN track ID X001XX SWAN track ID X001XX path 2 a path 1 a SWAN track ID X001XX path 2 b path 1 b SWAN track ID X001XX SWAN track ID X001XX path 3 a path 3 b oan eS eS es K HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 21 Registry of IP Addresses Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Installing the System Installing the System The installers at Developers Inc installed the system as it was shipped from the factory They also changed the system name and number and changed other parts of the system configuration The examples in Customizing the Configuration following show examples of command files that Developers Inc can use to build a custom configuration Customizing the Configuration The following subsections contain examples of adding various objects to the configuration database All examples add and start the objects These examples assume that the E4SAs and SWAN concentrators were not added at the factory For your configuration disks tapes ServerNet adapters and SWAN concentrators and other processes are configured at the factory For a description of the initial configuration files see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide Note Beginning with the G06 13 RVU you do not need to add the WANBOOT SNMPTMUX
29. a b C Locate the circuit breaker that controls half the power cords Switch this breaker off Check all objects with redundant power cords to be sure that they are still operating Switch this breaker back on Locate the other circuit breaker that controls the other half of the power cords Switch this breaker off HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 9 Powering On and Starting the System Status LEDs During a Power On Procedure g Check all objects with redundant power cords to be sure that they are still operating h Switch this breaker back on If any two corded piece of equipment fails during either power shutdown there are three possibilities In descending order of probability the possibilities are It is plugged in improperly Check the connection between each power cord and the AC power receptacle to which it is connected If necessary unplug and replug each cord to ensure that it is seated properly in the receptacle thas a defective power cord thas a defective power supply Status LEDs During a Power On Procedure During a system power on procedure status LEDs on the enclosures and CRUs light during a series of POSTs Table 8 1 lists the status LEDs and their functions Table 8 1 Status LEDs and Their Functions page 1 of 2 Location LED Name Color Function PMF CRU Power on Green Lights when the PMF CRU is powered on successfully On
30. e Close the back panel of the 5175 module The panel is hinged at the bottom and held in place at the top with push pull fasteners 4 Push the AC power switch as shown in Figure 7 6 on page 7 8 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 7 7 Installing External System Devices Installing a 519x Cartridge Tape Subsystem Figure 7 6 AC Power Switch for 5175 Tape Drive CRU AC Power Rear of 5175 Tape Drive CRU Switch a O VST533 vsd AC Power Cord Installing a 519x Cartridge Tape Subsystem A 519x cartridge tape subsystem is a cartridge tape drive in a module on a storage pedestal as shown in Figure 7 7 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 7 8 Installing External System Devices Installing a 519x Cartridge Tape Subsystem Figure 7 7 519x Tape Subsystem Module gt Ry b SN N VST556 vsd About Installing a 519X Tape Subsystem For information on unpacking and installing the 519x tape drives see the 5190 5194 Modular Tape Subsystem Manual A519x tape subsystem that is shipped with the modular storage system pedestal is customer installable However some maintenance or changes to an installed subsystem require a trained service provider For more information see the 5190 5194 Modular Tape Subsystem Manual To disconnect an installed 519x tape subsystem and reconnect it to anot
31. 03 4 and 5 31 32 33 34 35 04 6 and 7 41 42 43 44 45 05 8 and 9 51 52 53 54 06 10 and 11 61 62 63 64 07 12 and 13 71 72 73 74 08 14 and 15 81 82 83 84 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 31 Introduction Installation Overview Group ID Switches Set group identification with the two digit ID switches located on the inside of system enclosures near the fans Each enclosure has two sets of switches Both the switches must display the same value The service processors SPs read the switches at power on This figure shows the group ID switches Group ID Switch VST603 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 32 Introduction Installation Overview identification Labels Label Location Notes Group Placed in holders on service and These labels help you find CRUs that need ID appearance sides of enclosure service before shipping The numbers shown by the group ID label and group ID switches must match Module Service and appearance sides of Because there is only one module in each ID enclosure group this number is always 01 Slot Attached to frame below each These labels help you find CRUs that need slot service Identification labels on the appearance side of an enclosure Group 02 Module 01 Slot 03 VST602 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 33 Introducti
32. 1 Prepare for System Startup E 28 2 Power On External System Devices E 23 3 Connect AC Power Cords E 24 4 Apply Power to Server E 26 5 Verify Topology E 27 6 Verify System Components E 28 7 Start System E 28 3 Verify the System E 30 1 Verify Components E 30 2 Verify Critical System Processes E 31 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 1 FastPath Tasks Required Task page 2 of 2 3 Verify Disk Drives 4 Verify Tape Drive 5 Verify Firmware 6 Verify State of the Internal ServerNet Fabric 4 Configure the System 1 Configure Passwords 2 Configure Kernel Managed Swap Files 3 Configure OSM or TSM Environment 4 Configure System Attributes 5 Configure DSM SCM 5 Install the Backup System Console Page page 2 of 2 E 31 E 32 E 32 E 32 E 33 3 3 m N m o N o gt O Li wo N m m D gi HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 2 FastPath Tasks Required 1 Install Hardware 1 Install Hardware Task Page 1 Inventory Shipment E 4 1a Inventory the OPEN FIRST Box E 4 1b Inventory Equipment E 5 2 Collect Tools E 6 3 Unpack and Unload Server E 6 4 Connect Groundstraps E 10 5 Inventory and Inspect All Components E 11 6 Connect the Power On Cables E 11 7 Connect Emergency Power Off EPO Cables E 13 8 Connect
33. 1 Verify Components E 30 2 Verify Critical System Processes E 31 3 Verify Disk Drives E 31 4 Verify Tape Drive E 32 5 Verify Firmware E 32 6 Verify State of the Internal ServerNet Fabric E 32 1 Verify Components 1 2 Log on to the OSM Service Connection or TSM Service Application Use the tree pane to check for any enclosures that have yellow or red icons over them Double click to expand the enclosure or Group object further to identify components that require attention yellow or service red A Caution If a red triangle appears over an enclosure diagram or if any component is highlighted in red contact your service provider 4 5 6 Double click the PMF CRU in slot 50 Select the Processor object In the Attributes tab verify that the Halt Code attribute has a value of 0 and that the Halt Flag has a value of False in OSM or 0 in TSM Note If the Halt Code or Halt Flag attributes do not match these values see the Processor Halt Codes Manual For the Processor object in the PMF CRU in slot 55 repeat Steps 4 through 6 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 30 FastPath Tasks Required 2 Verify Critical System Processes 2 Verify Critical System Processes 1 Atthe startup TACL window log on to TACL gt SUPER SUPER 2 Enter the LISTDEV command gt SCF LISTDEV 3 Verify that the LISTDEV display includes all processes shown in th
34. 6 M5 Phillips screws 6 M5 KEPS nuts 1 4 mm diagonal wrench for unlocking the door Group ID labels Read Me instructions 2 Remove the door from the adapter frame Then retrieve the adapter frame which will be installed first 3 Align the mounting hooks of the frame with the top enlarged holes on the cable channels of the enclosure 4 Push the frame in and down so that the mounting hooks engage Verify that the frame is supported by and flush against the cable channels 5 Verify that the four frame and cable channel mounting holes are aligned HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 4 1 Installing Service Side Doors 6 Using four M5 Phillips screws and four M5 KEPS nuts perform these steps for each of the four mounting holes as shown in Figure 4 1 Figure 4 1 Securing the Frame to the Enclosure Using a Mounting Hole KEPS nut Phillips Screw Screwdriver Access Hole in Frame Phillips Screwdriver Cable Channel Mounting Hole VSTO098 vsd a Insert a Phillips screwdriver through the access hole in the frame b Use the screwdriver to insert a Phillips screw through the mounting hole as shown in Figure 4 2 Figure 4 2 Inserting a Phillips Screw Into the Mounting Hole VST095 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 4 2 Installing Service Side Doors Pull the Phillips screwdriver back out through the access hole in the frame U
35. 7 17 Installing External System Devices Installing Printers and Terminals Topic Subsystem Manuals page 2 of 2 Configuring hosts Spooler FASTP Network Print Processes Manual and printers Configuring UNIX based Line Print Daemon LPD XNS and Novell software Serial port WAN Asynchronous Terminals and Printer Processes SWAN ATP6100 Configuration and Management Manual concentrator SCF Reference Manual for Asynchronous Terminals SWAN 2 and Printer Processes concentrator SWAN Concentrator Installation and Support Guide Wide area network SWAN 2 Concentrator Installation and Support Guide WAN AWAN access WAN AWAN 3886 Server Installation and Configuration server TELSERV Guide Asynchronous SCF Reference Manual for Telserv an network SWAN Concentrator Installation and Support Guide TCP IP Configuration and Management Manual TCP IP Parallel Library Configuration and Management Manual TCP IPv6 Configuration and Management Manual HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 7 18 8 Powering On and Starting the System This section describes how to power on NonStop S series system enclosures how to power on external devices and how to start the system A Caution IOAM enclosures Fibre Channel Disk Module FCDM s and ESSs must be installed powered on and started by a service provider trained by HP Your service provider should refer to the Modular I O Installation
36. Adding Ethernet 4 ServerNet Adapters E4SAs 14 23 Adding ConMgr Process 14 24 Configuring NonStop TCP IP Stacks on E4SA Ports 14 25 Adding Persistent CLCI TACL Expand Manager and SCP Processes 14 27 Starting the ZEXP Expand Manager Process 14 27 Adding a SWAN Concentrator 14 28 Adding a SWAN 2 Concentrator 14 29 Adding CP6100 Lines 14 29 Adding a 5516 Printer 14 31 Adding an X 25 Line 14 32 Configuring and Starting the NCP Network Control Process 14 33 Adding an Expand Over IP Line 14 33 Adding a Direct Connect Line 14 34 Note Examples and sample programs are illustrations only and might not suit your purposes HP does not warrant guarantee or make any representations regarding the use or the results of the use of examples or sample programs in any documentation You must verify the applicability of any example or sample program before placing the software into production use HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 1 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System About These Examples About These Examples Note the following about the examples in this appendix This case study does not document the factory installed configuration To determine the configuration of your system see the SCF Configuration File printout that is shipped with your server for a listing of names and locations of configured drives This file can also be found on the ZSYSCONF subvolume under the name SCF
37. Click Internet Protocol TCP IP b Click properties c Click Specify an IP address d Enter the following values IP Address 192 231 36 4 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway 192 231 36 9 e Click OK to close all the windows Close all dialog boxes Click Start Click Setting gt Control Panel gt System The system properties dialog box appears Click the Network Identification tab Click Properties Change the computer name to TANDEM2 Click OK to close the window Unpack and install the Ethernet switch 2 using documentation that came with the switch Connect the backup system console to switch 2 a Connect an Ethernet cable to the network interface card behind the console b Connect the other end of this Ethernet cable to a port on switch 2 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 45 FastPath Tasks Required 5 Install the Backup System Console 14 Connect an Ethernet cable from the cascade port of switch 1 to a port on switch 2 as shown following Do not use the cascade port on switch 2 15 Disconnect the cable between switch 1and the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU in slot 55 group 01 16 Connect the cable between switch 2 and the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU in slot 55 group 01 as shown Note The connections shown are only examples Actual connections might vary Figure E 17 Adding a System Console to the Operating Configuration Group 01
38. DATA00 command See Step 3 to check that the path switch occurred Make sure the processor number in the Primary PID column is the same as it was before the switch HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 8 Performing Post Startup Tasks Test the Disk Drives The following example shows the listing for the disk from the example in Step 3 after the path has been successfully switched gt STATUS DISK S DATAOO STORAGE Status DISK Example SDATAO00 LDev Primary Backup Mirror MirrorBackup Primary Backup PID PID 06 STARTED STARTED STARTED STARTED 0 30 1 30 c If you are testing a drive that is not mirrored skip to Step 4e Otherwise enter gt SWITCH SDATAOO MB For the mirror drive of the DATAOO disk this command switches the preferred path from the current preferred path which is the mirror path SDATAOO M to the mirror backup path SDATAOO MB d Enter the STATUS DISK DATA00 command See Step 3 to check that the path switch occurred Make sure the processor number in the Primary PID column is the same as it was before the switch The following example shows the listing for the disk from the example in Step 4b after the path has been successfully switched gt STATUS DISK SDATAOO STORAGE Status DISK Example SDATAO00 LDev Primary Backup Mirror MirrorBackup Primary Backup PID PID 06 STARTED STARTED STA
39. Enter root as the user name with no password c Click Log on 3 On the toolbar click System Discovery When system discovery finishes the Management window appears as shown in Figure 8 6 4 Resize the Management window so that its tree view and details panes are fully visible Resize the view pane so that the group 01 enclosure GRP 1 is visible HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 14 Powering On and Starting the System Verifying Topology and System Components Figure 8 6 Management Window in OSM or TSM Low Level Link A HP OSM Low Level Link Application STARI 0 x File View Display Summary Tools Window Help aah elaeao stara Physical Location PMF2 GRP 1 MO Group 1 Module 1 Slot 55 425692 Be STARI PROCESSOR 1 Group 1 Module 1 Slot 55 i P GRP 1 PMF2 SCSI 1 G Group 1 Module 1 Slot 55 TT PMF2 5CSI 2 G Group 1 Module 1 Slot 55 fi crp 2 ERER PMF2 5P GRP 1 Group 1 Module 1 Slot 55 fay GRP 11 PMF2 5CSI 3 G Group 1 Module 1 Slot 55 EH H GRP 12 PMF2 GRP 1 M0 Group 1 Module 1 Slot 50 425692 PROCESSOR 0 Group 1 Module 1 Slot 50 PMF2 5SCSI 1 G Group 1 Module 1 Slot 50 PMF2 5CSI 2 G Group 1 Module 1 Slot 50 gt NACo on conn 4 Ceaun 1 Madule 1 Clak CN Attributes Attribute Name Attribute Value Group Number Selected GRP 1 oo LLL root Discovery Completed Pree SN 048705 VST013 VSD 5 Verify
40. FastPath Tasks Required 3 Unpack and Unload Server 4 Prepare to roll the enclosure stack off the pallet a Flip open the twist lock handles on the pallet end piece To loosen the end piece turn the twist lock handles counterclockwise as far as they can go System Enclosure Side View Twist Lock Handles End Piece VST951 vsd b Remove the end piece and set it aside System Enclosure on Pallet oo End Piece VST706 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 7 FastPath Tasks Required 3 Unpack and Unload Server c Position the unloading ramp against the pallet on the same side as the end piece d Position the Velcro strips Ensure the Velcro strips hold the ramp firmly against the pallet Figure E 2 Velcro Strips on Loading Pallet Hl e To prevent snagging hazards raise the leveling pads on the base enclosure fully before you move the enclosure stack Velcro Strips vst988 vsd A WARNING Before moving an enclosure stack Always get at least one other person to help you move an enclosure stack If the floor is uneven use four people to move the enclosure stack or contact a service provider Move each enclosure stack slowly and gently avoiding all unnecessary shock When pushing the enclosure stack push on the frame Do not push or pull on a plastic enclosure door Do not grasp the
41. Figure 1 18 LC Connector for the 6780 Switch or ServerNet Switch Board VST107 vsd The duplex subscriber connector SC connects to a port on the MSEB For the ServerNet cluster product you must install NNA PICs in connector 6 of each MSEB you plan to use Figure 1 19 shows a fiber optic cable with an SC connector Figure 1 19 SC Connector for MSEB VST108 vsd Cable Lengths The ServerNet cable lengths for your system depend on how your system enclosures will be arranged Although two enclosure arrangements might be logically equivalent the cable lengths required might vary greatly various enclosure arrangements are possible for the same configuration Configurations might be laid out in a single row or multiple rows and enclosures might be stacked in different combinations You can determine cable lengths for your system in two ways See the System Enclosure Arrangement Form for your system See the instructions for determining cable length in the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 42 Introduction Installation Overview Cable Labels Label both ends of each cable Figure 1 20 shows a cable that connects port 5 of an SEB in slot 51 of the group 01 enclosure to the ServerNet port on the IOMF CRU in slot 50 of the group 11 enclosure For more information about labeling see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configurat
42. Group 04 Group 03 afofa frofeo agase VST740 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 26 ServerNet Cabli ng Tetra 16 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures Figure B 9 Tetra 16 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures Y Fabric O ok fa Ne 5 0 O B o oe se 5 4 4 Group 6 6 1 01 2 3 Lil2 3 4 5 6 e 5 4 3 2 1 d 55 d 55 Group 45 Group 44 Group 55 42 Group 55 41 5 ZI Group 1 04 6 A 5 5 Note This illustration shows the maximum possible number of I O enclosures Your service provider can tell you the number of I O enclosures supported by the RVU running on your system VST741 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 B 27 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 16 Systems With Six Processor Enclosures Tetra 16 Systems With Six Processor Enclosures Figure B 10 Tetra 16 Cabling Six Processor Enclosures X Fabric Group Group Group Group Group Group Group Group 51 52 53 54 64 63 62 61 Group 06 Group 05 so so so 50 so so so so llel Lebhi Li 2 3 4 5 6 5 413 2 4 Group 3 55 Group 6 6 Group Group 01 1 02 2 2 56 3 Vax Li 2 3 4 5 6 e s 4 3 2 1 Group Group Group Group Group Group Group Group _ Group 59 13 50 23 Group Group Group Group 15 25 Note Th
43. HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 36 Introduction Installation Overview Other components such as ServerNet FX adapters and ServerNet DAs can be installed in slots 51 and 52 However installing components besides SEBs or MSEBs in these slots prevents the attaching of I O enclosures to the processor enclosure In Tetra 16 topologies slots 53 and 54 contain SEBs or MSEBs if both the following are true These slots belong to groups 01 through 04 O enclosures are attached to these groups IOAM Enclosure Cabling An IOAM enclosure is mounted in a standard 19 inch rack and connects to the MSEB of S76000 and later NonStop S series systems using multimode LC SC fiber optic cables up to a maximum length of 125 meters The LC connector connects to the ServerNet switch board and the SC connector connects to the MSEB A Caution If IOAM enclosures are installed in the field they must be installed by service providers trained by HP All cabling connections including connections to FCDMs and ESSs must be performed by your service provider Your service provider can refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library ServerNet Cables ServerNet cables connect SEBs MSEBs IOMF CRUs IOMF 2 CRUs and IOAM enclosures These connections form the ServerNet system area network ServerNet
44. LINESET 6 Start the Expand over IP line handler process START kline 7 17 18 EXI HP No Exit COUP T nStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 F 20 FastPath Tasks Optional 5 On Either NonStop Server 5 On Either NonStop Server 5a Start the Expand Over IP Line Start the Expand over IP line from either the NonStop S series server or the NonStop K series server 1 Start SCF at the TACL prompt gt SCF 2 Enter one of the following commands at the SCF prompt On the NonStop S series server gt START LINE Ssline On the NonStop K series server gt START LINE Skline 3 Exit SCF gt EXIT HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 21 FastPath Tasks Optional 7 Install Software 7 Install Software This section explains how to install software with the Distributed Systems Management Software Configuration Manager DSM SCM and how to install a software product revision SPR from tape Topic Page Configuring Software With DSM SCM F 23 1 Receive New Software Into Archive F 23 2 Create Software Revision F 23 3 Build and Apply New Configuration Revision F 24 4 Activate New Software on Target System F 24 Installing a Software Product Revision SPR F 25 1 Save Current System Configuration Database F 25 2 Log On to DSM SCM F 26 3 Receive SPR Into Archive F
45. RECEIVEDUMP OUT dumpfile cpu 0 1 Run the RCVDUMP utility directly The syntax of the RCVDUMP command is RCVDUMP run option run option _ dump file cpu X Y param param param is either PRIME NOPRIME FULL PARTIAL Or ONLINE You cannot also specify another param or bus X Y For example you could enter gt RCVDUMP dumpfile cpu X Y FULL RCVDUMP begins copying the dump in a compressed format from the specified processor cpu over the specified ServerNet X or Y fabric into the disk file dumpfile The processor performing the dump is the one in which the TACL command interpreter is running For an explanation of the RCVDUMP messages see the TACL Reference Manual 8 Monitor the dump to ensure it finishes successfully As the dump proceeds the status of the processor being dumped should change in the Processor Status dialog box When the dump is finished the status of the selected processor changes to indicate the completion of the dump In addition RCVDUMP sends the following message to the terminal from which it was run CPU n has been dumped to dumpfile 9 Ensure the dump was successful by checking the size of dumpfile gt FUP INFO dumpfile The end of file pointer EOF should not be zero HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 18 Troubleshooting Dumping Processor
46. Retainer Screw Power Cord Retainer Power Receptacle AC Power Cord Power Interlock Ejector VST708 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 24 FastPath Tasks Required 3 Connect AC Power Cords Enclosures With Power Shelves For these enclosures the DC power cords are shipped already connected to the power shelves Use the following procedure only if these cables are not connected 1 Find the detachable AC power cords included with your system A Caution Do not plug the other end of the AC power cord into the dedicated outlet at this time Doing so immediately powers on the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU 2 Start with the group 01 processor enclosure 3 Select either of the power supplies Orient the molded end of the AC power cord with the single contact on the bottom Insert the plug into the retainer until it is fully seated Visca Bar Power Cord Retainer t Slots on Plug Housing AC Power Cord VST983 vsd 4 Swing the locking bar down until it engages one of the slots on the plug housing and snaps into place A WARNING The underside of the locking bar is sharp Placing your fingers under the locking bar can result in injury Failure to fully seat the plug in the retainer can result in cord damage from the locking bar 5 Repeat Steps 3 and 4 for the remaining power cord for this enclosure and for all remaining enclosures that have powe
47. SPOOL IN SSYSTEM SPL SPL OUT ZHOME NAME SSPLS NOWAIT PRI 149 amp CPU 1 0 SPOOLCOM SPOOLER START comment check to see that the spooler started successfully SPOOLCOM SPOOLER STATUS TMF Warm Start File This example command file warm starts the TMF subsystem This file can be invoked automatically from the STRTSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt TMFCOM IN SSYSTEM STARTUP TMFSTART OUT SZHOME This is SSYSTEM STARTUP TMFSTART This file warm starts the Transaction Management Facility TMF subsystem and checks to see if TMF started successfully START TMF ENABLE DATAVOLS STATUS TMF EXIT TCP IP Stack Configuration and Startup File Configuration data for NonStop TCP IP conventional TCP IP processes is not added to the configuration database Therefore TCP IP stacks must be both configured and started for each LAN port that connects to a SWAN concentrator each time you start the system unless you are using Parallel Library TCP IP or NonStop TCP IPv6 over SWAN If so see the manuals that support those TCP IP subsystems You can create TACL command files to configure TCP IP stacks on the other ports by assigning the appropriate values the following variables in this example file GW ADDR LINE SNAME TCP CPU2 HOST NAME LST NAME TCP NAME IPSADDR TCP CPU1 TEL NAME The Parallel Library TCP
48. TFTPSERV processes These processes are automatically added and started when the SWAN concentrators are configured at the factory The startup and shutdown files used to start and stop this system in an orderly manner are described in Section 13 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 22 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Adding Ethernet 4 ServerNet Adapters E4SAs Adding Ethernet 4 ServerNet Adapters E4SAs This example contains an SCF command file that adds Ethernet 4 ServerNet adapters E4SAs to the configuration database It also contains a startup file ALLOW 20 ASS ADD ADAPT This is S SYSTI UME PROC Add Star ERRORS ER E0153 START ADAPTER This SCF command file adds ESS ZZLAN TYPE E4SA EM STARTUP ADDE4SA the E4SAs to the confi the adapter in Group 01 Module 01 Slot 53 LOCATION 1 1 53 ACC E0153 SUB ALL the adapter and the SACs and PIFs subordina LIFs associated with the PIFs the adapter in Group 01 Module 01 Slot 54 LOCATION 1 1 54 ACC the adapter and the SACs and PIFs subordina Add the adapter in Group 02 Module 01 Slot 53 A
49. and Slot Hierarchy for IOAM Enclosures Hardware in an IOAM enclosure is organized according to a group module and slot hierarchy Term Definition Group The IOAM enclosure and all the components within it IOAM enclosures are numbered in the same way as I O enclosures Module One I O adapter module IOAM There are two IOAMs in an IOAM enclosure numbered 2 and 3 Each IOAM contains One ServerNet switch board connected to a fabric The ServerNet switch board in module 2 is connected to the X fabric and the ServerNet switch board in module 3 is connected to the Y fabric Two power supplies Two fans Up to five ServerNet adapters Slot A physical space in the IOAM module in which a component can be installed Slot numbers are assigned for each module Slot Number Component 1 2 3 4 5 ServerNet adapter 14 ServerNet switch board 15 and 18 Power supplies 16 and 17 Fans To perform hardware operations on an IOAM enclosure you must use OSM TSM does not support IOAM enclosures To identify individual components within the IOAM enclosure using OSM you must be familiar with the organization and naming conventions For example OSM displays the location of a fan in group 11 module 3 slot 17 in this form Fan 11 3 17 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 1 28 Introduction Installation Overview Group Module and Slot Hierarchy Illustrations of an IOAM Enclosure This figure
50. call your service provider STORAGE Status TAPE T0150 LDev State Sub State Primary Backup Device Status PID PID shal STARTED UP 0 282 E READY 3 Verify the following 4 The state of the tape drive is STARTED The substate is UP The device status is READY If the state substate or status of the tape drive is not as listed here restart the tape drive 5 Verify Firmware Use the OSM Service Connection or TSM Service Application to verify that all updatable firmware is at the proper revision level For more information see the OSM User s Guide or the TSM Online User Guide 6 Verify State of the Internal ServerNet Fabric To verify that the paths and connections within the ServerNet system area network ServerNet SAN are properly configured and functional 1 2 Log on to the OSM Service Connection or TSM Service Application or In the tree pane check for alarms on the Internal ServerNet X and Y Fabric objects a b C d If an alarm exists Select the fabric object displaying the alarm Select the Alarms tab of the details pane Select the individual alarm Select Detail Diagnose and resolve any problems that are causing the alarm If necessary contact your service provider HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 32 FastPath Tasks Required 4 Configure the System 4 Configure the System
51. d ZL YLYA jo 8097 8097 8097 2 or W 90vVLvG W OlVLva o a f 5 d 90V LVO 8097 d ZOVLVa 8097 W ZOVLVa N W soviva 809r N g0YLYa A Q fo O 1 a A a D 8097 Service Side JOSS8D0Jq g 10SS 90ld eszog VS vSz0a YSHI VST303 vsd VST205 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 14 15 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Group 02 Slot 50 PMF CRU Configuration Form Case Study Group 02 Slot 50 PMF CRU Configuration Form System Name __ Case1_ PMF CRU Configuration Form Date 07 21 96 Shaded areas indicate nonconfigurable components Group 22 Module 01 Slot 50 SCSI Port Product Number Available for future use SCF Name SCSI Cable Ethernet Port IP Address Portis not available for use VST304 vsd VST211 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 16 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Group 02 Slot 55 PMF CRU Configuration Form Case Study Group 02 Slot 55 PMF CRU Configuration Form System Name Case1 i i Date UF 1 2 26 PMF CRU Configuration Form Shaded areas indicate nonconfigurable components Group 22 Module 01_ Slot 55 SCSI Port Product Number Available fdr future use SCF Name SCSI Cable Ethernet Port IP Address Portis not available for use VST304 vsd VST213 vsd HP NonStop S
52. e 12 13 14 115 16 17 09 19 10 20 Oo on Slot Component 01 08 Disk 11 18 Disk 09 10 SCSI terminator 19 20 SCSI terminator 21 22 PMCU 23 28 Battery 24 27 Group ID switch 25 26 Fan 29 30 Reserved except for S7000 31 32 Power supply except for S7000 Group Service LED VST622 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 17 Installing Enclosures Slot Assignments for NonStop S Series Enclosures Figure 2 14 Service Side Processor Enclosure Without Power Shelf 531154 Even Numbered Odd Numbered Processor Processor Slot Component 50 55 Processor Multifunction PMF CRU 51 52 ServerNet Expansion Board SEB Modular ServerNet Expansion Board MSEB or ServerNet Adapter depending on topology and number of enclosures 53 54 SEB MSEB or ServerNet Adapter 56 Emergency Power Off EPO Connector Group ID Label Module ID Label Group Service LED l l Oy TTT a a Lie E mg m T TE mE a A P yr N VST621 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 18 Installing Enclosures Slot Assignments for NonStop S Series Enclosures Figure 2 15 Service Side Processor Enclosure With Power Shelf Even Numbered Odd Numbered Processor Processor 51h 524 534 54 Slot Component 50 55 Processor Multifunction PMF CRU 51 52 ServerNet Expansion Board SEB Modular ServerNet Expansion Boar
53. labels 1 33 service side 2 18 2 20 stackable 1 16 inventory 2 16 2 22 IOAM 1 13 LEDs D 6 modified I O 1 13 moving 2 10 E 8 opening 2 22 pedestal 2 10 postitions 1 13 processor numbers 1 31 service side 1 26 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Index 4 Index Enclosure continued slot assignments 2 16 2 17 stack 1 13 2 10 tools 1 7 2 6 types 1 12 1 13 unlocking 2 22 unpacking 2 6 2 12 weight 1 10 Enterprise Storage System ESS See ESS EPO cables connecting 1 25 illustrated E 5 installing 2 4 part number 1 25 quantity 2 5 ERD 5 10 D 47 D 48 ESD 1 5 1 6 ESS 1 14 Ethernet 4 ServerNet adapter E4SA See E4SA Ethernet cables accessory box 5 3 E 16 quantity 5 3 switch to server 6 5 6 6 Ethernet ports 6 2 6 4 10 16 Ethernet switch See also MDI switch cascading configuration 10 10 10 12 dedicated service LAN 6 2 installing 5 8 ports 6 4 powering on 5 8 server 6 5 shipping box 5 3 switch 2 10 4 system console 6 6 unpacking 5 5 Event message See EMS event message D 13 Expand manager ZEXP 12 4 14 27 Expand over IP configuration file 14 33 probe message D 23 startup file 13 16 14 33 TCP IP F 13 External device 8 2 8 3 8 5 F Fan IOAM LEDs D 4 Fast Ethernet Servernet Adapter FESA See FESA FCDM see Fibre Channel disk module FCSA description 1 14 LEDs D 4 Ferrite cores 6 4 FESA 10 1 10 18 Fiber optic cable see also SMF cable MMF
54. on the adapter the adapter in Group 02 Module 01 Slot 54 TYPE E4SA LOCATION 2 1 54 ACCESSLIST 3 2 t the adapter and the SACs and PIFs subordinate to it E0254 SUB ALL the LIFs associated with the PIFs E0254 0 E0254 IE 02E PIF Ww gt wW 0 E0254 1 1 LTE 102F tar t the IF LO2C IF LO2D PIF LIFs IF L02 F IF LO2F E0254 on the adapter Adding ConMgr Process This example contains a startup file and an SCF command file that adds the concentrator manager to the configuration database ALLOW 20 Add and start 1 ADD ADD ADD ADD PRO PRO PRO PRO This is S SYSTI AR R ROCESS AR P ROCESS AR NNNnNWN P ROCESS AR P ROCESS ERRORS CESS ZZWAN CESS ZZWAN CESS ZZWAN CESS ZZWAN EM STARTUP ADDMGR This file adds the ConMgr process ConMgr for each processor to the database 0 IOPOBJECT SYSTEM SYS00 CONMGR 1 IOPOBJECT SYSTEM SYS00 CONMGR 2 IOPOBJECT SYSTEM SYS00 CONMGR 3 IOPOBJECT SYSTEM SYS00 CONMGR Szzwan 0 Szzwan 1 Szzwan 2 Szzwan 3 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 24 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Configuring NonStop TCP IP Stacks on E4SA Ports Configuring NonStop TCP IP Stacks on E4
55. 01 51 3 04 51 3 01 52 3 04 52 3 02 51 1 01 51 1 02 52 1 01 52 1 02 51 2 04 51 2 02 52 2 04 52 2 02 51 3 03 51 3 02 52 3 03 52 3 03 51 1 04 51 1 03 52 1 04 52 1 03 51 2 01 51 2 03 52 2 01 52 2 03 51 3 02 51 3 03 52 3 02 52 3 04 51 1 03 51 1 04 52 1 03 52 1 04 51 2 02 51 2 04 52 2 02 52 2 04 51 3 01 51 3 04 52 3 01 52 3 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 8 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 8 Cabling Tables Table B 2 Maximum Tetra 8 ServerNet Cabling I O Enclosures From To Group Slot Group Slot ServerNet Port 11 50 01 51 5 11 55 01 52 5 12 50 01 51 4 12 55 01 52 4 21 50 02 51 5 21 55 02 52 5 22 50 02 51 4 22 55 02 52 4 31 50 03 51 5 31 55 03 52 5 32 50 03 51 4 32 55 03 52 4 41 50 04 51 5 41 55 04 52 5 42 50 04 51 4 42 55 04 52 4 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 9 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 16 Cabling Tables Tetra 16 Cabling Tables Table Page Maximum Tetra 16 ServerNet Cabling Processor Enclosures B 10 Maximum Tetra 16 ServerNet Cabling I O Enclosures B 11 Table B 3 Maximum Tetra 16 ServerNet Cabling Processor Enclosures Group Slot Port Connects to Group Slot Port page 1 of 2 01 51 1 02 51 1 01 52 1 02 52 1 01 51 2 03 51 2 01 52 2 03 52 2 01 51 3 04 51 3 01 52 3 04 52 3 01 51 5 05 51 5 01 52 5 05 52 5 02 51 1 01 51 1 02 52 1 01 52 1 02 51 3 03 51 3 02 52 3 03 52 3 02 51 2 04
56. 01 52 ServerNet 5 Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures Table B 9 Tetra 8 Cabling Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures Group Slot Port Connects to Group Slot Port 01 51 ServerNet 1 02 51 ServerNet 1 01 52 ServerNet 1 02 52 ServerNet 1 11 I O 50 01 51 ServerNet 5 11 I O 55 01 52 ServerNet 5 21 I O 50 02 51 ServerNet 5 21 I O 55 02 52 ServerNet 5 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 16 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 8 Systems With Three Processor Enclosures Figure B 6 Tetra 8 Cabling Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures VST300 vsd Tetra 8 Systems With Three Processor Enclosures Three Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures Table B 10 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures Group Slot Port Connects to Group Slot Port 01 51 ServerNet 1 02 51 ServerNet 1 01 52 ServerNet 1 02 52 ServerNet 1 01 51 ServerNet 2 03 51 ServerNet 2 01 52 ServerNet 2 03 52 ServerNet 2 02 51 ServerNet 3 03 51 ServerNet 3 02 52 ServerNet 3 03 52 ServerNet 3 Three Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure Table B 11 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure Attach cable between And Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 01 51 ServerNet 1 02 51 ServerNet 1 01 52 ServerNet 1 02 52 ServerNet 1 01 51 ServerNet2 03 51 ServerNet 2 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 17 ServerNet
57. 01 52 ServerNet 5 02 51 ServerNet 2 04 51 ServerNet 2 02 52 ServerNet 2 04 52 ServerNet 2 02 51 ServerNet 3 03 51 ServerNet 3 02 52 ServerNet 3 03 52 ServerNet 3 21 I O 50 02 51 ServerNet 5 21 I O 55 02 52 ServerNet 5 03 51 ServerNet 1 04 51 ServerNet 1 03 52 ServerNet 1 04 52 ServerNet 1 Four Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures Table B 17 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures Attach cable between And Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 01 51 ServerNet 1 02 51 ServerNet 1 01 52 ServerNet 1 02 52 ServerNet 1 01 51 ServerNet 2 03 51 ServerNet 2 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 22 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 8 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures Table B 17 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures Attach cable between And Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 01 52 ServerNet 2 03 52 ServerNet 2 01 51 ServerNet 3 04 51 ServerNet 3 01 52 ServerNet 3 04 52 ServerNet 3 11 I O 50 01 51 ServerNet 5 11 I O 55 01 52 ServerNet 5 02 51 ServerNet 2 04 51 ServerNet 2 02 52 ServerNet 2 04 52 ServerNet 2 02 51 ServerNet 3 03 51 ServerNet 3 02 52 ServerNet 3 03 52 ServerNet 3 21 I O 50 02 51 ServerNet 5 21 I O 55 02 52 ServerNet 5 03 51 ServerNet 1 04 51 ServerNet 1 03 52 ServerNet 1 04 52 ServerNet 1 31 I O 50 03 51 ServerNet 5 31 I O 55 03 52 ServerNet 5 Four Processor Enclosures Four I O Enclosures
58. 1 04 52 ServerNet 1 Four Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure Table B 15 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure Attach cable between And Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 01 51 ServerNet 1 02 51 ServerNet 1 01 52 ServerNet 1 02 52 ServerNet 1 01 51 ServerNet 2 03 51 ServerNet 2 01 52 ServerNet 2 03 52 ServerNet 2 01 51 ServerNet 3 04 51 ServerNet 3 01 52 ServerNet 3 04 52 ServerNet 3 11 I O 50 01 51 ServerNet 5 11 I O 55 01 52 ServerNet 5 02 51 ServerNet 2 04 51 ServerNet 2 02 52 ServerNet 2 04 52 ServerNet 2 02 51 ServerNet 3 03 51 ServerNet 3 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 21 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 8 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures Table B 15 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure Attach cable between And Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 02 52 ServerNet 3 03 52 ServerNet 3 03 51 ServerNet 1 04 51 ServerNet 1 03 52 ServerNet 1 04 52 ServerNet 1 Four Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures Table B 16 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures Attach cable between And Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 01 51 ServerNet 1 02 51 ServerNet 1 01 52 ServerNet 1 02 52 ServerNet 1 01 51 ServerNet 2 03 51 ServerNet 2 01 52 ServerNet 2 03 52 ServerNet 2 01 51 ServerNet 3 04 51 ServerNet 3 01 52 ServerNet 3 04 52 ServerNet 3 11 I O 50 01 51 ServerNet 5 11 I O 55
59. 168 3 099 192 168 3 100 192 168 4 099 192 168 4 100 192 168 5 099 192 168 5 100 192 168 6 099 192 168 6 100 192 168 7 099 192 168 7 100 192 168 8 099 192 168 8 100 192 231 36 101 192 168 2 101 192 231 36 102 192 168 2 102 192 231 36 103 192 168 2 103 Purpose System console Ethernet port on PMF 0 MSPO TSM access Ethernet port on PMF 1 MSP1 TSM access Ethernet port on PMF 0 operating system access for TSM Ethernet port on PMF 1 operating system access for TSM Gateway address for ZZLAN L018 ENET OA in E4SA in 01 01 53 ZZLAN LO18 ENET OA in E4SA in 01 01 53 ZZLAN LO19 ENET OB in E4SA in 01 01 53 ZZLAN LO1A ENET 1A in E4SA in 01 01 53 ZZLAN LO1B ENET 1B in E4SA in 01 01 53 Case2 IP address destination for zzwan Case2IP ZZLAN LO1C ZZLAN LO1D ZZLAN LO1E ZZLAN LO1F ENET OA in E4SA in ENET OB in E4SA in ENET 1A in E4SA in ENET 1B in E4SA in 01 01 54 01 01 54 01 01 54 01 01 54 a s St ak ZZLAN LO28 ZZLAN LO29 ZZLAN LO2A ZZLAN LO2B ENET OA in E4SA in 02 01 53 ENET 1A in E4SA in 02 01 53 ENET OB in E4SA in 02 01 53 ENET 1B in E4SA in 02 01 53 An OD aS Sa aS a ZZLAN LO2C ZZLAN LO2D ZZLAN LO2E ZZLAN LO2F ENET OA in E4SA in ENET 1A in E4SA in ENET OB in E4SA in ENET 1B in E4SA in 02 01 54 02 01 54 02 01 54 02 01 54 oa a
60. 26 Group Module and Slot Hierarchy for System Enclosures Hardware in a server is organized according to a system group module and slot hierarchy as follows Term Definition System A set of groups and external hardware components Group A set of components accessible to a pair of service processors SPs in a system enclosure In a NonStop S series server an enclosure contains one group Module A set of slots sharing a common hardware interconnect such as a backplane Slot A labeled physical space in an enclosure in which a component can be installed A system enclosure can be serviced from two sides Term Definition Appearance Contains fans disk customer replaceable units CRUs group ID switches side and power monitor and control unit PMCU CRUs Service Provides access to the PMF CRUs or lOMF CRUs as well as to the side ServerNet expansion boards SEBs modular SEBs MSEBs and ServerNet adapters Cables are also accessed from the service side HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 26 Introduction Installation Overview Group Module and Slot Hierarchy Illustration This figure illustrates the service side and the appearance side of a processor enclosure Appearance Side Service Side Group _ Module Slots VST721 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 1 27 Introduction Installation Overview Group Module
61. 3 Connect the groundstraps following the pattern suggested in Figure 2 11 on page 2 14 and Figure 2 12 on page 2 15 a For each groundstrap position one end of the groundstrap over the connector hole and install the screw using a Phillips screwdriver b Route the groundstrap To connect two base enclosures route the groundstrap through the openings in the cable channels See Figure 2 11 Tuck the excess strap length behind the cable channel To connect two enclosures in a double high stack connect the groundstrap to the base enclosure Tuck the excess strap length into the top of the base enclosure frame Route the groundstrap behind the cable support on the stackable enclosure and up to the groundstrap connector HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 13 Installing Enclosures Connect the Groundstraps c Install the other end of the groundstrap d Repeat Step 3a through Step 3c until all system enclosures are linked by groundstraps 4 For multiple row systems no groundstraps are installed between rows Figure 2 11 Groundstrap Connections Between Enclosures Double High Stack of System Enclosures Service Side Groundstrap Base Enclosures Service Side Threaded Behind Cable Support Groundstrap Threaded Through Opening in Cable Channel VST953 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 14 Installing Enclosures Connect the Grounds
62. 32 Group 55 Group 4 E 31 hell els elstelslaly Group 6 03 VST743 vsd Group 04 EES ne HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 29 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 16 Systems With Six Processor Enclosures HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 30 E Power On Cabling This section provides power on cabling diagrams for selected large and smaller ServerNet configurations Note If an IOAM enclosure or Fibre Channel Disk Module is installed they are powered on when you connect them to the AC power source For more information your service provider should refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide which is located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library Although the power on cabling connections are required the arrangement of your enclosures does not have to conform to these illustrations For example you can stack two enclosures or place them side by side Figure Title Page Figure C 1 Power On Cabling Single High Stacks C 2 Figure C 2 Power On Cabling Mixed Single High and Double High Stacks C 3 Figure C 3 Power On Cabling Multiple Row Systems C 4 Figure C 4 Power On Cable One Processor Enclosure C 5 Figure C 5 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure One I O Enclosure C Figure C 6 Power On
63. 51 2 02 52 2 04 52 2 02 51 5 06 51 5 02 52 5 06 52 5 03 51 2 01 51 2 03 52 2 01 52 2 03 51 3 02 51 3 03 52 3 02 52 3 03 51 1 04 51 1 03 52 1 04 52 1 03 51 5 07 51 5 03 52 5 07 52 5 04 51 3 01 51 3 04 52 3 01 52 3 04 51 2 02 51 2 04 52 2 02 52 2 04 51 1 03 51 1 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 10 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 16 Cabling Tables Table B 3 Maximum Tetra 16 ServerNet Cabling Processor Enclosures Group Slot Port Connects to Group Slot Port page 2 of 2 04 52 1 03 52 1 04 51 5 08 51 5 04 52 5 08 52 5 05 51 5 01 51 5 05 52 5 01 52 5 06 51 5 02 51 5 06 52 5 02 52 5 07 51 5 03 51 5 07 52 5 03 52 5 08 51 5 04 51 5 08 52 5 04 52 5 Table B 4 Maximum Tetra 16 ServerNet Cabling I O Enclosures Group Slot Connects to Group Slot Port page 1 of 3 11 55 01 54 1 12 50 01 53 2 12 55 01 54 2 13 50 01 53 3 13 55 01 54 3 14 50 01 53 4 14 55 01 54 4 15 50 01 53 5 15 55 01 54 5 21 50 02 53 1 21 55 02 54 1 22 50 02 53 2 22 55 02 54 2 23 50 02 53 3 23 55 02 54 3 24 50 02 53 4 24 55 02 54 4 25 50 02 53 5 25 55 02 54 5 31 50 03 53 1 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 11 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 16 Cabling Tables Table B 4 Maximum Tetra 16 ServerNet Cabling I O Enclosures Group Slot Connects to Group Slot Port page 2 of 3 31 55 03 54 1 32 50 03 53 2 32 55 03 54 2 33 50 03 53 3 33
64. Application To start the SP Tool Application independently 1 4 Click Start gt Programs gt HP SP Tool gt SP Tool The SP Tool Logon dialog box appears In the system list select the system you want to log on to Enter the low level link MSP user name and password in the User Name and Password fields respectively Click Log On The SP Tool Application main window appears To start the SP Tool Application from the OSM Low Level Link 1 2 Launch the OSM Low Level Link In the system list select the system you want to log on to Enter the low level link MSP user name and password in the User Name and Password fields respectively Click Log On The OSM Low Level Link Application main window appears b From the Tools menu select Advanced Service Processor Tool The HP SP Tool main window appears c From the System menu select Verify System to display configuration information for all PMF CRUs and IOMF CRuUs in the system and to verify that all ServerNet paths are functional d From the ServerNet menu select Path Test to verify that all ServerNet paths from group 01 to all other groups in the system are functional e Click Exit to close the SP Tool Application HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 17 Powering On and Starting the System Starting the System Starting the System Starting the system requires loading the NonStop operating system i
65. B 10 Small Tetra 8 Systems B 14 About This Information B 14 Tetra 8 Systems With One Processor Enclosure B 15 Tetra 8 Systems With Two Processor Enclosures B 16 Tetra 8 Systems With Three Processor Enclosures B 17 Tetra 8 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures B 21 Small Tetra 16 Systems B 25 About This Information B 25 Tetra 16 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures B 26 Tetra 16 Systems With Six Processor Enclosures B 28 C Power On Cabling D Troubleshooting Reference D 2 Power States D 2 Status LEDs D 4 Powering On the System D 5 System Does Not Appear to Be Powered On D 6 Power Is Applied to Enclosure But Fans Are Not Turning D 6 Any Green LED Is Not Lit D 8 Any Amber LED Remains Lit After POST D 9 Yellow ServerNet Port LEDs on SEBs or MSEBs Are Not Lit D 9 Group Service LED on System Enclosure Is Flashing D 9 Correcting Topology Attribute D 9 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 ix Contents D Troubleshooting continued D Troubleshooting continued Starting the System D 10 Startup Event Stream and Startup TACL Windows Do Not Appear D 10 System Load Fails D 11 CIIN File Is Not Invoked During System Startup D 12 Reload Fails D 13 CPU Memory Test Fails D 14 System Load Path Test Fails D 14 Multifunction I O Board MFIOB Test Fails D 15 Dumping Processor Memory D 16 Dumping Processor Memory to Disk On
66. B 17 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Enclosures Six I O Enclosures B 20 One Processor Enclosure No I O Enclosures B 15 One Processor Enclosure One I O Enclosure B 15 One Processor Enclosure Two I O Enclosures B 15 Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure B 16 Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures B 16 Three Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure B 17 Three Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures B 18 Three Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures B 18 Three Processor Enclosures Six I O Enclosures B 20 Four Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure B 21 Four Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures B 22 Four Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures B 22 Four Processor Enclosures Four I O Enclosures B 23 Tetra 16 Topology Cabling Figures Page Maximum Tetra 16 Topology X Fabric B 5 Maximum Tetra 16 Topology Y Fabric B 6 Tetra 16 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures X Fabric B 26 Tetra 16 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures Y Fabric B 27 Tetra 16 Cabling Six Processor Enclosures X Fabric B 28 Tetra 16 Cabling Six Processor Enclosures Y Fabric B 29 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 3 5 Cabling Enclosures 3 Connect ServerNet Cables 2 Connect and route the ServerNet cables between the enclosures and tighten the thumbscrews 3 Secure the cables to the cable supports using the cable ties as shown in Figure 3 3 Securing the cables means anchoring them to a cable tie anchor
67. Cables One Processor Enclosure Two I O Enclosures C 5 Figure C 7 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures C 6 Figure C 8 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure C 6 Figure C 9 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures C 6 Figure C 10 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures C 7 Figure C 11 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure C 7 Figure C 12 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures Two I O C 7 Enclosures Figure C 13 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures Three I O C 8 Enclosures Figure C 14 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures C 8 Figure C 15 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure C 8 Figure C 16 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures C 8 Figure C 17 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures Three I O C 9 Enclosures Figure C 18 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures Four I O Enclosures C 9 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 C 1 Power On Cabling Figure C 1 Power On Cabling Single High Stacks oo Existing Enclosure aaa Added Enclosure N Y Existing Cable Moved Cable AME m S New Cable EU as
68. Cabling Tetra 8 Systems With Three Processor Enclosures Table B 11 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure Attach cable between And Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 01 52 ServerNet2 03 52 ServerNet 2 11 I O 50 01 51 ServerNet 5 11 I O 55 01 52 ServerNet 5 02 51 ServerNet3 03 51 ServerNet 3 02 52 ServerNet 3 03 52 ServerNet 3 Three Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures Table B 12 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures Attach cable between And Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 01 51 ServerNet 1 02 51 ServerNet 1 01 52 ServerNet 1 02 52 ServerNet 1 01 51 ServerNet 2 03 51 ServerNet 2 01 52 ServerNet 2 03 52 ServerNet 2 11 I O 50 01 51 ServerNet 5 11 I O 55 01 52 ServerNet 5 02 51 ServerNet 3 03 51 ServerNet 3 02 52 ServerNet 3 03 52 ServerNet 3 21 I O 50 02 51 ServerNet 5 21 I O 55 02 52 ServerNet 5 Three Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures Table B 13 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures Attach cable between And SEB or Group Slot Port Group Slot MSEB Port 01 51 ServerNet 1 02 51 ServerNet 1 01 52 ServerNet 1 02 52 ServerNet 1 01 51 ServerNet 2 03 51 ServerNet 2 01 52 ServerNet 2 03 52 ServerNet 2 11 I O 50 01 51 ServerNet 5 11 I O 55 01 52 ServerNet 5 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 B 18 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 8 Systems With Three Process
69. Carbon Copy remote operations software Function Lets you service and maintain the server Down system support Remote services dial in dial out Start menu shortcuts and default home pages for easy access to the OSM Service Connection and OSM Event Viewer browser based OSM applications that are not installed on the system console Lets you service and maintain the server Runs a TACL session Beginning with the G06 19 RVU DSM SCM client software is no longer available on the HP NonStop Server System Console Installer You must download DSM SCM client software from the SUT Lets a service provider dial in to and operate a system console from a remote site using a modem For more information OSM Migration Guide OSM User s Guide TSM Online User Guide TSM Configuration Guide TSM Low Level Link online help TSM Service Application online help TSM Notification Director online help TSM Event Viewer online help Online help included with the software DSM SCM User s Guide To install and download the DSM SCM client G06 nn Software Installation and Upgrade Guide Documentation and online help included with the software HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 1 50 Introduction Installation Overview Table 1 5 Preloaded and Supported HP NonStop System Console Software WAN Wizard Pro SP Tool Internet Explorer 6 0 Adobe Reader Optional
70. Connect one end of an Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU in slot 50 of group 01 The group number appears on both sides of an enclosure Note To maintain the EMC compliance of all NonStop S series systems except the S7000 the Ethernet cables must be equipped with a ferrite suppression component ferrite bead built into one end of the cables Install the Ethernet cables that connect PMF CRUs to Ethernet switches or hubs with the ferrite bead end of the cables connected to the PMF CRUs See Figure 6 2 on page 6 6 To make the connection insert the RJ 45 plug on the cable into the RJ 45 jack on the PMF CRU until the tab on the plug clicks into place See Figure 6 2 on page 6 6 Connect the other end of this Ethernet cable to a port on the Ethernet switch or hub Do not connect this Ethernet cable to the cascade port on the Ethernet switch or hub These ports are used for cabling additional switches or hubs To determine which ports to use see the documentation that came with the switch or hub Connect one end of another Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU in slot 55 of group 01 See Step 1 Connect the other end of this Ethernet cable to another port on the Ethernet switch or hub See Step 2 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 6 5 Connecting a System Console Connect the System Console to the Ethernet Switch or Hub Figure 6 2 Connections for the Setup Conf
71. Console to the Cascading Ethernet Switches 10 12 Add a Server to the Cascading Ethernet Switches 10 12 Unattended Site Configuration 10 13 Create the Unattended Site Configuration 10 13 Add a Server to an Unattended Site Configuration 10 14 Secure Operations LAN Configuration 10 15 Construct a Secure Operations LAN Configuration 10 15 Offline Configuration Tasks Changes That Must Be Made Offline 11 1 Application Reconfiguration 11 2 Installing a New RVU 11 2 Installing a Product Revision 11 2 Changing System Name System Number or Time Attributes 11 3 Changing the System Topology 11 3 Changing the CONFTEXT File 11 3 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 v Contents 12 Online Configuration Tasks 12 Online Configuration Tasks 13 SCF 12 2 Initial CONFIG file 12 2 Subsystems in G Series RVUs 12 3 Generic Processes 12 4 Making Important Processes Persistent 12 5 Types of System Configuration Files 12 6 KMSF 12 8 Initial Configuration of KMSF Swap Files 12 8 Changing the Configuration of KMSF Swap Files 12 8 KMSF and the Operations Environment 12 8 The OSM and TSM Packages 12 9 Creating an Alternate System Disk 12 10 1 Choose the Target Disk and Plan Its Space and Files 12 11 Verify That the Target Disk Is Present 12 12 Stop Access to the Target Disk and Display Its Status 12 12 Change the Label of the Target D
72. Device Subtype 42 Primary Drive Type 4608 1 irror Drive Type 4608 1 Physical Record Size 4096 PO WEY at snes hails aie Seana aR Oe 220 Library Piles Sesaras Program Erle i wae eee WAGER SYSTEM SYS00 TSYSDP2 PrOCEGULODS a 35 ews eee MIRRORED Hardware Information Path Location Power Physical Status group module slot PRIMARY 2 1 17 DUAL PRESENT MIRROR 2 1 18 DUAL PRESENT 3 Stop Access to the Target Disk and Display Its Status Use the SCF STOP command to stop access to the target disk You can use the SCF STATUS command to check whether access to that disk has been stopped 8 gt stop Sdata0s STORAGE W01007 The STOP DISK DATA08 operation will cause WAGER SDATA08 to be INACCESSIBLE to user processes Do you want to STOP DISK WAGER SDATA08 Y N y 9 gt status S data08 STORAGE Status DISK WAGER SDATAO8 LDev Primary Backup Mirror MirrorBackup Primary Backup PID PID 74 STOPPED STOPPED STOPPED STOPPED 2 262 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 12 Online Configuration Tasks 4 Change the Label of the Target Disk Use SCF to change the label of the target disk 4 Change the Label of the Target Disk In this example the preferred volume name is set to SYSTEM and the alternate name is not changed
73. Disk Collection E Monitored Service LAN Devices DEFN mama aaa od asssseesssss 1 Tape Collection i E attributes System STAR1 AEGIS Logical g gt Int Fabric Stored Topology Tetra 8 Int Y Fabric System Type Commercial Group 1 Group 2 Current Topology Tetra 8 Group 12 Custam Carial hli imhar nag7ns AESS Disk Collectic bat eae Al Geer H al ig Applet Appletview started fee pa pe BE Localintranet 4 VST007 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 3 Performing Post Startup Tasks Check System Enclosure Components Figure 9 2 Management Window in the TSM Service Application Mi Compaq TSM Service Application MINDEN File View Display Summary Window Help Bo g ah YoO EYEE JAR id Management Window MINDEN 3 MINDEN Internal SvNet_X_Fabric ow E Internal SvNet_Y_Fabric A GRP eng External_Disks a p Swans MINDEN System Overview ax Fabric Swans a Y_Fabric w GRP 1 AAGRP 12 A Tapes AVExt_Disks System Name System Serial Number Operating System Version System Type Topology Topology After Next Power Cycle Value Added Diagnostic Services MINDEN G33814 GO6 11 Commercial Tetra 8 Tetra 8 Enabled SMINDEN Selected MINDEN P 5 0 Service super super Running NonStop Kernel version G06 11 F SN G33814 5 The Physical view of the enclosure appears VST002 vsd In the view pan
74. F 4 2b Rename SCF Objects in the CONFIG File F 5 2c Add SCF Objects to the CONFIG File F 6 3 Automate System Startup F 7 Modify Provided Startup Files F 7 Create Startup Files F 7 4 Automate System Shutdown F 8 Tips for Shutdown Files F 8 5 Configure a SWAN or SWAN 2 Concentrator F 9 Access the WAN Wizard Pro F 9 6 Configure an Expand Over IP Line F 10 Prerequisites F 11 1 On the NonStop S Series Server F 12 2 On the NonStop K Series Server F 16 3 On the NonStop S Series Server F 18 4 On the NonStop K Series Server F 19 5 On Either NonStop Server F 21 7 Install Software F 22 Configuring Software With DSM SCM F 23 Installing a Software Product Revision SPR F 25 Safety and Compliance Glossary Index HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 xii Contents Examples Examples Example D 1 SCF STATUS LINE DETAIL Display D 22 Example F 1 SCF LISTDEVTCPIP Display F 13 Example F 2 SCF LISTDEV TCP6SAM Display F 14 Example F 3 SCF INFO SUBNET Display F 14 Example F 4 SCF STATUS PROCESS Display F 15 Example F 5 SCF LISTDEVTCPIP Display F 16 Example F 6 SCF INFO SUBNET Display F 16 Example F 7 SCF STATUS PROCESS Display F 17 Example F 8 COUP INFO CONTROLLER Display F 19 Examp
75. FCDM s i Fibre Optic Cables Fibre Optic Cables Fibre Channel Connection toESS IOAM Enclosure peor ce Gere FCSAs EES ims FLEES ES RES ESE ExtendedRun Time Module ERM Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS VST197 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 22 Introduction Installation Overview Groundstraps What Groundstraps Do Groundstraps Maintain the ground potential between NonStop S series system enclosures Protect the system from harmful electrical transients Note For grounding information for IOAM enclosures your service provider can refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library Number of Groundstraps For any system the number of groundstraps required is equal to the number of NonStop S series enclosures minus one For example if a system contains six enclosures five groundstraps are required Where to Install Groundstraps Groundstraps are installed between two enclosures either in a stack or between adjacent stacks Groundstraps are not required between separate rows For examples of groundstrap locations for a variety of enclosure arrangements see Figure 2 11 on page 2 14 and Figure 2 12 on page 2 15 A groundstrap connecting two system enclosures in a double high stack might be installed at the factory on a
76. FILE 13 6 Inspect Monitor Process IMON see IMON Installation checklist 1 8 1 42 2 2 overview 1 3 1 4 preparing for 2 2 2 6 E 5 tools E 6 Installing 7 17 Internet Explorer 1 51 D 46 IOAM enclosure components 1 1 contents 1 12 description 1 12 1 13 group module slot 1 28 LCD 1 34 LEDs D 4 maintenance switch 1 14 numbering 1 31 ServerNet switch board 1 14 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Index 6 Index K IOMF CRU L Ethernet ports 6 2 oe LEDs 8 10 D 4 Labels identification 1 33 LAN 6 1 7 17 10 1 10 15 Poweron self test POST 1 57 D 15 LCD IOAM enclosure 1 34 reseating 2 24 LC SC connectors for fiber optic troubleshooting 8 13 cables 1 42 IP address LEDs o assigning 10 7 10 9 activity 8 11 changing 1 53 9 16 10 4 10 9 amber 8 10 8 12 8 13 D 15 configuring 10 17 disk drive 8 11 D 4 default 1 52 9 16 10 4 10 7 10 9 enclosure 8 11 examples 14 20 14 21 fan IOAM D 4 MSP 1 53 10 9 fault 8 11 NonStop operating system 1 53 FCSA D 4 operating configuration 10 3 10 9 functions 8 10 setup configuration 10 2 green 1 57 8 9 8 10 D 14 system console 10 4 group service 8 11 8 12 D 9 viewing 10 9 IOMF CRU 8 10 8 13 D 4 D 15 I O Adapter Module IOAM enclosure Monitor screen 5 10 See IOAM enclosure MSEB 8 11 8 13 D 5 I O enclosure PMF CRU 1 57 8 10 8 12 D 5 D 14 See also Enclosures D 15
77. Guide This guide describes how to install and bring up a NonStop S series server for the first time It includes information about installing the server hardware cabling system enclosures installing and starting system consoles installing external system devices and starting the server This guide is written for anyone who is qualified to install a NonStop S series server This guide assumes that you are using the HP NonStop Open System Management OSM or Compag TSM software to perform the OSM or TSM tasks described in this guide Note Throughout this guide the term Sxx000 stands for NonStop S70000 S72000 S74000 76000 S78000 S86000 S88000 servers Information in this guide also applies to NonStop S7x00 servers of model S7400 and higher Who Should Use This Guide This guide is written for anyone who installs system equipment at a customer site You should be familiar with computers but do not need to be familiar with installing mainframe computer systems However those who perform the hardware tasks documented in this guide must have completed training courses on system support for NonStop S series servers Note NonStop NS series NonStop S series and NonStop K series refer to hardware systems H series G series and D series refer to system software H series software runs on NonStop NS series servers G series software runs on NonStop S series servers D series software runs on NonStop K series servers
78. Guided Replacement Procedures TSM guided replacements procedures are launched by the Windows Start menu rather than integrated into the application Note TSM does not support IOAM or Fibre Channel disk drive enclosures OSM should be used to manage systems that include these components To access the TSM guided replacement procedures Start gt Programs gt Compaq TSM gt Guided Replacement Tools These guided replacement procedures are currently available Replace IOMF Replace PMF Replace Power Supply Replace SEB or MSEB Replace SNDA Replace Switch Component Guided Replacement Toolkit GRT Note The GRT is used to replace an IOMF PMF power supply or 6760 ServerNet device adapter ServerNet DA in a system running TSM server T7945AAW shipped with the G06 12 RVU or earlier HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 XXV About This Guide Notation Conventions Notation Conventions Hypertext Links Blue underline is used to indicate a hypertext link within text By clicking a passage of text with a blue underline you are taken to the location described For example This requirement is described under Backup DAM Volumes and Physical Disk Drives on page 3 2 General Syntax Notation This list summarizes the notation conventions for syntax presentation in this manual UPPERCASE LETTERS Uppercase letters indicate keywords and reserved words enter these items exa
79. HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 11 3 Offline Configuration Tasks Changing the CONFTEXT File HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 11 4 T2 online Configuration Tasks This section describes how to configure your system online using the Subsystem Control Facility SCF Kernel Managed Swap Facility KMSF OSM and TSM and how to create an alternate SYSTEM disk Topic Page SCF 12 2 Initial CONFIG file 12 2 Subsystems in G Series RVUs 12 3 Generic Processes 12 4 Making Important Processes Persistent 125 Types of System Configuration Files 12 6 KMSF 12 8 Initial Configuration of KMSF Swap Files 12 8 Changing the Configuration of KMSF Swap Files 12 8 KMSE and the Operations Environment 12 8 The OSM and TSM Packages 129 Creating an Alternate System Disk 12 10 1 Choose the Target Disk and Plan Its Space and Files 12 11 2 Verify That the Target Disk Is Present 12 12 3 Stop Access to the Target Disk and Display Its Status 12 12 4 Change the Label of the Target Disk 12 13 5 Create a New System Volume and a System Image Tape SIT 12 14 6 Install the Boot Millicode on the Target Disk 12 14 7 Verify the Installation of Boot Millicode on the Target Disk 12 15 8 Copy Subvolumes to the Target Disk 12 16 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 1 Online Configuratio
80. HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 10 FastPath Tasks Optional Prerequisites Prerequisites The NonStop S series and K series servers should be in the following states NonStop S Series Server State The default system configuration with which the system was shipped is complete The initial OSM or TSM configuration is complete The system name and system number are defined The NonStop Kernel subsystem is configured and started The QIO subsystem is configured and started The WAN subsystem manager process ZZWAN is configured and started The ServerNet LAN Systems Access SLSA subsystem is configured and started An Ethernet 4 ServerNet adapter E4SA is installed configured and started A NonStop TCP IP process and its associated routes and subnets are defined and started NonStop K Series Server State Notes See 3 Configure OSM or TSM Environment on page E 36 See 4b Set System Name Number and Time on page E 38 This function is automatic This function is automatic This process should start automatically This subsystem should start automatically This adapter should start automatically To start the NonStop TCP IP process use the STARTCOM and STARTSCF files The default system configuration with which the system was shipped is complete The initial SYSGENR Install software configuration is complete The following subsystems ar
81. IOMF 55 55 55 55 Group Group 01 02 Group Group 04 03 55 55 55 55 Group Group Group Group 41 42 32 31 IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF VST303 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 4 ServerNet Cabling Maximum ServerNet Configurations Figure B 4 Maximum Tetra 16 Topology X Fabric Group Group Group Group Group Group Group Group 51 52 53 54 64 63 62 61 OMF IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 1 1 PMF 50 a 7 PMF 50 SEB 3 SEB Group 3 Group 05 51 1 4 51 06 5 5 6 6 PMF 50 SEB f4 Group
82. Information in the System Startup Dialog Box 8 19 Figure 8 9 Checking Processor Status 8 22 Figure 9 1 Management Window in the OSM Service Connection 9 3 Figure 9 2 Management Window in the TSM Service Application 9 4 Figure 10 1 Setup Configuration 10 2 Figure 10 2 Operating Configuration 10 3 Figure 10 3 Connections for the Operating Configuration 10 5 Figure 10 4 Operating Configuration With an Added System Console 10 6 Figure 10 5 Adding a System Console to the Operating Configuration 10 8 Figure 10 6 Operating Configuration With an Added Server 10 9 Figure 10 7 Connections for Adding a Server to the Operating Configuration 10 10 Figure 10 8 Cascading Ethernet Switch Configuration 10 11 Figure 10 9 Connecting Cascading Ethernet Switches 10 12 Figure 10 10 Unattended Site Configuration 10 13 Figure 10 11 LAN Configurations Operations and Dedicated 10 16 Figure 12 1 Subsystems in G Series RVUs 12 3 Figure 12 2 Differences Among System Configuration Files 12 7 Figure B 1 Correlation Between ServerNet Cable Diagram and One Enclosure B 2 Figure B 2 Correlation Between ServerNet Cable Diagram and Two Enclosures B 3 Figure B 3 Maximum Tetra 8 Topologies X and Y Fabrics B 4 Figure B 4 Maximum Tetra 16 Topology X Fabric B 5 Figure B 5 Maximum Tetra 16 Topology Y Fabric B 6 Figure B 6 Tetra 8 Cabling Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures B 17 Figure B 7 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Encl
83. Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 15 FastPath Tasks Required 10 Install Primary System Console 10 Install Primary System Console 1 Locate and unpack the system console If your system includes multiple consoles unpack only one console at a time Box Contents System unit box Keyboard box Accessories box System unit Accessories bag in system unit box System unit power cord Mouse with attached cable Quick setup reference card HP Restore CD Windows XP Professional Workstation CD Windows XP Professional Workstation Manual Documentation Keyboard box in system unit box Keyboard with attached cable PC accessory box 50 foot 15 meter Ethernet cable NonStop S series system console binder Assorted software media and documentation Display monitor box Display monitor with attached interface cable Display monitor power cord Documentation for the display monitor Ethernet switch box Rack mountable Ethernet switch packed in OPEN FIRST box Documentation for the Ethernet switch Modem box Serial Modem USB Modem Serial modem is packaged in USB modem the OPEN FIRST box Wall to modem telephone cable Wall to modem telephone cable Modem power converter with USB cable integral power cord Modem documentation Modem documentation You might also receive a k
84. LED lights if the MFIOB is partially 2 Ifthe test fails a second time use the operational OSM or TSM Event Viewer to check PMF CRU or IOMF CRU green power on the event logs for the and amber service LEDs do not light if the SpEvCruTestComplete event MFIOB is not operational message 3 Replace the PMF CRU or lIOMF CRU See OSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxiv TSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxv HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 15 Troubleshooting Dumping Processor Memory Dumping Processor Memory You can dump copy the contents of processor memory to disk or tape Your service provider can then use the memory dump to troubleshoot your system When a system or processor is online you can dump processor memory to disk When a system or processor is offline you can dump processor memory to tape Topic Page Dumping Processor Memory to Disk Online D 16 Prerequisites D 17 Procedure for Dumping Processor Memory to Disk D 17 Making a Compressed Disk Copy of a Dump File D 19 Dumping Processor Memory to Tape Offline D 20 Dumping Processor Memory to Disk Online A processor dump to disk occurs online over either the X or Y fabric of the system 1 Ifa disk file called dumpfile does not exist the RCVDUMP utility creates it 2 The RCVDUMP utility copies the dump in a compressed format from the processor into dumpfile 3 As the dump
85. Memory Test Fails D 14 System Load Path Test Fails D 14 Multifunction I O Board MFIOB Test Fails D 15 Dumping Processor Memory D 16 Dumping Processor Memory to Disk Online D 16 Dumping Processor Memory to Tape Offline D 20 Expand Over IP Connections D 22 Recovery Actions for the CONNECTING State D 24 Recovery Actions for the WAIT State D 24 Backing Out a Software Revision D 26 1 Start DSM SCM D 26 2 Start and Log On to Target Interface D 27 3 Initiate Backout Activity D 27 4 Monitor Backout Process D 28 5 Stop All Applications D 28 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 1 Troubleshooting Topic 6 Rename Software Files Using ZPHIRNM 7 Stop System 8 Load System From Saved Configuration 9 Start Applications System Consoles Connectivity Problems Software Configuration Problems Software Corruption and Hard Disk Problems Restoring Software on the Hard Disk Configuring a ProCurve 24 Port Ethernet Switch Reference Topic Power States Status LEDs Power States Reference Page page 2 of 2 D 29 D 29 D 30 3 3 w oO Oo a oO N 2 o O Li ee N o 00 J IN 00 Page D 2 D 4 This table summarizes the NonStop S series server power on power off and power fail recovery states For more information about the effects of starting or shutting down the server see the NonStop S Series Operations Guide
86. Memory to Disk Online If a message indicates that the dump was not successful repeat Step 7 over the other ServerNet fabric If a halt code appears in the Processor Status dialog box for the selected processor see the Processor Halt Codes Manual 10 After the dump finishes successfully reload the processor by issuing the RELOAD nn PRIME command at the TACL prompt 11 Log off of the OSM or TSM Low Level Link and the TACL session Making a Compressed Disk Copy of a Dump File 1 Atthe TACL prompt gt COPYDUMP Stape dumpfile destfile where tape name of the tape drive where the tape dump file is located dumpfile name of the disk dump file specified in the RECEIVEDUMP or RCVDUMP command destfile name of the destination disk file 2 When the copy operation is complete this message appears Stape dumpfile HAS BEEN COPIED COMPRESSED TO destfile HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 D 19 Troubleshooting Dumping Processor Memory to Tape Offline Dumping Processor Memory to Tape Offline Systems running G series RVUs support tape dump only on down systems which means that all processors in the system must be halted A Caution Performing a tape dump on a running system can result in disk corruption If you need a processor dump on tape you must do one of the following Halt all processors and perform a tape dump as described in this subse
87. NTL employee site 1 Use the USB cable to connect the modem to the USB port on the front of the workstation 2 Connect the modem to the telephone line a Plug one end of the wall to modem telephone cable into the telephone wall jack b Plug the other end of the cable into the LINE connector on the back of the modem Connect a telephone adapter if necessary 4 If instructed to do so by the documentation shipped with the modem verify the installation If No Modem Is Included For system consoles that are not used as primary or backup system consoles modems are optional If the system console you are installing does not have a modem go to Starting and Testing a System Console on page 5 8 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 5 7 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Starting and Testing a System Console Starting and Testing a System Console This subsection describes how to power on a system console and ensure that it is operating properly You start and test a system console before you start the server connect the workstation to the dedicated service LAN and configure the OSM or TSM environment Task Page Powering On a System Console 5 8 Verifying Readiness D9 Final Setup Steps 5 9 Operational Considerations for OSM and TSM 5 10 Connecting Multiple System Consoles 5 11 System Console Function Keys 5 12 If you encounter problems with any of
88. Name PIF Name SACO ENET 0A Adapter Name SAC Name PIF Name E4SA3 1 B E4SA3 1 A E4SA3 0 B E0254 E4SA3 0 E4SA3 0 A System Name Caset Date 07 _21 96 Group 92 Module 1_ Slot 24 IP Address __192 168 2 097 _ SAC Access List 29 LIF Name ___L02B___ IP Address __192 168 2 096 _ SAC Access List 23 LIF Name ____L029__ IP Address _192 231 36 096 SAC Access List _ 23 LIF Name ____L02A__ IP Address _192 231 36 094 SAC Access List 23 LIF Name L028 _ VST320 vsd VST239 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 14 19 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System System Configuration CONFTEXT File System Configuration CONFTEXT File This example shows the CONFTEXT file for Case1 This file is used by DSM SCM and is stored in the SYSnn subvolume of the DSMSCM disk ALLPROCESSORS SYSTEM_PROCESSOR_TYPE NSR W SYSTEM_VOLUME_SUBVOL SSYSTEM SYS00 SYSTEM_LIBRARY_CODE_FILES ANDEM LIBRARY CODE FILES SYSTEM_PROCESS_CODE_FILES ANDEM PROCESS CODE FILES SYSTEM_PROCESS_LIBRARY_FILES TANDEM PROCESS LIBRARY FILES STANDARD_MICROCODE ANDEM STANDARD MICROCODE MICROCODE_FILES TANDEM MICROCODE FILES FILES_TO_COPY_TO_NEW_SYSTE TANDE
89. Name Case1_ Date 07 21 J96 PMF CRU Configuration Form Shaded areas indicate nonconfigurable components 9 Group 1 Module 01 Slot 55 _ SCSI Port Product Number 5175 SCF Name TAPEO SCSI Cable PN 131369 Ethernet Port IP Address Initially 192 231 36 11 m LAN department Adapter Name ZZLAN MIOE1 SAC Name ZZLAN MIOE1 0 SAC Access List PIF Name ZZLAN MIOE1 0 A LIF Name ZZLAN LANY VST304 vsd VST209 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 12 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Group 01 Slot 53 E4SA Configuration Form Case Study Group 01 Slot 53 E4SA Configuration Form E4SA Configuration Form System Name 22ase1 Date OZ 21 96 Group 01 Module 01 Slot 53 SAC 1 ENET1B IP Address__192 168 2 093 Adapter Name 0153___ SAC Name 0153 1 SAC Access List 0 1 _ PIF Name 0153 1 B LIF Name ___LO1B_ SAC1 ENET1A IP Address __192 168 2 092 Adapter Name _E0153 SAC Name E0153 1_ SAC Access List 0 1 PIF Name 0153 1 A__ LIF Name __LO1A_ SACO ENET OB IP Address _ 192 231 36 091 Adapter Name _E0153 SAC Name 9153 0__ SAC Access List 0 1 PIF Name E0153 0 B __ LIF Name L019 ENET 0A Adapter Name E0153 _ SAC Name E4SA0 0 SAC Access List 0 1 _ VST320 vsd VST234 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guid
90. NonStop specific details that you will need before downloading and configuring the ISEE client from the HP Hardware Support Services Web Authorized service providers can see SEE for NonStop HP Internal on the NTL employee site Ethernet Cables To make Ethernet connections for a dedicated service LAN use Category 5 unshielded twisted pair UTP 10Base T cables with RJ 45 connectors Ethernet Switch Ports Several procedures in this section involve connecting Ethernet cables to ports on the Ethernet switch or hub Do not connect an Ethernet cable to the cascade port sometimes called the uplink port on the Ethernet switch or hub unless specifically instructed to do so These ports are used for cabling additional switches To determine which ports to use see the documentation provided with the Ethernet switch or hub Installing Ferrite Cores If any ServerNet adapter PMF CRU IOMF CRU or IOM 2 CRU in the system connects to a cable with an RJ 45 connector you should install two ferrite cores on that cable 1 Finda place on the cable within 4 or 5 feet of the connection to the adapter or CRU 2 Attach the ferrite cores at that location The ferrite cores are split and open up into two pieces To install a ferrite core pass the RJ 45 cable through the core twice by wrapping the cable around the core and then closing the core jacket around the cable Space the cores no more than 12 inches apart from each other on each cable If y
91. Notification Director If a LAN contains multiple servers the primary and backup system consoles should be configured to receive incident reports from no more than 10 servers on the LAN For information about dial out situations see the OSM User s Guide or the TSM Configuration Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 48 Introduction Installation Overview Dial Ins Dial in capability lets a remote service provider access information about your server to diagnose hardware or software problems For dial in your service provider uses a system console to dial in to a workstation on the same LAN as your server The workstation uses remote operations software such as Carbon Copy or Microsoft Windows NetMeeting to route requests and responses between your server and your service provider All system consoles provided by HP include the software for dial in capability Security mechanisms are available to ensure that dial ins do not jeopardize your operational security For information about dial in user names passwords configuration and security see the TSM Configuration Guide the OSM User s Guide and the online help and documentation provided with your remote operations software Preloaded and Supported Hardware and Software Personal computers PCs provided for use as system consoles come preloaded with the hardware and software to run OSM software Additional software including TSM sof
92. PRI 165 TERM CON NAME 1 AUTOSTOP 1 IF PROCESSEXISTS LST NAME THEN STOP LST NAME OUTPUT OUTPUT Stopping existing TCP IP processes IF PROCESSEXISTS TEL NAME THEN STOP TEL NAME IF PROCESSEXISTS LST NAME THEN STOP LST NAME IF PROCESSEXISTS TCP NAME THEN PUSH INLINEPREFIX SET VARIABLE INLINEPREFIX HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 13 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files SCF INLINE OUT MYTE ALLOW ALL ERRORS ABORT PROCESS TCP NAM EXIT POP INLIN R Gl EPR EFIX OU PU OUTP TCPIP UT Star NAME ting TCP IP TCP NAME TERM CON DELETE DEFIN CPIP PROCESS NAM TCP NA F FE NAMI TG E TCP IP Stack Configuration and Startup File F NAME NOWAIT CPU TCP CPU1 TCP CPU2 xj E ADD DEFIN CPIP PROCESS NAM F FIL F TCP NAME PARAM TCPIP PROCESS NAME PARAM ZTNTI TRANSPORT PROCESS NAME T OUTPU OUTPUT Configuring TCP IP PUSH INLINEPREFIX SET VARIAB INLIN SCF INLINE OUT LOW ALL ERRORS UME PROCESS TCP NA ER HOSTNAME HOST SUBNET SN1 TYP ER SUBN SN1 S ER SUBN LOOPO ART SUBNE a ROUTE GW DESTINATION 0O ROUTE t iF EPR YI EFIX
93. Replacement Procedures on page xxv SEB or MSEB Amber service LED is lit With the OSM or TSM Event Viewer check the EMS log files for pertinent event messages Reseat the SEB or MSEB as described on 2 25 If necessary replace the SEB or MSEB See OSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxiv TSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxv Yellow ServerNet port LEDs do not light No corrective action is necessary SEB and MSEB yellow LEDs are not used ServerNet adapter Amber service LED is lit With the OSM or TSM Event Viewer check the EMS log files for pertinent event messages Reseat the adapter according to in the manual specific to that adapter Replace the adapter if necessary HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 13 Powering On and Starting the System Verifying Topology and System Components Verifying Topology and System Components Before you start the system use the OSM or TSM Low Level Link to verify that the topology for the system has been set correctly and that system components are present with the correct attributes Note To verify IOAM enclosure components you must use the OSM Low Level Link 1 Log onto the OSM or TSM Low Level Link The Low Level Link window and Log On to Low Level Link dialog box appear 2 Inthe Log On to Low Level Link dialog box a Inthe system list select the system NONAME b
94. S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 1 Introduction Topic IOAM Enclosure Cabling ServerNet Cables The System Console System Consoles The OSM Product Primary and Backup System Consoles Primary and Backup System Consoles Modems Preloaded and Supported Hardware and Software Software Connections System Startup Startup and Shutdown Files System Load Paths PMF CRU and IOMF CRU Power On Self Tests Installation Overview Page page 2 of 2 1 37 1 37 1 45 1 45 1 46 1 47 1 47 1 48 1 49 1 54 5 5 5 i Sz i o1 ol 5 N HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 2 Introduction Installation Overview Step Documentation 1 2 3 4 5 Decide which installation process to use This guide Appendix E FastPath Tasks Required Appendix F FastPath Tasks Optional Section 2 Installing Enclosures NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide G06 nn Release Version Update Compendium LAN Configuration and Management Manual TSM Configuration Guide OSM Migration Guide WAN Subsystem Configuration and Management Manual Install the server Section 2 Installing Enclosures Section 3 Cabling Enclosures Section 4 Installing Service Side Doors Install an I O adapter module IOAM enclosure Caution IOAM enclosures must be
95. SAN which allows enclosures and other devices to communicate Cable Compatibilities Different ServerNet cables connect to different components When more than one type of cable can connect to a component the choice of cable depends on the type of plug in card PIC connector installed on the component HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 1 37 Introduction Installation Overview Table 1 4 ServerNet Cable Compatibilities With Components Cable Connects to Port Number Port Type IOMF CRU N A N A IOMF 2 CRU N A N A with ECL PIC ECL installed SEB 1 6 N A MSEB 1 5 Variable IOMF 2 CRU N A Variable ServerNet switch 1 4 Fiber optic Fiber Optic board IOAM 1 5 Variable MSEB 6 Node numbering agent NNA IOMF 2 CRU N A Variable Serial copper 1 5 Variable MSEB 7 10 Fixed Note For information about cable compatibilities for an IOAM enclosure your service provider can refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 1 38 Introduction Installation Overview Figure 1 12 Port Numbers and Cable Connections on an MSEB NNA Fiber Optic PIC ServerNet ServerNet ECL Serial Copper Fiber Optic or ports Serial Copper PICs VST099 vsd HP NonStop S Seri
96. SIZE nnn MB Note When naming configured swap files do not use the naming convention for default swap files S SYSTEM ZSYSSSWAP SWAP nn Start the swap files For example NSK START SWAPFILE Svolume subvolume filename Confirm the amount of configured swap space for each processor For example NSK INFO SWAPFILE The minimum recommended file size of the swap file for each processor is approximately twice the size of the processor memory For more information see the Kernel Managed Swap Facility KMSF Manual HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 35 FastPath Tasks Required 3 Configure OSM or TSM Environment 3 Configure OSM or TSM Environment Task Page 3a Configure Dial Out Workstation E 36 3b Update Emergency Repair Disk or Automated System Recovery Disk E 36 The following procedure configures the default OSM or TSM environment on your system You must have the latest OSM or TSM software Accepting the default values might not provide the configuration you want For example dial in and dial out capability are not configured by default However you can change your configuration later To change your OSM or TSM configuration or to complete the initial configuration without using the OSM or TSM default configuration values see the OSM User s Guide or the TSM Configuration Guide 3a Configure Dial Out Workstation 1 Start the OSM or TSM No
97. See the SCF X Reference Manual for the Kernel Subsystem Configure DSM SCM See the DSM SCM X X User s Guide Some DSM SCM configuration is required as a result of changing the system name Verify that all updatable firmware is at the X proper revision level using the OSM Service Connection or TSM Service Application See the OSM User s Guide the TSM Online User Guide or the G06 nn Software Installation and Upgrade Guide Verify the SP firmware using the OSM Service X Connection or TSM Service Application See the OSM User s Guide the TSM Online User Guide or the GO6 nn Software Installation and Upgrade Guide With SCF verify that paths and connections X within the ServerNet system area network are properly configured and functional See the NonStop S Series Operations Guide Configure low level link user names and X passwords See the TSM Configuration Guide or the OSM Low Level Link online help Service connection user names and passwords are created when you add NonStop user names and passwords Configure a backup system console See X Section 10 Configuring the System Invoke the STARTCOM and STARTSCF X startup files to configure standard TCP IP objects and start TCP IP services See 4e Invoke STARTCOM and STARTSCF Startup Files on page E 40 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 13 Performing Post Startup Tasks Restarting the Ins
98. Series Server To list all NonStop TCP IP and TCP6SAM transport service providers gt LISTDEV TCPIP The following output shows both TCP6SAM and NonStop TCP IP processes because NonStop TCP IP and NonStop TCP IPv6 are both running on this system Parallel Library TCP IP and NonStop TCP IPv6 cannot run on the same system Example F 2 SCF LISTDEV TCP6SAM Display LDev Name PPID BPID Type RSize Pri Program 124 ZTC02 0 301 1 287 48 0 32000 200 MYSYS SSYSTEM SYS00 TCP6SAM 125 S ZTCPO 0 304 1 282 48 0 32000 200 MYSYS SSYSTEM SYS0O0 TCPIP 129 S ZTCP1 1 235 0 308 48 0 32000 200 MYSYS SSYSTEM SYS00 TCPIP 160 ZTC21 27292 S216 48 0 32000 200 MYSYS SSYSTEM SYS00 TCPIP 161 ZTC01 0313 1 292 48 0 32000 200 MYSYS SSYSTEM SYS00 TCPIP 165 ZTC03 0 316 17293 48 0 32000 200 MYSYS SYSTEM SYS00 TCPIP 2 The NonStop TCP IP TCPSAM or TCP6SAM process you select must have an Ethernet subnet configured To list the subnets configured for a particular TCP IP process gt INFO SUBNET tcpip process name Example F 3 shows an SCF INFO SUBNET display Ethernet subnets are identified by the word ETHERNET in the TYPE field Example F 3 SCF INFO SUBNET Display TCPIP Info SUBNET MYSIS ZTC21 Nam Devicenam IPADDRESS TYPE SUBNETMASK SuName QIO R LOOPO NOSYS SNOIOP U2 a O N O LOOP BACK HFF000000 OFF N SN1 MYSIS LANX 172 16 35 16 ETHERNET HFFFFFFOO
99. Tools menu in the OSM Service Connection See the OSM User s Guide for more information HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 17 Configuring the System Construct a Secure Operations LAN Configuration For TSM 1 Wait 30 minutes to ensure that the server has executed the changes in the TSMINI file for TSM 2 Start and log on to the TSM Service Application For more information on the operations LAN see the LAN Configuration and Management Manual and the Ethernet Adapter Installation and Support Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 18 FE offline Configuration Tasks This section describes offline configuration tasks which change software or hardware configurations and require the system to be shut down Topic Page Changes That Must Be Made Offline i Application Reconfiguration 11 2 Installing a New RVU 11 2 Installing a Product Revision 11 2 Changing System Name System Number or Time Attributes 11 3 Changing the System Topology 11 3 Changing the CONFTEXT File 11 3 Changes That Must Be Made Offline A few configuration changes must be made offline Installing a new RVU Installing a product revision such as a software product revision SPR that requires a system load Making configuration changes that either cannot be made using an online configuration tool or require a system load to take
100. Twist Lock Handles End Piece VST951 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 8 Installing Enclosures Unpack the Enclosures 10 Remove the end piece and set it aside Figure 2 5 Removing End Piece of Pallet System Enclosure on Pallet ce End Piece VST706 vsd 11 Position the unloading ramp against the on the side from which you removed the end piece Position the Velcro strips on either side of the ramp Ensure that the Velcro strips hold the ramp firmly against the pallet Figure 2 6 Velcro Strips on Loading Pallet li gt Velcro Strips vst988 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 9 Installing Enclosures Unpack the Enclosures 12 To prevent snagging hazards as you move the enclosure stack off the pallet check that the leveling pads on the base enclosure are fully raised as shown If you need to raise the leveling pads see the instructions later in this procedure Figure 2 7 Leveling Pads Must Be Raised Before Enclosure Is Moved H HH 4 Caster Caster Caster Caster VST005 vsd A WARNING When moving an enclosure stack Always get at least one other person to help you move an enclosure stack If the floor is uneven use four people to move the enclosure or contact your service provider Move each enclosure slowly and g
101. a wiring diagram Actual connections vary depending on the Ethernet switch VST068 vsd Procedure 1 Create a temporary setup configuration using the server you are adding its system console and its switch or hub See Setup Configuration on page 10 2 Configure the OSM or TSM environment While you are configuring the server you are adding make sure you assign IP addresses that do not conflict with the addresses used by the server already installed in the operation configuration Disconnect the server you are adding from the temporary setup configuration Then connect that server to the operating configuration Connect the ferrite bead end of an Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU in slot 50 of group 01 of new server you are adding Connect the other end of this Ethernet cable to any port on Switch 1 except the cascade port Make sure the RJ 45 plug on the cable clicks into place as shown in Figure 10 7 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 9 Configuring the System Create a Cascading Ethernet Switch Configuration 5 Connect the ferrite bead end of another Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU in slot 55 of group 01 of the server you are adding Connect the other end of this Ethernet cable to any port on Switch 2 except the cascade port Make sure the RJ 45 plug on the cable clicks into place Figure 10 7 Connections for Adding a Server to the Operating Config
102. an IOAM enclosure each IOAM power supply plugs into a different PDU Uninterruptible power supply UPS For IOAM enclosures a UPS is optional but recommended where a site UPS is not available You can choose to use any UPS that meets the IOAM enclosure power requirements for all enclosures being powered on from the UPS One UPS option to support the IOAM enclosure is the HP R5500 UPS You can also choose to have the UPS pre installed inside the Modular Cabinet See Figure 1 9 The standard configuration for cabinets that have an R5500 XR UPS includes one Extended Runtime Module ERM Each Extended Runtime Module is a rack mountable battery module that extends your overall battery runtime For power and environmental requirements for the R5500 UPS and all planning installation and emergency power off EPO instructions refer to the documentation shipped with the UPS HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 15 Introduction Installation Overview Enclosure Illustrations Figure 1 3 Base and Stackable Enclosures Base Enclosure Stackable Enclosure Installed Appearance Side on Base Enclosure Appearance Side VST547 vsd A WARNING Do not attempt to lift a stackable enclosure onto the top of a base enclosure by yourself A trained service provider and at least four assistants must perform this procedure HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001
103. and Hard Disk Problems D 37 Application Fails Immediately When Started D 37 Restoring Software on the Hard Disk D 38 Install Operating System and Configure System Console D 39 Configure the System Console D 43 Install Software Provided by HP D 45 Create Update and Use an ERD or ASR D 47 Your new system console is shipped with the Microsoft Windows XP Professional operating system already installed To migrate an existing system console from Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional operating system to the Microsoft Windows XP Professional operating system see the NonStop System Console Guide for Migrating to Microsoft Windows XP Professional HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 31 Troubleshooting System Consoles Connectivity Problems Connectivity refers to the connections or interfaces between the devices and components of a system This subsection contains diagnostic procedures for the following connectivity problems Topic Keyboard Is Inoperative Mouse Is Inoperative Monitor Screen Is Blank System Unit Is Inoperative Keyboard Is Inoperative An inoperative keyboard might be the result of software configuration problems See also Table D 6 Monitor Screen Is Frozen on page D 36 Table D 2 Keyboard Is Inoperative Symptom Recovery Typing on the keyboard has no effect 1 Ensure that the keyboard cable is securely attached to its connecto
104. and which are stacked enclosures You can indicate a base enclosure by drawing casters on it eralevad VSI VST202 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 14 7 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Floor Plan Case Study Floor Plan Floor Plan System Name Case1 Building 2 _ Room 2239 _ Date 07 22 96 Scale 1 4 inch 1 foot SUPPLIES TAPES lt 5190 7159 _ Tap et Pedestal RECEPTACLES 5170 7159 _ Tape0 Pedestal r n System S Group 2 AES System a Group 1 RIES Se Seer Power for future system enclosures 5 5 o B S S f o Bol D S fs o PRE INSTALLED ETHERNE T Table Ethernet Switches CCFO CCP VO CABLES PONN a TO OTHER ROOMS EXIT HERE VST315 vsd VST226 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 8 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Preinstalled I O Device Cable Checklist Case Study Preinstalled I O Device Cable Checklist System Name Casel Date 07 21 96_ Preinstalled I O Device Cable Checklist Page __ot_1_ v Cable ID Tag Floor Plan 10Base T to Building Ethernet Switch Room 2239 East wall VST314 vsd VST231 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 14 9 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Group 01 System Enclosure Checklist Cas
105. backup system consoles attached to a LAN connected to the Ethernet ports on the PMF CRUs in group 01 One SWAN concentrator The configuration track ID for this concentrator is X001XX Four Ethernet switches Installation Documents The following figures contain the installation documents needed for the system described in this case study Examples of completed configuration forms and worksheet for the SWAN concentrator are included in the SWAN Concentrator Installation and Support Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 4 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Installation Document Checklist Case Study Installation Document Checklist Installation Document Checklist J Form Diagram or Checklist Pages System Equipment Inventory Form EK El e El Kl O 0o00 Preinstalled I O Device Cable Checklist Enclosure Arrangement Diagram Floor Plan System Enclosure Checklist PMF CRU Configuration Form and__4___ PMF 2 CRU Configuration Form IOMF CRU Configuration Form and IOMF 2 CRU Configuration Form Adapter Configuration Form ServerNet Communication Pathways Worksheet ServerNet Cabling Form Cross Row Cabling Worksheet SEB to SEB Cross Row Cabling Worksheet SEB to IOMF CRU Special Notes or Instructions System Name_ Casei____ Date 07 _22 96 Page _1 of 1 J Form Diagram or Checklist Pages Other forms
106. but can be installed HP Systems Insight Manager Optional but can be installed HP Instant Support Enterprise Edition ISEE Function A graphical user interface GUI that guides you step by step through the configuration of wide area network WAN and local area network LAN software and hardware Allows you to diagnose SP problems Allows you access to the World Wide Web Lets you open and read documents created in Adobe Portable Document Format PDF Provides hardware level management A web based alternative to using a modem for dial out of incident reports For more information Access the WAN Wizard Pro on page F 9 See applicable online help in the Help menu Verifying Topology and System Components Step 9 page 8 16 See applicable online help in the Help menu See applicable online help in the Help menu Contact your HP Support Representative Contact your HP Support Representative HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 51 Introduction Installation Overview Preconfigured IP Addresses New systems are shipped with preconfigured system IP addresses for system maintenance that OSM and TSM applications use to communicate with the system Note Many components in the IOAM enclosure need IP addresses These addresses can be assigned as static or dynamic For more information and procedures for assigning IP addresses your service provi
107. c Grasp the ServerNet adapter ejector with one hand and slide the adapter halfway out of the slot d Reinsert the ServerNet adapter until the ejector on the adapter can be engaged into the notch on the enclosure e Latch the ServerNet adapter ejector by pressing the blue green tab and then closing the ejector to seat the adapter against the backplane 10 Repeat Step 1 through Step 9 for all system enclosures HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 26 3 Cabling Enclosures This section explains how to cable enclosures in NonStop S series systems with power on emergency power off EPO and ServerNet cables If you are cabling NonStop S series enclosures in a ServerNet cluster see the ServerNet Cluster Manual and the ServerNet Cluster 6780 Planning and Installation Guide A Caution Installing and cabling IOAM enclosures Fibre Channel Disk Module FCDM s and ESSs must be performed by service providers trained by HP Your service provider should refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide which is located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library Topic Page 1 Connect Power On Cables 3 1 2 Connect EPO Cables 3 4 3 Connect ServerNet Cables 5 1 Connect Power On Cables A Caution Do not use the handles of CRUs or FRUs for cable management If you pass cables or cords through the handles of CRUs or FRUs
108. can change the name to NONAME1 or NONAME2 h Click OK to return to the Network dialog box i Click OK to return to the Control Panel window j Select Start gt Shut Down k Select Restart the computer Click Yes 4 Unpack and install an Switch 2 using the documentation that comes with the switch Switch 1 is the switch installed in the initial setup configuration Switch 2 is the switch you add for fault tolerance 5 Move the cable attached to the PMF CRU in group 01 slot 55 from Switch 1 to Switch 2 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 4 Configuring the System Create the Operating Configuration To maintain EMC compliance in NonStop S series systems Ethernet cables must be equipped with a ferrite suppression component Install the Ethernet cables that connect the PMF CRUs to the Ethernet switches or hubs with the ferrite end of the cables connected to the PMF CRUs a At Switch 1 disconnect the cable attached to the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU in slot 55 group 01 b Reconnect this end of the cable to any port on Switch 2 except the cascade port Insert the RJ 45 plug on the cable into the RJ 45 jack on the Ethernet switch or hub until the tab on the plug clicks into place as shown in Figure 10 3 Figure 10 3 Connections for the Operating Configuration Group 01 Processor Enclosure PMF CRU Containing PMF CRU Containing Processor 0 Processor 1 Slot 50 1
109. contents 1 12 power supply IOAM D 4 description 1 12 power on 1 57 8 9 8 10 D 14 group numbers 1 31 SEB 8 11 8 13 D 5 illustration 2 17 2 20 ServerNet adapter 8 11 8 14 maximum quantity 1 35 ServerNet port 8 13 modified 1 13 ServerNet port service 8 10 slot assignments 2 16 2 17 ServerNet switch board IOAM D 4 I O multifunction IOMF CRU service 8 10 8 12 8 13 D 15 See IOMF CRU status 8 9 8 10 D 4 system enclosure 8 12 K tape subsystem 9 11 Kernel subsystem 12 4 troubleshooting 8 12 8 13 D 6 D 9 Kernel Managed Swap Facility KMSF See KMSF yelow F Keyboard 5 3 5 4 D 32 Leveling pads 2 10 2 12 E 9 KMSF 9 13 12 8 Light emitting diodes LEDs See LEDs HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 Index 7 Index Load path operating system 1 55 Loading the system 8 18 Local area network LAN See LAN Log file message D 29 F 29 Maintenance switch IOAM enclosure 1 14 Maintenance remote 12 9 Manuals See Documentation Master service processors MSPs See MSPs MDI switch 10 6 10 11 Medium dependent interface MDI switch See MDI switch Memory 1 57 12 8 D 14 Messages ASSIGN F 6 compressed dump file D 19 CPU dump D 18 EMS event D 11 D 13 F 29 Expand over IP probe D 23 generic process configuration F 6 halt code D 11 D 13 log file D 29 F 29 PARAM F 6 processor reload E 29 RCVDUMP D 16 D 17 D 18 system configuration F 25 system load E 29 TCP IP E 46 MFIOB test 1
110. effect such as changing the system name Changing the system topology Changing the configuration of the QIOMON process Changing the CONFTEXT file Some online PMF CRU upgrades are not allowed To see what upgrades can be made online see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide No others are supported Installing TSM System consoles are initially configured by HP manufacturing with OSM enabled and TSM disabled This includes disabling the power scrub test and processor alarm functionality in TSM If you want to use TSM instead of OSM follow the instructions described under Fallback Issues in the OSM Migration Guide Offline changes are usually performed during a planned outage For more information about planned outages see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 11 1 Offline Configuration Tasks Application Reconfiguration Application Reconfiguration Reconfiguring an application can sometimes require that the application be taken offline A discussion of application reconfiguration is beyond the scope of this guide However the Availability Guide for Application Design provides information on designing highly available applications Installing a New RVU HP currently requires that you shut down your system to activate a new version of the operating system By using the Distributed Systems Management Software Configuration
111. equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by Hewlett Packard Computer Corporation could void the user s authority to operate this equipment Canadian Compliance This class A digital apparatus meets all the requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Cet appareil num rique de la classe A respecte toutes les exigences du Regelment sur le mat riel brouilleur du Canada HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Statements 1 Safety and Compliance Regulatory Compliance Statements Korea MIC Compliance AAT SSS St 7 EOWA ES ALBA ol MS Fefe Hejo GeO Ae po EE Tolsas Holt 7ISOe WStstAl7 Bee ch Taiwan BSMI Compliance Soe As jae ARBAB ede EEH Bech AS TEGAR E GE Eee EE RAV RCS ENHE Japan VCCI Compliance
112. equipped with a wooden pallet as shown in Figure 1 1 The Shipping Package This pallet includes skids spaced for forklift handling The unloading ramp The ramp allows you to unload the enclosure from the pallet without a forklift Only one unloading ramp is included in the shipment regardless of the number of enclosures shipped The ramp is attached to one shipping package with banding straps as shown in Figure 1 1 The Shipping Package HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 1 9 Introduction Installation Overview Figure 1 1 The Shipping Package Banding Straps Single High Stack Double High Stack Shipping Package Specifications lt t Unloading Ramp al 4 Pallet VST963 vsd Table 1 1 Weights for Enclosure Shipping Packages NonStop S Series Enclosure Type Single High Stack Double High Stack Pounds Kilograms Pounds Kilograms S7000 processor enclosure without power 290 132 580 264 shelf S7x00 and Sxx000 processor enclosure 367 167 734 337 with power shelf I O enclosure without power shelf 290 132 580 264 I O enclosure with power shelf 367 167 734 334 Note For information about shipping package specifications for IOAM enclosures contact your HP trained service provider who can refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the
113. file the initial TACL process Comment terminates You need to log on to a new TACL session Comment to complete the remainder of the system startup process This example CIIN file shows what you would use if you had created a persistent CLCI TACL process by configuring it as a generic process See Section 12 Online Configuration Tasks Caution If you use the following example as is you must first create the ZZKRN CLCI TACL process See Making Important Processes Persistent on page 12 5 If you do not create the ZZKRN CLCI TACL process first you might have no access to the system after it loads To recover load the system again from another SYSnn or with CIIN disabled command input CIIN file for the system in TSM and configured in your CONFTEXT initial TACL process will read this file and This file is used to reload the remaining processors and a TACL process pair for the system console persistent TACL process pair for the Comment This is the initial Comment If CIIN is enabled Comment file th Comment then terminate Comment 1 Comment start Comment Reload the remaining processors RELOAD TERM ZHOME OUT ZHOME Comment Use SCF to start a Comment system console TACL window Comment Us the TSM Low Level Link to start a TTE session HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 0
114. has started all processes specified in the CONFIG file and you start all other TCP IP and Port Mapper processes stop and restart IMON as follows 1 Log on as the super ID 2 Atthe TACL prompt stop IMON by entering gt Stop I MON 3 Atthe TACL prompt restart IMON by entering gt IMON name SIMON term SYMIOP CNSL cpu p nowait b where p and b are the primary and backup processors respectively where IMON is to run HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 44 FastPath Tasks Required 5 Install the Backup System Console 5 Install the Backup System Console Your system might not include a backup system console If you received two system consoles the second one is the backup console A Caution All system consoles are shipped with the same IP address To permit the primary and backup system consoles to operate simultaneously specify a unique IP address for the backup system console before you connect that console to the Ethernet switch or hub and server 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 Unpack and assemble the backup console See 10 Install Primary System Console on page E 16 Select Start gt Setting gt Network Dial up Connection gt Local Area Connection The Local Area Connection dialog box appears From the general tab click properties The Local Area Connection properties dialog box appears From the displayed list a
115. have received Note Inventory the following equipment in later steps CRuUs in enclosures 5 Inventory and Inspect All Components on page E 11 System consoles 10 Install Primary System Console on page E 16 Tape subsystem SCSI cables 15 Install Tape Drive on page E 19 2 Verify that all cables are the length you ordered 3 Ensure that the other smaller containers contain the following v Item Quantity Detachable AC Two per enclosure power cords Groundstraps The number of enclosures minus one none for one processor enclosure with no I O enclosures ServerNet cables Quantity varies with number of enclosures none for one processor enclosure with no I O enclosures Type varies with plug in cards PICs installed in PMF CRUs and IOMF CRUs Cable ties 12 per enclosure EPO cables One per enclosure Power on cables One per enclosure C0 Emergency Power Off EPO Cable ServerNet ECL Cable s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ k Cable Tie AC Power Cord CEH FO m 1 a Groundstrap Power On Cable VST977 vsd 4 Report any missing or damaged items to your service provider HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 5 FastPath Tasks Required 2 Collect Tools 2 Collect Tools
116. in use appear in the LPort field You can choose any valid UDP port number that is not in use It is recommended that you do not use well known port numbers in the range 0 through 1023 Record the UDP port number you want to use in the dest_ipport field in the SCF ADD DEVICE Command Worksheet and in the src_ipport field in COUP Worksheet Exit SCF gt EXIT Note Do not log off after completing this task HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 17 FastPath Tasks Optional 3 On the NonStop S Series Server 3 On the NonStop S Series Server 3a Configure and Start an Expand Over IP Line Handler Process 1 Return to the SCF prompt at the NonStop S series server 2 Create a profile for the Expand over IP line handler process by entering the following SCF command gt ADD PROFILE Szzwan pexpsip file system sys00 pexpsip 3 Add the Expand over IP line handler process as a device to the WAN subsystem using the values you record in Table F 1 Fields that must be replaced by values you record in the worksheet are highlighted in boldface italic type gt ADD DEVICE Szzwan S sline profile pexpsip amp gt IOPOBJECT Ssystem sys00 lhobj amp gt ASSOCIATEDEV tcpip process amp gt CPU cpunum ALTCPU altcpunum amp gt TYPE 63 0 RSIZE 3 amp gt SRCIPADDR src_ipaddr SRCIPPORT src_ipport amp gt DESTIPADDR dest_ipaddr DE
117. information on checking and setting the SCSI ID see the 5190 5194 Modular Tape Subsystem Manual Powering On the System Fault Tolerance and Access to Power Cutoffs Most NonStop S series equipment supports two power cords For fault tolerance do not plug the two power cords on any one piece of equipment into the same AC receptacle Plug each cord into a different receptacle that is connected to a different breaker The AC receptacles to which the server is connected must be accessible to the operator Alternatively the branch circuit breaker supplying power to each receptacle must be accessible to the operator and plainly marked to indicate which receptacle the circuit breaker supports HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 5 Powering On and Starting the System Power On Procedure Using AC Power Cords Power On Procedure Using AC Power Cords A 1 Find the detachable AC power cords included with your system See Figure 8 3 AC power cords for enclosures without power shelves are packaged in one of the boxes included with your system AC power cords for enclosures with power shelves are preconnected to the power shelves in the enclosures The AC power cord plugs vary depending on the country to which the system is shipped For AC power cord plug types and part numbers see the Part Numbers topic of the Service Information section of the NTL Support and Service Library on page xxi
118. installed by service providers trained by HP Your service provider should refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide which is located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance collection in the Support and Service Library Install the primary system console Installation Overview Notes page 1 of 2 Use if you are Installing a NonStop S series server for the first time OR Installing a Tetra 16 system Use if you are BOTH Familiar with installing NonStop S series servers AND Installing a Tetra 8 system Plan the installation of the server system console local area network LAN subsystem and wide area network WAN subsystem Each server is shipped with a customized version of the operating system image already installed This operating system image comes preconfigured with ServerNet adapters and essential system devices such as disk and tape subsystems For connection to other storage options you can install IOAM enclosures Each IOAM enclosure is mounted into a standard 19 inch rack and connects to the MSEB of 76000 and later NonStop S series systems Each IOAM enclosure provides space for up to 10 specially designed ServerNet adapters HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 3 Introduction Step Documentation Section 5 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Section 6 Connecting a System Console Insta
119. loaded into the memory of processor 0 or processor 1 The remaining processors are reloaded by commands in the CIIN file Monitor the system startup process Messages indicating the progress and completion of the system load and the reload of the processors appear in the following locations on the system console System Startup dialog box System Status box initial high level messages that are not logged to a file Detailed Status box low level messages that you can save to a file Startup event stream window startup event stream messages Startup TACL window startup messages When the operating system is loaded successfully into the memory of processor 0 or processor 1 the System Status box on the System Startup dialog box displays SYSTEM STARTUP COMPLETE NSK RUNNING ON Processor n Close the System Startup dialog box Check processor status a From the toolbar click Processor Status b Verify that the NonStop operating system is running for all processors c Close the Processor Status dialog box Log on to the OSM Service Connection or TSM Service Application In the tree pane select System Object In the Attributes tab verify that the Current Topology in OSM or the Topology attribute in TSM has a value of Tetra 8 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 29 FastPath Tasks Required 3 Verify the System 3 Verify the System Task Page
120. makes the current revision inaccessible reapplies the previous revision and displays instructions for activating the previous revision Task Page Prerequisites D 26 1 Start DSM SCM D 26 2 Start and Log On to Target Interface D 27 3 Initiate Backout Activity D 27 4 Monitor Backout Process D 28 5 Stop All Applications D 28 6 Rename Software Files Using ZPHIRNM D 29 7 Stop System D 29 8 Load System From Saved Configuration D 30 9 Start Applications D 30 Prerequisites Skip 7 Stop System and 8 Load System From Saved Configuration if the current revision did not require SYSGENR or system load When backing out a revision you do not need to fall back to a previous firmware version if you have not updated the firmware to versions different from that shipped with your NonStop S series server f you need to back out a revision and DSM SCM will not run see the DSM SCM User s Guide 1 Start DSM SCM 1 Ifthe TMF subsystem is not already running start it at a TACL prompt gt TMFCOM START TMF 2 If DSM SCM is not already running start it gt VOLUME SDSMSCM ZDSMSCM gt RUN STARTSCM HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 26 Troubleshooting 2 Start and Log On to Target Interface 2 Start and Log On to Target Interface 1 2 Start the Target Interface at the TACL prompt gt RUN ZPHIT The Target Interface
121. might remove from your system on the top of the stack Modified I O Enclosures I O enclosures shipped with the G06 13 RVU or earlier require removal of a pin from their backplanes to ensure system fault tolerance If you do not know when your I O enclosure was manufactured contact your service provider For information about the removal procedure and the possibilities for later use of a modified enclosure see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide IOAM Enclosures An IOAM enclosure provides you with access to additional disk storage and Ethernet connectivity An IOAM enclosure is mounted into a modular cabinet and connects to the MSEB of S76000 and later NonStop S series systems Up to three IOAM enclosures one maintenance switch two PDUs and one UPS can be installed into one cabinet IOAM enclosures can be installed in any standard 19 inch rack but the number of enclosures depends on the height of the rack A Caution IOAM enclosures must be installed by service providers trained by HP Your service provider should refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide which is located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library Note Ensure that the correct firmware is installed on the processor and IOAM enclosures Minimum firmware is required to allow IOAM enclosures to be connected to processor enclosures in the outer tetrahedron For correct firmware req
122. notes or checklists O E E O L E LI O E O VST305 vsd VST233 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 14 5 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study System Equipment Inventory Form Case Study System Equipment Inventory Form System Name Casel Date 07 _ 22 _ _96 System Equipment Inventory Form Page of 1 Part or Product Quantity Quantity Numbe Description Ordered Received 7194 Processor enclosure double high S7X PC S series system console o2 seri 2 S7X EPO S series EPO cable 675 004 ServerNet cable 4 5 feet 1 6 meters 7159 7159 Pedestal I 3880 ServerNet WAN SWAN Concentrator a 5196 5194 Tape Drive CRU in module aio 5175 5175 Tape subsystem with 5170 tape drive 131369 S Series SCSI Tape Cable 25 feet SHUB 110 Ethernet hub SMOD US Modem V32 BIS for system console 5516 5516 Line Printer VST306 vsd VST229 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 6 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Enclosure Arrangement Diagram Case Study Enclosure Arrangement Diagram Enclosure Arrangement Diagram System Name Sase Date 07 21 96 Building 5 Room__ 2239 Scale 1 4 inch 1 foot System Number In Expand Network 10 Number of Rows 1 Processor Enclosure Group 02 Processor Enclosure Group 01 Note which enclosures are base enclosures
123. on system use and workflow patterns As much as 2 gigabytes could be required for a processor with 1 gigabyte of memory HP recommends configuring KMSF swap files instead of using the default KMSF swap files because many processes require more swap space than is provided by default swap files Insufficient swap space can result in errors process failures and processor halts Ensure that all the files that will remain on the target disk can still be accessed when it is used as an alternate system disk For example you cannot have audited files on the alternate system disk if your TMF audit trails also are located on that disk Ensure that your startup files such as the CIIN file refer to SYSTEM HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 11 Online Configuration Tasks 2 Verify That the Target Disk Is Present 2 Verify That the Target Disk Is Present Use SCF to verify that the target disk you have chosen is physically present on the system In this example the target disk is DATA08 7 gt status data08 detail STORAGE Detailed Status DISK WAGER SDATA08 Disk Path Information LDev Path Status State Substate Primary Backup PID PID 74 PRIMARY ACTIVE STARTED 2 261 74 BACKUP INACTIVE STARTED 2 261 74 MIRROR ACTIVE STARTED 22 Oi 74 MIRROR BACKUP INACTIVE STARTED 2 261 General Disk Information Device Type 3
124. on the System Startup Initial high level messages that are not dialog box logged Detailed Status box on the System Startup Low level messages that you can save to dialog box a file Startup event stream windows Startup event stream messages Startup TACL windows Startup messages 5 When the system load is complete the operating system is loaded successfully into the memory of processor 0 or processor 1 the System Status box on the System Startup dialog box displays SYSTEM STARTUP COMPLETE NSK RUNNING ON PROCESSOR n If nothing appears in any of the startup event stream windows and startup TACL windows you must connect to MSP 1 within each window For instructions see the NonStop S Series Operations Guide Ifthe system load fails look for halt codes or messages displayed in the System Startup dialog box or related events in the OSM or TSM Event Viewer For recovery procedures see the Processor Halt Codes Manual or Operator Messages Manual and contact your service provider f no messages appear in the Detailed Status box the system load has probably failed After the operating system is running on the server messages are no longer sent to the System Status box See the event messages sent to the startup event stream window To correct abnormal LED states on enclosures and CRUs see Troubleshooting Abnormal LED States on page 8 12 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 0
125. or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt SCF IN SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNCP6 OUT SZHOME This is SYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNCP6 This shuts down the CP6100 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator SZZWAN SO1 ALLOW 20 ERRORS ABORT LINE Scp6 ATP6100 Lines Shutdown File This example shows an SCF command file that stops the ATP6100 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator ZZWAN S01 configuration track ID X001 XX This file can be invoked automatically from the STOPSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt SCF IN SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNATP OUT SZHOME This is SYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNATP This shuts down the ATP6100 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator SZZWAN S01 ALLOW 20 ERRORS ABORT LINE SATP X 25 Lines Shutdown File This example shows an SCF command file that stops the X 25 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator ZZWAN S01 configuration track ID X001 XX This file can be invoked automatically from the STOPSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt SCF IN SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNX25 OUT SZHOME This is SYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNX25 This shuts down the X 25 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator SZZWAN S01 ALLOW 20 ERRORS ABORT LINE X25 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 19 Creating Startup and Shutdow
126. persistent generic processes for the CLCI TACL Expand manager and SCP processes to the configuration database These processes are started automatically at system load and are restarted automatically if they are stopped abnormally This file is GPADD Adds the CLCI TACL Expand manager and SCP processes as generic processess CLCI TACL ADD PROCESS S ZZKRN CLCI TACL NAME SCLCI PRIORITY 199 amp AUTORESTART 10 PROGRAM SYSTEM SYSTEM TACL PRIMARYCPU 0 amp BACKUPCPU 1 TYPE OTHER STARTMODE MANUAL HOMETERM SYMIOP CLCI amp INFILE YMIOP CLCI OUTFILE YMIOP CLCI STARTUPMSG lt BCKP CPU gt Expand manager process ADD PROCESS S ZZKRN ZEXP NAME SZEXP PRIORITY 180 AUTORESTART 10 amp PROGRAM SYSTEM SYSTEM OZEXP PRIMARYCPU 0 BACKUPCPU 1 TYPE OTHER amp STARTMODE SYSTEM HOMETERM SZHOME OUTFILE SZHOME amp STARTUPMSG lt BCKP CPU gt SCP ADD PROCESS SZZKRN SCP NAME SZNET PRIORITY 175 AUTORESTART 10 amp PROGRAM SYSTEM SYSTEM SCP PRIMARYCPU 0 BACKUPCPU 1 TYPE OTHER amp STARTMODE SYSTEM HOMETERM SZHOME OUTFILE SZHOME amp STARTUPMSG lt BCKP CPU gt AUTOSTOP 1 Starting the ZEXP Expand Manager Pr
127. sab VEU PPE Henar Sadek odie D2 Volume Label Version 0 Operating System Last Mounted Under F40 P40 Volume Label Last Written 02 Apr 1997 16 41 45 006 Disk SUBUY Pes tele Denie Bee eee be sel dele lal ere tote 42 Section Name Address Length Version Parameter 0 Spare Tracks Table 000000 003000 000000 005000 0 000000 000000 1 Boot 000000 030000 000000 020000 0 000000 000000 2 Fr Space Tabl 000000 010000 000000 020000 0 000000 000000 3 Directory Label 000000 110000 000000 010000 0 000000 000000 4 Unused 000000 000000 000000 000000 0 000000 000000 5 Undo 000000 120000 000000 020000 0 000000 000000 6 Pool 000000 000000 000000 000000 0 000000 000000 10 Pool LSA 000000 000010 000407 061554 3 000000 000000 T RE Space Table LSA 000000 000010 000000 000020 3 000000 000000 12 Boot LSA 000000 000030 000000 000020 0 000000 000000 Disk Label Information SDATAO8 Mirror Vo tume Names 13 serieei du ii a ea be LE a ar SSYSTE Alternate Volume Name SDATA08 VOTUIMES AID ei State lest atar Se a A E aa 20 Volum abel Vera fOr ey seresa nnee D2 Volume Label Version 0 Operating System Last Mounted Under F40 P40 Volume Label Last Written 02 Apr 1997 16 41 45 006 Disk SUBUY Peres te od ea e ele ae De al eit 42 Section Name Address Length Version Parameter 0 Spare Tracks Table 000000 003000 000000 005000 0 000000 000000 1 Boot 000000 030000 000000 020000 0 000000 000000 23
128. server 1 INFO CONTROLLER PRODUCT 6999 Note Dummy controllers can also have product numbers of 6997 or 6998 Example F 8 shows a COUP INFO CONTROLLER display Example F 8 COUP INFO CONTROLLER Display NAME PRODUCT ADDRESS CPU ADDRESS CPU FLAGS DUMMY 0 6999 300 01 300 00 DUMMYC 6999 300 04 300 05 DUMMYD 6999 330 03 330 00 DUMMYE 6999 300 06 300 07 DUMMYF 6999 310 07 310 06 The dummy controller must have two unit numbers available one for writing and one for reading data List the unit numbers configured for a particular controller 2 INFO DEVICE CONTROLLERNAME dummy_name Example F 9 shows a COUP INFO DEVICE command Configured unit numbers appear in the UNITS field Example F 9 COUP INFO DEVICE Display 2 info device controllername dummye NAME PRODUCT MACRO CONTROLLERNAME UNITS FLAGS SFXPRU NETCLUSTER DUMMYE 00 01 s Choose two valid unconfigured unit numbers The first must be even and the second must be odd The 6999 dummy controller has unit numbers in the range 0 through 7 The 6997 dummy controller has unit numbers in the range 0 through 255 The 6998 dummy controller has unit numbers in the range 0 through 63 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 19 FastPath Tasks Optional 4 On the NonStop K Series Server 4 In Table F 2 COUP Worksheet a The dummy contr
129. startup see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide Note Examples and sample programs are for illustration only and might not be suited for your particular purpose HP does not warrant guarantee or make any representations regarding the use or the results of the use of any examples or sample programs in any documentation You must verify the applicability of any example or sample program before placing the software into production use For more information see Example Command Files on page 13 5 System Startup File The following example shows a partial command file that starts up the system software and invokes other startup files After the commands in the CIIN file have been executed and the initial system startup sequence is complete the local operator invokes this file by entering the following TACL command gt OBEY SSYSTEM STARTUP STRTSYS Comment This is SYSTEM STARTUP STRTSYS comment Start the server for labeled tape processing ZSERVER NAME SZSVR NOWAIT PRI 145 CPU 0 1 ZSERVER NAME S ZSVR NOWAIT PRI 145 CPU 1 0 MEDIACOM ALTER TAPEDRIVE NLCHECK OFF Comment If you have used SCF to start a persistent Subsystem Comment Control Process SCP process pair you do not need an Comment explicit SCP command to start ZNET unless you load the Comment system from a diff
130. subsystem 517x 519x tape subsystem see Tape subsystem 519x A AC power cord compatibility 2 3 8 2 connecting 7 7 8 7 8 8 E 24 E 25 illustration 8 6 8 7 E 5 open first box 2 5 power on 8 6 8 10 quantity 2 5 E 5 tape subsystem 8 3 8 4 E 20 E 23 tools 1 7 E 6 troubleshooting D 6 Accessories box 5 3 5 4 E 16 Alternate system disk boot millicode 12 14 changing target disk label 12 13 copying subvolumes 12 16 creating 12 10 12 16 planning 12 11 stopping access 12 12 system image tape 12 14 system volume 12 14 target disk 12 11 verifying 12 12 Application fails when started D 37 Applications reconfiguring 11 2 ASSIGN F 6 ATM subsystem 12 4 ATP6100 7 17 13 19 14 30 Automating system shutdown 13 2 F 8 system startup 13 2 F 7 AWAN 7 17 7 18 B BACKUP and RESTORE 9 12 Backup system console installing E 45 E 46 IP address E 19 settings E 36 BAD attribute SCF INFO DISK 9 10 Binder E 17 Bus dumps See Processor dumps C Cable AC power see AC power cord channels 1 43 compatibilities 1 37 1 38 connections MSEB 1 39 ECL see ECL cable EPO see EPO cables fiber optic see SMF cable MMF cable guideposts 1 43 labels 1 42 management 1 44 3 6 routing 1 43 SCSI see SCSI cable securing 1 43 3 6 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 Index 1 Index Cable continued ServerNet see ServerNet cable supports 1 43 3 6 tie ancho
131. subsystem is plugged into a dedicated power receptacle as indicated on the Floor Plan Diagram For every piece of equipment that has two power cords plug each power cord into an AC power outlet controlled by a different breaker Open the rear bezel door of the 519x module by pulling the blue green handle at the top You can lower the door to a horizontal position 4 Set the AC power switch to the ON position See Figure 8 2 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 4 Powering On and Starting the System Powering On the System Figure 8 2 AC Power Switch for 519x Tape Drive AC Power Switch Rear of 519x Tape Drive AC Power 6 Receptacle 0o00 AC Power Cord 5 6 VST051 vsd Close the rear bezel door of the 519x module If the tape subsystem includes an automatic cartridge loader ACL install the cleaning cartridge in the ACL For instructions on installing the cleaning cartridge see the 5190 5194 Modular Tape Subsystem Manual You must install the cleaning cartridge before operating the ACL If no cleaning cartridge is installed a CHK F8 check code appears on the ACL front panel when the automatic cleaning routine is activated Failing to install the cleaning cartridge can cause dirt buildup on the read write head Check the tape subsystem SCSI ID using the operator buttons on the tape drive or ACL front panel Reset the SCSI ID if necessary using the operator buttons For
132. subsystems 4 Shutdown files for the system software 5 Shutdown file for the system See the NonStop S Series Operations Guide for detailed instructions on the shutdown procedure Note Examples and sample programs are for illustration only and might not be suited for your particular purpose HP does not warrant guarantee or make any representations regarding the use or the results of the use of any examples or sample programs in any documentation You must verify the applicability of any example or sample program before placing the software into production use For other information about these examples see Example Command Files on page 13 5 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 17 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files System Shutdown File System Shutdown File This example shows a TACL command file that shuts down the system software and invokes other shutdown files The local operator invokes this file by entering the following TACL command gt OBEY SSYSTEM SHUT DOWN STOPSYS Note Shutting down the system in an orderly fashion does not require that you shut down every process Some processes that have startup files might not need shutdown files comment This is SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN STOPSYS comment Use this file to shut the system down in an orderly fashion comment Shut down the C
133. suppression or backup power facilities for the system console modem and Ethernet switch 1 Ensure that the voltage selection switch on the back of the system unit is set to the correct voltage 2 Connect the display monitor power cord to the receptacle at the back of the monitor 3 Connect the plug of the display monitor power cord to a grounded power outlet 4 Plug the system unit power cord into the power cord outlet To locate the system unit power cord outlet use the quick setup reference card 5 Connect the other end of the system unit power cord to a grounded power outlet HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 5 6 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Assembling the System Console Connect the Modem A Caution To prevent equipment failure and data corruption plan for the possibility of power outages Provide surge suppression or backup power facilities for modems and Ethernet switches Modems are recommended for primary and backup system consoles Note To use ISEE a web based alternative to modem dial outs see the ISEE for NonStop topic in the Service Information section of the NTL Support and Service Library to learn about ISEE prerequisites and NonStop specific details that you will need before downloading and configuring the ISEE client from the HP Hardware Support Services Web Authorized service providers can see SEE for NonStop HP Internal on the
134. the OSM or TSM Low Level Link b Using the System Startup dialog box Inthe SYSnn field enter 00 as the number of the SYSnn subvolume containing the version of the operating system to be loaded In the Configuration File box select Base CONBASE as the configuration file The CIIN disabled option must be selected Click the checkbox Click Start system d After the system starts and displays a TACL prompt log on and start SCF with a command that invokes the SCF command file SCF0000 For example gt SCF IN SSYSTEM ZSYSCONF SCFOO00O SCF executes the SCF0000 file makes online configuration changes to the running system creates an SCFLOG file of the processed commands and returned messages and records the changes permanently in the CONFIG file SCF adds these configuration changes to the CONFBASE file to create the CONFIG file At this point the contents of the CONFIG file are the same as those of the CONF0000 file shipped with the system e At the startup TACL prompt issue the following command for each of the processors to be reloaded gt reload nn prime 3 If you still cannot load the system contact your service provider CIIN File Is Not Invoked During System Startup After the first processor is loaded the initial TACL process invokes the CIIN file automatically only if all the following conditions are true The CONFTEXT configuration file located in the SYSTEM SYSnn subvolume has an INIT
135. the cables or cords might become unplugged during later replacement procedures See Figure 3 3 for proper cabling 1 Print or photocopy the appropriate power on diagrams for easy reference Figure Title Page Figure C 1 Power On Cabling Single High Stacks C 2 Figure C 2 Power On Cabling Mixed Single High and Double High Stacks C 3 Figure C 3 Power On Cabling Multiple Row Systems C 4 Figure C 4 Power On Cable One Processor Enclosure C 5 Figure C 5 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure One I O Enclosure C 5 Figure C 6 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure Two I O Enclosures C 5 Figure C 7 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures C 6 Figure C 8 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure C 6 Figure C 9 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures C 6 Figure C 10 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures C 7 Figure C 11 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure C 7 Figure C 12 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures Two I O C 7 Enclosures Figure C 13 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures Three I O C 8 Enclosures HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 3 1 Cabling Enclosures 1 Connect Power On Cables Figure Title Page Figure C 14 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures C 8 Figure C 15 Power On C
136. the number of the SYSnn subvolume containing the version of the operating system to be loaded b Inthe Configuration File box select Current CONFIG c Ensure the CIIN disabled option has no check mark in the selection box Click Start system The system load begins Note To stop startup click Abort Up to 30 seconds might pass before the abort takes effect A Caution Do not close the System Startup dialog box while startup is in progress If you attempt to do so a message box indicates that the system startup process will stop if you continue If you stop a system startup before it has finished results are unpredictable You might need to start the system again to enable it to resume normal operation The event stream and TACL windows open on the console where the START SYSTEM was performed If the workstation is not configured in the access list of authorized workstations the windows are blank The startup TACL window for the primary fabric contains a TACL prompt The startup event stream window for the primary fabric contains event messages The other two windows are blank Note The startup TACL windows and startup event stream windows launch directly on top of each other You must move or minimize some of the window to see the active windows HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 28 FastPath Tasks Required 7 Start System 10 11 12 The operating system is
137. the power on procedure Wait for the POSTs to finish It can take several minutes after power is applied for the green LEDs on all system components to light If a green LED still does not light on a system component it might have failed its POST Check for other indications that the POST has failed For example the following are indications that a POST for a PMF CRU has failed Power On Self Test Other Indications of Failure Failed Processor Memory Test Processor halts with a halt code of 100236 Hardware error freeze occurs Processor halts with a halt code of 100237 PMF CRU green power on and amber service LEDs do not light if the MFIOB is not operational PMF CRU amber service LED lights if the MFIOB is partially operational Failed System Load Path Test Failed MFIOB Test Unseat and reseat the component If you cannot determine the cause of the problem contact your service provider If necessary replace the component using the procedures in the Service Procedures gt NonStop S Series Hardware Servicing section of the NTL Support and Service Library If the component is an IOMF PMF SNDA Power Supply SEB or MSEB see the guided replacement procedures in the OSM Service Connection or the appropriate guided procedure located in the TSM program group To access the OSM guided replacement procedures see OSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxiv HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPat
138. the procedures described in this subsection see the diagnostic and corrective procedures provided in Appendix D Troubleshooting Powering On a System Console If you received an Ethernet switch you do not need to install or power on the switch until you connect the system console to the network See Section 10 Configuring the System Be sure to power on the system console components in the order described here 1 Power on the modem If your system console has a modem see the documentation included with the modem for instructions on powering on and testing the modem 2 Power on the display monitor Power on the display monitor by pressing the power switch on the display monitor Within a few seconds the display should become visible 3 Power on the system unit Power on the system unit by pressing its power switch To find the power switch see the documentation included with the system unit HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 5 8 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Verifying Readiness Verifying Readiness After you power on a system console the console executes a set of startup hardware diagnostics After the OS logo appears 1 2 When prompted press Ctrl Alt Delete to log on A logon screen shows the user name administrator and password blank Leave the password blank and click OK to complete logon The desktop appears listing software applicat
139. the top and bottom of the panel to seat it HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 7 4 Installing External System Devices Installing a 5175 Open Reel Tape Subsystem Figure 7 3 Removing the Shipping Restraints From a 5175 Tape Subsystem Shipping Restraint Shipping Restraint Back Panel AF NI Front Panel 7 On the pedestal lower the legs which are located next to each caster VST019 vsd a Turn each leg counterclockwise with your fingers until it touches the floor b With a 15 16 inch 24 mm wrench turn the nut until the pad rests firmly on the floor HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 7 5 Installing External System Devices Installing a 5175 Open Reel Tape Subsystem 8 Install the pedestal top panel and corner caps as shown in Figure 7 4 a Position the pedestal top panel packed separately on top of the 5175 module aligning the edges b Position a red corner cap packed separately at each corner of the top panel aligning the edges with the pedestal frame Push down firmly to secure each cap The four caps hold the top panel in place Each cap fastens to the frame with a push pull fastener Figure 7 4 Installing the Top Panel and Corner Caps on a 5175 Tape Subsystem Top Panel O Red Corner Cap 4 places 7 VST557 vsd Locate the tape subsystem SCSI cable whic
140. this example there are no spaces permitted between the period and any other items Sprocess name su name Line Spacing If the syntax of a command is too long to fit on a single line each continuation line is indented three spaces and is separated from the preceding line by a blank line This spacing distinguishes items in a continuation line from items ina vertical list of selections For example ALTER OUT file spec LINE attribute spec Notation for Messages This list summarizes the notation conventions for the presentation of displayed messages in this manual Nonitalic text Nonitalic letters numbers and punctuation indicate text that is displayed or returned exactly as shown For example Backup Up lowercase italic letters Lowercase italic letters indicate variable items whose values are displayed or returned For example p register process name Change Bar Notation Change bars are used to indicate substantive differences between this edition of the manual and the preceding edition Change bars are vertical rules placed in the right margin of changed portions of text figures tables examples and so on Change bars highlight new or revised information For example The message types specified in the REPORT clause are different in the COBOL environment and the Common Run Time Environment CRE The CRE has many new message types and some new message type codes for old message types I
141. those that appear to be improperly seated Disk drives PMF CRUs IOMF CRUs SEBs or MSEBs ServerNet adapters Perform these steps for each system enclosure 1 Inspect all disk drives in the system enclosure a Open the enclosure door on the appearance side of the enclosure b Verify that both thumbscrews on the faceplate of each disk drive are tight c If any thumbscrews are loose and if a disk drive appears to be disengaged from the backplane connector reseat the disk drive See Step 2 2 To reseat each disk drive that has become improperly seated during shipping a Puton your ESD wriststrap and attach the grounding clip securely to an exposed unpainted metal surface inside the disk card cage b Simultaneously loosen both thumbscrews on the faceplate of the disk drive until the CRU disengages from the backplane connector Do not pull the disk drive all the way out of the slot See Figure 2 19 Figure 2 19 Reseating a Disk Drive VST985 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 23 Installing Enclosures Inspect the Components A Caution In the next step reinsert the disk drive CRU slowly Inserting disk drives rapidly might create physical shock to the CRUs or a power malfunction in the enclosure c Reinsert the disk drive and simultaneously tighten both thumbscrews on the faceplate to secure the drive Do not overtighten the thumbscrews 3 Close the enclosure door
142. your service provider If no Ensure that you have all necessary information about The installation site Power outlets Communications lines System configuration Equipment you will be installing See the preceding manuals for blank forms that can help you gather all necessary information HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 2 Installing Enclosures 2 Prepare the Work Space 2 Prepare the Work Space 1 2 3 Clear the installation site so that you have room to work Use the Floor Plan Diagram to find the installation site or sites Verify that preinstalled I O device cables such as Ethernet LAN cables are installed For alist of cables see the Preinstalled I O Device Cable Checklist To find the preinstalled cables use the Floor Plan Diagram Report any missing cables to the system planner Ensure that the installation site provides adequate electrical connections Connections include Two properly grounded outlets for each system enclosure to be installed One branch circuit breaker for each outlet Emergency power off EPO disconnect wiring This requirement applies only to computer room installations in the United States or installations governed by local regulations that stipulate EPO capability For more information about EPO requirements see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide One single source distribution uninte
143. your service provider can refer to the Fibre Channel ServerNet Adapter FCSA Installation and Support Guide For G4SA information your service provider can refer to the Gigabit Ethernet 4 Port Adapter Installation and Support Guide For FCDM or ESS information refer to the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide or your service provider can refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide Related Components These components are used in conjunction with IOAM enclosures Maintenance switch The maintenance switch connects the OSM console to the Maintenance Entity in the ServerNet switch board and provides the communication between the IOAM HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 1 14 Introduction Installation Overview enclosure and the OSM console The maintenance switch can be mounted in a standard 19 inch rack Modular cabinet A modular cabinet is a 19 42 U high industry standard rack and is used for mounting modular components It houses the IOAM enclosure uninterruptible power supplies UPS Extended Run Time Modules and maintenance switches The modular cabinet comes equipped with doors power distribution units PDUs and side panels as needed Power distribution unit PDU The PDU supports additional power outlets for the components in the rack The PDU is installed onto a rack extender frame attached to the modular cabinet See Figure 1 9 For
144. 0 ftp 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 CP LISTEN 0 0 0 0 finger 0 0 0 0 i 0 0 CP LISTEN 0 0 0 0 echo 0 0 0 0 0 0 UDP 172 16 35 16 5705 0 0 0 0 0 0 UDP 172 16 35 16 5706 0 0 0 0 0 0 UDP 172 16 35 16 5703 0 0 0 0 0 0 UDP 172 16 35 16 5704 0 0 0 0 0 0 UDP 0 0 0 0 1030 0 0 0 0 ms 0 0 UDP 0 0 0 0 69 0 0 0 0 k 0 0 UDP 0 0 0 0 68 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 UDP 0 0 0 0 67 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 UDP port numbers in use are shown in the LPort field Choose any valid unused UDP port number Do not use well known port numbers in the range 0 through 1023 7 Record the UDP port number to use in the src_ipport field in the SCF ADD DEVICE Command Worksheet on page F 18 and in the dest_ipport field in COUP Worksheet on page F 20 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 15 FastPath Tasks Optional 2 On the NonStop K Series Server 2 On the NonStop K Series Server 2a Obtain TCP IP Information 1 2 Log on to the NonStop K series server using the super ID and enter the correct password at the Password prompt gt logon super super Password password At the TACL prompt start SCF gt SCF Determine the name of the NonStop TCP IP process you associated with the Expand over IP line handler process on the NonStop K series server gt LISTDEV TCPIP Example F 5 shows an SCF LISTDEV TCPIP display Important information is highlighted in boldface type Example F 5 SCF LISTDEV TCPIP Display
145. 0000 After you have installed and started your system you can use SCF to determine the configuration of your system See the SCF Reference Manual for G Series RVUs for more information about this task The IP addresses used in this appendix are reserved for HP and are only examples If you use files described in this appendix on your system you must change these IP addresses to IP addresses that are appropriate for your LAN environment Names for devices such as tape drives and disks are only examples To determine which PMF CRU or IOMF CRU to connect tape drives to on your own system you need to know the factory default configuration of your tape drives The configuration track ID for the SWAN concentrator used in the example files X001XX is also an example Each SWAN concentrator is uniquely identified by a configuration track ID which is printed on the label on the back of the SWAN concentrator This track ID which is case sensitive is an important part of the system configuration for the SWAN concentrator If you use files described in this appendix on your system you must change the configuration track ID to the configuration track ID assigned to your SWAN concentrator HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 2 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Background for Developers Inc Background for Developers Inc Developers Inc a fictitious software development company plan
146. 001 5 11 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console System Console Function Keys System Console Function Keys The keyboard provided with a system console contains function keys F1 through F12 Some applications that you access using the OutsideView terminal emulator software require function keys F13 through F16 or SF13 through SF16 The terminal emulator software provides two ways for you to obtain these functions Click one of the icons for F13 through F16 or SF13 through SF16 on the terminal emulator tool bar Use a key combination For this function key Use this key combination F13 Alt F3 F14 Alt F4 F15 Alt F5 F16 Alt F6 SF13 Shift Alt F3 SF14 Shift Alt F4 SF15 Shift Alt F5 SF16 Shift Alt F6 These key combinations are valid only with the OutsideView terminal emulator HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 5 12 Connecting a System Console This section describes how to connect a primary system console to the installed server and dedicated service LAN by using Ethernet cables and an Ethernet switch or Ethernet hub Topic Page The Dedicated Service LAN 6 2 Installing Ferrite Cores 6 4 Installing the Ethernet Switch or Hub 6 5 Connect the Ethernet Switch or Hub to the Server 6 5 Connect the System Console to the Ethernet Switch or Hub 6 6 Note An IOAM enclosure connects to the system console using a managed Ethern
147. 01 13 8 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Tips for Startup Files Comment for the startup TACL before issuing this command see the Comment Start Terminal Emulator command under the File menu This SCF Comment command must be the last command in this file because the TACL Comment process creates displays a prompt and attempts to read from Comment S YMIOP CLCI blocking other processes from writing to this Comment device SCF NOWAIT OUT START PROCESS S ZZKRN CLCI TACL Tips for Startup Files HP recommends that you specify N for the read access portion of the file security attribute RWEP for your startup files to allow the files to be read by any user on the network For example you might secure these files NCCC The sequence in which you invoke startup files can be important Some processes require other processes to be running before they can be started Be sure to indicate the order in which your startup files are to be run Because the TCP IP configurations are not stored in the configuration database they are not preserved after system loads Therefore TCP IP stacks must be configured as well as started each time the system is started How Process Persistence Affects Configuration and Startup When the system is started all processes that are configured to be persistent are started automatically by the ZPM persistence manager or by the subsystem manager which is starte
148. 01 SEB 2 53 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 Group 11 OMF 50 Group Group 12 ae OMF 50 ___ 50 IOMF Group Group 13 23 OMF 50 50 IOMF Group Group 14 24 OMF 50 50 IOMF Group Group 15 25 OMF 50 50 IOMF Group eee 45 F OMF 50 5o Group Gone 44 2 OMF 50 50 ON Group Group 43 F omF 50 50a Group Group 42 F OMF 50 50a Group Group 41 OMF 50 gy O 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 SEB 3 3 SEB 2 53 Group eB li 1 SE8 Group Os 51 4 4 51 03 PMF 50 5 5 PMF 50 6 6 6 6 5 5 Group Sep 4 4 SEB Group og 51 3 3 51 c PMF 50 p Z 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Group Group Group Group Group Group Group Group 81 82 83 84 74 73 72 71 IOMF IOMF OMF IOMF OMF OMF OMF OMF VST301 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 5 ServerNet Cabling Maximum ServerNet Configurations Figure B 5 Maximum Tetra 16 Topology Y Fabric
149. 01 8 20 Powering On and Starting the System Completing the System Load Completing the System Load To complete the system load the processors must be reloaded Reloading means copying the operating system into other processors in the system after the first processor is loaded from disk by a system load Reloading can be done in one of two ways With commands in the commanc interpreter input CIIN file default method With the TACL command interpreter The method using the CIIN file is usually automatic However if the operating system loaded successfully into processor 0 or processor 1 but the commands in the CIIN file do not reload all remaining processors you must use the TACL command interpreter 1 From the system console log on to the system as a super group user 255 nnn and enter gt RELOAD nn where nn is the processor number of the processor you want to reload If the reload is initiated successfully this message appears in a startup TACL window on the system console screen PROCESSOR RELOAD nn For complete syntax considerations and examples of the TACL RELOAD command see the TACL Reference Manual Verifying the System Is Started 1 Verify that each processor is running the operating system a From the Summary menu select Processor Status b The Processor Status dialog box should show each processor to be Executing NonStop OS See Figure 8 9 on page 8 22 HP NonStop S Seri
150. 1 16 Installation Overview Introduction Figure 1 4 SEBs in a Processor Enclosure Without a Power Shelf NX a 50 55 O O g 511525354 8 X Fabric SEB Q Q Y Fabric SEB e jja jja co 56 VST581 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 17 Introduction Installation Overview Figure 1 5 MSEBs in a Processor Enclosure With a Power Shelf X Fabric MSEB Y Fabric MSEB VST969 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 18 Introduction Installation Overview Figure 1 6 Service Side of I O Enclosure Without Power Shelf Slot Component 50 55 IOMF CRU 51 52 53 54 SEB or MSEB 56 EPO connector To X Fabric To Y Fabric VST970 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 19 Introduction Installation Overview Figure 1 7 illustrates the service side of an I O enclosure that has a power shelf The power shelf has two DC power suppl
151. 26 4 Create New Software Revision F 27 5 Build and Apply Configuration Revision F 27 6 Activate Software F 27 The SPR installation instructions assume that the installation does not require a system load or SP firmware update HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 22 FastPath Tasks Optional Configuring Software With DSM SCM Configuring Software With DSM SCM This subsection summarizes the general procedure for configuring new software on a target For more information on this process see the DSM SCM User s Guide Task Page 1 Receive New Software Into Archive F 23 2 Create Software Revision F 23 3 Build and Apply New Configuration Revision F 24 4 Activate New Software on Target System F 24 1 Receive New Software Into Archive When you receive a SUT or SPR you use DSM SCM to receive its product files Products received into DSM SCM are stored as software inputs in the DSM SCM archive from which you can later use them to update the software configuration of your system 2 Create Software Revision A software revision is a list of products in the DSM SCM archive that are used together to update the software configuration of a system After you have received the products you need into the DSM SCM archive use DSM SCM to create a software revision 1 Review the softdocs and RVU documents for the products to determine if any conflicts might arise These documents describ
152. 3 12 6 DC power cords E 25 Dedicated service LAN 6 2 10 1 Dial ins 1 49 Dial outs 1 48 Direct connect line configuration file 14 34 shutdown file 13 20 startup file 13 16 14 34 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Index 3 Index Disk drives LEDs D 4 replacing 9 10 testing 9 8 9 10 Disk drive enclosure see Fibre Channel disk module Display monitor See Monitor Distributed Systems Management Software Configuration Manager DSM SCM See DSM SCM Documentation xxiv DSM SCM 1 50 D 45 E E4SA See also ServerNet adapters case study 14 4 configuration file 14 23 configuration form 14 13 14 14 14 18 14 19 configurations using 10 1 10 18 LAN connection 10 15 LEDs 8 11 ECL cable 1 20 1 38 1 40 1 41 Electrostatic discharge ESD 1 5 1 6 Emergency power off EPO cables See EPO cables Emergency repair disk ERD See ERD EMS event message D 11 D 13 F 29 Enclosure See also I O enclosure See also Processor enclosure See also IOAM enclosure appearance side 1 26 base 1 13 1 16 1 23 1 43 2 10 2 12 2 13 E 8 E 9 block 1 12 cables shipped 2 5 casters 2 10 contents 1 12 described 1 12 electrical connections 2 3 EPO 2 3 ESD safety 1 5 groundstraps see Groundstraps group ID switches 1 32 group numbers 1 31 height 2 4 illustration 2 14 2 15 appearance side 2 17 base 1 16 group ID switches 1 32 group module slot for system enclosure 1 27
153. 48 Space Tabl 000000 010000 000000 020000 0 000000 000000 3 Directory Label 000000 110000 000000 010000 0 000000 000000 4 Unused 000000 000000 000000 000000 0 000000 000000 5 Undo 000000 120000 000000 020000 0 000000 000000 6 Pool 000000 000000 O000000 000000 0 000000 000000 10 Pool LSA 000000 000010 000407 061554 3 000000 000000 T1 Er Space Table LSA 000000 000010 000000 000020 3 000000 000000 12 Boot LSA 000000 000030 000000 000020 0 000000 000000 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 12 15 Online Configuration Tasks 8 Copy Subvolumes to the Target Disk 8 Copy Subvolumes to the Target Disk You might want to copy these subvolumes to the target disk These are examples only your files and subvolumes might be different File All copies of the system configuration database OSM subvolumes TSM subvolumes System startup files System shutdown files Spooler data files Location SYSTEM ZSYSCONF SYSTEM ZSERVICE SYSTEM ZOSM SYSTEM ZOSMLH SYSTEM ZSERVICE SYSTEM ZTSM For example SYSTEM STARTUP For example SYSTEM SHUTDOWN For example SYSTEM SPL Also copy any subvolume that contains configuration information such as the subvolume that contains your TCP IP HOSTS file normally SYSTEM ZTCPIP HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 16 Online Configuration Tasks Create a Command File Create a Command F
154. 5 FastPath Tasks Optional 2c Add SCF Objects to the CONFIG File 2c Add SCF Objects to the CONFIG File You can customize your system configuration by adding SCF objects that are not part of the initial system configuration For example you can Add devices that were not included in the initial system configuration Configure important system processes as generic processes Only processes that can be started from a TACL prompt and do not require PARAM or ASSIGN messages can be configured as generic processes For more information about configuring generic processes see the SCF Reference Manual for the Kernel Subsystem For example to make an important system process such as the Expand manager process start automatically at system load and have persistence that is to restart automatically if stopped abnormally create it as a generic process in the system configuration database 1 Create an SCF command file containing the correct commands For example you can configure the Expand manager process as follows Expand manager process ADD PROCESS S ZZKRN ZEXP NAME SZEXP PRIORITY 180 AUTORESTART 10 amp PROGRAM SYSTEM SYSTEM OZEXP PRIMARYCPU 0 BACKUPCPU 1 TYPE OTHER STARTMODE SYSTEM HOMETERM ZHOME OUTFILE SZHOME amp STARTUPMSG lt BCKP CPU gt Qh 2 Save the current configuration datab
155. 55 03 54 3 34 50 03 53 4 34 55 03 54 4 35 50 03 53 5 35 55 03 54 5 41 50 04 53 1 41 55 04 54 1 42 50 04 53 2 42 55 04 54 2 43 50 04 53 3 43 55 04 54 3 44 50 04 53 4 44 55 04 54 4 45 50 04 53 5 45 55 04 54 5 51 50 05 51 1 51 55 05 52 1 52 50 05 51 2 52 55 05 52 2 53 50 05 51 3 53 55 05 52 3 54 50 05 51 4 54 55 05 52 4 61 50 06 51 1 61 55 06 52 1 62 50 06 51 2 62 55 06 52 2 63 50 06 51 3 63 55 06 52 3 64 50 06 51 4 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 B 12 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 16 Cabling Tables Table B 4 Maximum Tetra 16 ServerNet Cabling I O Enclosures Group Slot Connects to Group Slot Port page 3 of 3 64 55 06 52 4 71 50 07 51 1 71 55 07 52 1 72 50 07 51 2 72 55 07 52 2 73 50 07 51 3 73 55 07 52 3 74 50 07 51 4 74 55 07 52 4 81 50 08 51 1 81 55 08 52 1 82 50 08 51 2 82 55 08 52 2 83 50 08 51 3 83 55 08 52 3 84 50 08 51 4 84 55 08 52 4 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 13 ServerNet Cabling Small Tetra 8 Systems Small Tetra 8 Systems This subsection provides ServerNet cabling tables and diagrams for selected small Tetra 8 configurations These configurations range in size up to six processor enclosures and six I O enclosures Configuration Page About This Information B 14 Tetra 8 Systems With One Processor Enclosure B 15 One Processor Enclosure One I O E
156. 57 D 15 MMF cable 1 41 See also Fiber optic cable Modem 5 3 5 8 Modular cabinet 1 13 Modular ServerNet expansion board MSEB See MSEB Module IOAM enclosure 1 28 Monitor 5 3 5 4 5 8 D 34 D 36 Monitoring system load E 29 Mouse 5 4 Moving enclosures E 8 MSEB cable adapter 1 40 cables 1 40 1 41 fiber optic connection 1 41 illustration 1 39 LEDs 8 11 8 13 D 5 reseating 2 25 slot numbers 2 16 2 17 troubleshooting 8 13 MSPs connection to system console 1 54 default IP addresses 1 53 10 9 LAN connection 10 2 quantity supported 1 54 SP Tool Application 8 17 TSM tests 9 16 Multifunction I O board test 1 57 D 15 Multimode fiber MMF cable See MMF cable Multiple row systems 2 14 N Name and number system E 38 Network control process NCP See NCP NIC 6 6 10 6 10 7 10 17 NNA PICs 1 41 NonStop Virtual Hometerm Subsystem VHS 13 4 O Offline configuration changes 11 1 11 3 Online configuration changes 12 1 12 18 OPEN FIRST box 2 4 E 4 Open System Services OSS E 38 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Index 8 Index Open reel tape See Tape subsystem Operating configuration See Recommended operating configuration Operating practices 1 5 Operations LAN 10 15 OSIMAGE file on D series RVUs 12 6 OSM about 1 47 9 16 12 9 CIIN file 13 7 configuring 9 16 connections D 47 firmware 12 9 guided replacement procedures xxiv help 9 11 IP addresse
157. 6 System starting 8 2 8 21 System time 11 3 E 38 T TACL 8 21 13 6 E 28 Tape cable 7 6 7 15 Tape dump D 20 Tape subsystem 517x 7 1 7 8 8 3 9 11 519x 7 8 7 11 8 2 8 4 9 11 open reel 7 2 7 8 supported 7 12 Target disk 12 11 12 16 TCP IP configuration file 13 13 14 25 Expand over IP F 13 message E 46 parallel library 13 12 startup file 13 12 TCP IPv6 F 13 F 14 TELSERV 7 17 Terminal emulator software 1 50 Tetra 16 topology cabling B 5 B 6 B 10 B 13 B 25 B 29 changing 11 3 Tetra 8 topology cabling B 4 B 8 B 9 B 14 B 24 changing 11 3 The 7 16 Time attribute 11 3 TMF 13 12 13 21 Tools installation 1 7 5 6 Troubleshooting disks D 37 LEDs 8 12 8 13 software D 36 D 37 workstations D 32 D 35 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Index 13 Index U TSM Virtual memory managing 12 8 about 1 45 1 46 CIIN file 13 7 W client software 1 46 WAN subsystem configuring 9 16 documentation 7 1 connections D 47 ethernet 7 17 firmware 12 9 installation summary 1 3 help 9 11 installing printers 7 17 IP addresses 10 17 planning 1 3 Low Level Link process 12 4 functions 1 54 WANBoot configuration file 14 24 IP addresses 10 9 WANPRINT printer software 7 17 Management window 8 15 Weight of enclosures 1 10 preinstalled 1 50 Wide area network WAN subsystem SP firmware 9 13 See WAN subsystem starting D 47 Windows CD E 16 topology 8 14 N
158. 65 0 4096 180 NONAME SSYSTE 41 ZZLA 0 14 BALS 43 0 132 180 NONAME SSYSTE 45 SZSNET 07 15 1 12 66 0 132 180 NONAME SSYSTE 46 SZNE 0 16 1 14 50 63 3900 175 NONAME SSYSTE 61 ZMO1 1 11 0 0 45 0 132 201 NONAME SSYSTE 62 ZMO00 0 13 0 0 45 0 132 201 NONAME SSYSTE 63 ZLOG 0 286 0 0 1 0 4024 150 NONAME SSYSTE 72 SDSMSCM 0 280 1 261 3 41 4096 220 NONAME SSYSTE 79 SAUDIT 0 273 1 271 3 41 4096 220 NONAME SSYSTE 85 S ZTCPO 0 299 1 280 48 0 32000 200 NONAME SSYSTE 88 SZTNPO 0 301 1 276 46 0 6144 170 NONAME SSYSTE 98 S ZTCP1 1 283 0 304 48 0 32000 200 NONAME SSYSTE 100 SZTNP1 1 285 0 305 46 0 6144 170 NONAME SSYSTE SYSO00 OSIMAGI SYS00 OSIMAGI SYS00 OSIMAGI SYS00 OSIMAGI SYS00 OSIMAGI SYS00 OZKRN SYS00 WANMGR SYS00 TZSTO SYS00 LANMAN SYS00 OZKRN SYSO00 SCP SYSO00 QIOMON SYS00 QIOMON SYSO00 EMSACOLL SYS00 TSYSDP2 SYS00 TSYSDP2 SYS00 TCPIP SYS00 TELSERV SYS00 TCPIP SYS00 TELSERV Fl Fl Fl Fl Check Disk Subsystem Status 1 Enter the SCF STATUS DISK command for all disk volumes on the system gt STATUS DISK 2 Verify that the STATUS DISK display includes all the disk subsystems shown in the following example and that the primary backup mirror and mirror backup paths are all described as STARTED If any of these disk subsystems do not appear in the display or if any of these p
159. 6780 Planning and Installation Guide 2 Connect the ServerNet cables according to the appropriate tables Table E 1 ServerNet Cables for One Processor Enclosure One I O Enclosure Attach Cable From Group Slot Connector To Group Slot 01 51 5 11 50 01 52 5 11 55 Table E 2 ServerNet Cables for Two Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures Attach Cable From Group Slot Connector To Group Slot Connector 01 51 1 02 51 1 01 52 1 02 52 1 Table E 3 ServerNet Cables for Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure Attach Cable From Group _ Slot Connector To Group Slot Connector 01 51 1 02 51 1 01 52 1 02 52 1 01 51 5 11 50 N A 01 52 5 11 55 N A HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 14 FastPath Tasks Required 9 Install Service Side Enclosure Doors If Necessary Table E 4 ServerNet Cables for Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures Attach Cable From Group Slot Connector To Group Slot Connector 01 51 1 02 51 1 01 52 1 02 52 1 01 51 5 11 50 N A 01 52 5 11 55 N A 02 51 5 21 50 N A 02 52 5 21 55 N A 3 Route the cables between the enclosures 4 Connect and tighten the thumbscrews on the cable connectors 9 Install Service Side Enclosure Doors If Necessary If you need to install service side doors on any enclosures follow the instructions in the Read Me document included in the service side door add on package HP NonStop S Series Hardware
160. 9 mm or Lower system enclosure leveling pads might 9 16 inch 15 mm have 3 4 inch nuts or 9 16 inch nuts open end wrench Phillips screwdriver Loosen and tighten Phillips screws including groundstrap screws Stubby Phillips Loosen and tighten AC power cord retainer screwdriver screws on some processor and I O enclosures without power shelves 4 mm diagonal wrench Unlock enclosure door provided with server Tape 15 16 inch 24 mm or Lower leveling pads on 5175 or 519x tape subsystem adjustable open end subsystem enclosures wrench Slotted screwdriver Loosen and tighten slotted head screws including those on 5175 tape subsystem shipping restraints HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 7 Introduction Installation Checklist Installation Overview Task See Prepare to install new equipment Unpack the enclosures Connect the groundstraps Inventory the enclosures Inspect the CRUs Section 2 Installing Enclosures Connect the power on cables Connect the emergency power off EPO cables Connect the ServerNet cables Section 3 Cabling Enclosures Install service side doors on system enclosures optional Section 4 Installing Service Side Doors Unpack and assemble the system console Start and test the system console Section 5 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Connect the system console to the system
161. Adding a SWAN 2 Concentrator TOZ 192 192s 192 PO2 1925 Adding a SWAN Concentrator This file should be invoked after ADDMGR SWAN concentrator with configuration track ID X001XX Use E4SA LIFs 231 36 101 168 3 101 231 36 102 68 3 102 231 36 103 168 3 103 The SNMP attribute is optional for both SWAN and SWAN 2 concentrators because the SNMP module is linked with the SWAN NonStop kernel in G06 07 and later RVUs and does not have to be downloaded HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 28 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Adding CP6100 Lines Adding CP6100 Lines This example contains an SCF command file that adds two CP6100 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator ZZWAN S01 configuration track ID X001XX to the configuration database It also contains a startup file This is SSYSTEM STARTUP ADDCP6 This file should be invoked after ADDMGR STRTMGR ADDSWAN and STRISWAN ALLOW 20 ERRORS ADD PROFILE S ZZWAN profbsc FILE SYSTEM sys00 PCP6BSC ADD PROFILE S ZZWAN profadcp FILE SSYSTEM sys00 PCP6ADCP ADD DEVICE SZZWAN cp6pl1 amp CPU 0 amp ALTCPU Tz amp PROFILE profbsc amp TOPOBJECT Ssystem sys00 ocp6css amp TYPE 515 1 amp RECSIZE 150 amp CLIP Ty amp LINE 0 amp ADAPTER s01 amp PATH A ADD DEVICE SZ
162. CPU2Z 1 IF NOT PROCESSEXISTS S ZNET THEN OUTPU OUTPUT Starting SCP SCP NAME ZNET NOWAIT CPU 0 PRI 165 TERM CON NAME 1 AUTOSTOP 1 OUTPU OUTPUT Stopping existing TCP IP processes IF PROCESSEXISTS TEL NAME HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 25 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Configuring NonStop TCP IP Stacks on E4SA Ports THEN STOP TEL NAME E IF PROCESSEXISTS LST NAME THEN STOP LST NAME IF PROCESSEXISTS TCP NA THEN PUSH INLINEPREFIX SET VARIAB INLINEPREFIX SCF INLINE OUT MYTERM NAME ALLOW ALL ERRORS ABORT PROCESS TCP NAM EXIT POP INLINEPREFIX i H z Gl OUTPU OUTPUT Starting TCP IP TCP NAME TCPIP NAME TCP NAME TERM CON NAME NOWAIT CPU TCP CPU1 TCP CPU2 DELETE DEFINE TCPIP PROCESS NAME ADD DEFINE TCPIP PROCESS NAME FILE TCP NAME PARAM TCPIP PROCESS NAME TCP NAME PARAM ZTNT TRANSPORT PROCESS NAME TCP NAME Fl zI OUTPU OUTPUT Configuring TCP IP PUSH INLINEPREFIX SET VARIABLE INLINEPREFIX SCF INLINE OUT MYTERM NAME ALLOW ALL ERRORS ASSUME PROCESS TCP NAME
163. Cabling Figure C 4 Power On Cable One Processor Enclosure 01 U VST110 vsd Figure C 5 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure One I O Enclosure 11 01 VST111 vsd Figure C 6 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure Two I O Enclosures VST119 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 C 5 Power On Cabling Figure C 7 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures A D 01 VST120 vsd Figure C 8 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure VST121 vsd Figure C 9 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures VST122 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 C 6 Power On Cabling Figure C 10 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures 02 nir qJ o A yN g VST130 vsd Figure C 11 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure VST131 vsd Figure C 12 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures VST132 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 C 7 Power On Cabling Figure C 13 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures VST133 vsd Figure C 14 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures VST140 vsd Figure C 15 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure VST141 vsd Figure C 16 Power O
164. D and click Perform action Correcting Topology Attribute If the value for the Topology attribute is Tetra 16 or error use the OSM or TSM Low Level Link to Reset the Topology attribute before system discovery click System Actions Power off the system before system discovery click System Power Off Power on the system Ensure that the fans are turning and that the POSTs have finished If any system enclosure remains not visible in the Physical view contact your service provider You can reset the Topology attribute and power off the system before or after system discovery See the OSM or TSM Low Level Link online help HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 9 Troubleshooting Starting the System Starting the System Topic Page Startup Event Stream and Startup TACL Windows Do Not Appear D 10 System Load Fails D 11 CIIN File Is Not Invoked During System Startup D 12 Reload Fails D 13 Startup Event Stream and Startup TACL Windows Do Not Appear 1 2 Log on to the OSM or TSM Low Level Link From the File menu select Start Terminal Emulator gt For Startup TACL Two OutsideView windows appear one on top of the other If the TACL prompt does not appear in one window view the other with the Windows taskbar buttons From the File menu select Start Terminal Emulator gt For Event Streams Two OutsideView windows appear one on top of the other If the TACL pro
165. Documentation Use the materials correctly 4 Find the System Image Tape SIT and Site Update Tape SUT These tapes contain the same files as on your system disk Because the files are present on the system disk do not use the tapes to install or start the system 5 Verify that the format of the SIT and SUT tapes matches your tape subsystem If the formats do not match your tape subsystem contact your service provider 6 Store the SIT and SUT tapes in a safe place 7 Verify that the other short cartons contain Item Quantity EPO cable One per enclosure AC power cords Two per each system enclosure that has no power shelf Power on cable One per enclosure ServerNet cables Quantity varies depending on the number of enclosures 0 for one processor enclosure with no I O enclosures Cable ties 12 per enclosure Groundstrap Number of enclosures minus one Figure 2 1 Cords Cables and Other Contents of Short Cartons C i Emergency Power Off EPO Cable ServerNet ECL Cable T e AC Power Cord Cable Tie is a Cm H O Power On Cable Groundstrap VST977 vsd 8 Verify that all equipment has arrived and that cables are the correct lengths Did the system planner provide a System Equipment Inventory Form If yes Compare this form to the equipment received ServerNet adapters and disk drives are ship
166. E CURRENT EARTH CONNECTION ESSENTIAL BEFORE CONNECTING SUPPLY HOHER ABLEITSTROM VOR INBETRIEBNAHME UNBEDINGT ERDUNGSVERBINDUNG HERSTELLEN COURANT DE FUITE E LEVE RACCORDEMENT A LA TERRE INDISPENSABLE AVANT LE RACCORDEMENT AU RESEAU FUSE REPLACEMENT CAUTION For continued protection against risk of fire replace only with same fuse type TCF15 Rated 600V 15A Disconnect power before changing fuses Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE Information about the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE directive can be accessed from the left navigation area of the NonStop Technical Library NTL home page Select Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE Safety Writers Retain the safety statements from previous versions of your manual HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 Statements 5 Safety and Compliance Safety HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Statements 6 Glossary For a glossary of NonStop S series terms see the NonStop Server Glossary in the NonStop Technical Library NTL HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Glossary 1 Glossary HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Glossary 2 Index Numbers 3883 4 5 AWAN server See AWAN 3886 8 16 32 AWAN server See AWAN 517x tape subsystem see Tape
167. ERM AMI F E Al F TH UBNET IPAD F B F E ERN AS DRE F T F F AR EXIT POP INLIN EPR EFIX 0U OUTPUT Starting Listner LISTNER NAME LST NAME HIGHPIN OFF SYS U P P N CPU OUTPU TCP NAMI GAT LST NAM TCP EM ZTCPIP PORTCO Eales TCP NAME IPADDRESS ShHFFFFFFOO 127 1 IP ADDR D EVIC E NAM ENAM LIN EWAY D ESTTYP F BROADCAST GW ADDR F E CPU1 F PRI 160 NOWAIT CON NAM Gl OUTPUT Starting Telserv T EL NAM E TELS backupcpu OU F ERV NAME TEL NAME TCP CPU2 F F CRU PU ICP CPU PRI 170 NOWAIT CON NAM Gl OUTPUT Starting Telserv T EL NAM E F F F TELS backupcpu ERV NAME TEL NAME TCP CPU2 CPU ET F DEFINE TCPIP PROCESS NAME EAR PARAM TCPIP PROCESS NAME HAR PARAM ZTNT TRANSPORT PROCE UNFRAME H02Q0 TCP CPU1 PRI 170 NOWAIT CON NAM FJ SS NAME HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and Fa
168. F2 to enter changes Press F16 to return to the main menu Press Shift F16 to exit the host Maintenance Interface HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 43 FastPath Tasks Required 5 Configure DSM SCM 5d Configure Target Information for Host s Logical Target 1 Run ZPHITMI from the ZDSMSCM subvolume gt VOLUME SDSMSCM ZDSMSCM gt RUN ZPH ITM 2 Log on to the target Maintenance Interface using the super ID 3 Add operators and their security Note The super ID is already set up as an operator a Inthe Maintenance Interface main menu select 3 Security Maintenance Menu Press F1 b Inthe Security Maintenance Menu select 1 Operator Security Maintenance c Inthe Operator Security Maintenance screen add the appropriate operators as instructed by the interface specifying which DSM SCM tasks each operator can perform When all operators are added press F16 twice to return to the main menu 4 Press Shift 5e Restart F16 to exit the target Maintenance Interface Inspect Monitor Process If Visual Inspect is installed on your system for the G05 and later RVUs ZPM provides Inspect debugging and saveabend file capability by automatically starting the Inspect Monitor process IMON early in the system startup sequence However Visual Inspect requires that IMON be started after the TCP IP and Port Mapper processes After ZPM
169. FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 31 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Adding an X 25 Line Adding an X 25 Line This example contains an SCF command file that adds an X 25 line associated with the SWAN concentrator ZZWAN S01 configuration track ID X001 XX to the configuration database It also contains a startup file This is SSYSTEM STARTUP ADDX25 This file should be invoked after ADDMGR and ADDSWAN allow 20 errors ADD PROFILE S ZZWAN profx25 FILE S SYSTEM sys00 PX25DTE ADD DEVICE SZZWAN x25pl1 amp CPU 0 amp ALTCPU alge amp PROFILE proftx25 amp TOPOBJECT Ssystem sys00 x250bj amp TYPE 61 63 amp RECSIZE 150 amp CLIP 35 amp LINE 0 amp ADAPTER s01 amp PATH A ADD DEVICE SZZWAN x25s1 amp CPU 0 amp ALTCPU 1 amp PROFILE proftx25 amp TOPOBJECT Ssystem sys00 x250bj amp TYPE 61 63 amp RECSIZE 150 amp CLIP 3 amp LINE 1 amp ADAPTER sol amp PATH A Start the devices configured above START DEVICE S ZZWAN x25p1 SZZWAN x25s1 To enable data communications you must start the lines using the command START LINE x25 or by invoking a startup file that contains this command HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 32 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Configuring and Starti
170. Fs on all of the switches HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 48 FastPath Tasks Required This appendix contains all the tasks required to install start and configure a two processor or four processor NonStop S series server in the Tetra 8 topology If your server contains more than four processors or must be configured in the Tetra 16 topology do not use this appendix See the rest of this manual If you intend to add this server to a ServerNet cluster do not do so until the server is fully installed and configured For more information see the ServerNet Cluster Manual and the ServerNet Cluster 6780 Planning and Installation Guide Task page 1 of 2 Page page 1 of 2 1 Install Hardware E 3 1 Inventory Shipment E 4 2 Collect Tools E 6 3 Unpack and Unload Server E 6 4 Connect Groundstraps E 10 5 Inventory and Inspect All Components El 6 Connect the Power On Cables E 11 7 Connect Emergency Power Off EPO Cables E 13 8 Connect ServerNet Cables E 14 9 Install Service Side Enclosure Doors If Necessary E 15 10 Install Primary System Console E 16 11 Create Emergency Repair Disk or Automated System E 18 Recovery Disk 12 Install Ethernet Switch E 18 13 Connect Ethernet Switch to Group 01 E 18 14 Connect Primary System Console to Ethernet Switch E 19 15 Install Tape Drive E 19 2 Start the System E 22
171. GS_TIME See the SCF Reference Manual for the Kernel Subsystem Because the attributes that change the system name and Expand system node number are stored in a SEEPROM in the enclosure backplane changes to them require a system reset and reload to take effect If you do not modify these attribute values they default to the values shipped by HP SYSTEM_NAME NONAME SYSTEM_NUMBER 254 TIME_ZONE_OFFSET 0 00 London DAYLIGHT_SAVINGS_TIME NONE A Caution Changing the system name or Expand system node number is intended for a newly installed system If you change the system name or system number on an existing system and are running complex applications like NonStop SQL MP HP NonStop Transaction Management Facility TMF or HP NonStop Open System Services OSS you must reconfigure the applications and take additional precautions to avoid losing data Changing the System Topology If you want or need to change the topology of a system you must shut down the system The NonStop S Series System Expansion and Reduction Guide gives complete information about the procedures necessary to reconfigure your system offline Changing the CONFTEXT File Any changes to the CONFTEXT file take effect after the next system load If you want to modify the CONFTEXT file see the System Generation Manual for G Series RVUs The modified CONFTEXT file is used by DSM SCM when generating a new operating system image See the DSM SCM User s Guide
172. Group 02 System Enclosure Checklist 14 15 Case Study Group 02 Slot 50 PMF CRU Configuration Form 14 16 Case Study Group 02 Slot 55 PMF CRU Configuration Form 14 17 Case Study Group 02 Slot 53 E4SA Configuration Form 14 18 Case Study Group 02 Slot 54 E4SA Configuration Form 14 19 System Configuration CONFTEXT File 14 20 LAN Environment at Developers Inc 14 20 Registry of IP Addresses 14 20 Installing the System 14 22 Customizing the Configuration 14 22 Adding Ethernet 4 ServerNet Adapters E4SAs 14 23 Adding ConMgr Process 14 24 Configuring NonStop TCP IP Stacks on E4SA Ports 14 25 Adding Persistent CLCI TACL Expand Manager and SCP Processes 14 27 Starting the ZEXP Expand Manager Process 14 27 Adding a SWAN Concentrator 14 28 Adding a SWAN 2 Concentrator 14 28 Adding CP6100 Lines 14 29 Adding an ATP6100 Line 14 30 Adding a 5516 Printer 14 31 Adding an X 25 Line 14 32 Configuring and Starting the NCP Network Control Process 14 33 Adding an Expand Over IP Line 14 33 Adding a Direct Connect Line 14 34 A Part Numbers HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 viii Contents B ServerNet Cabling B ServerNet Cabling What ServerNet Cabling Diagrams Mean B 2 Maximum ServerNet Configurations B 4 Maximum ServerNet Cabling Tables B 7 Shaded Areas in These Tables B 7 Tetra 8 Cabling Tables B 8 Tetra 16 Cabling Tables
173. HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide Abstract This guide is written for anyone qualified to install an HP NonStop S series server This guide describes how to install and start a NonStop S series server for the first time It includes information about installing server hardware cabling system enclosures installing and starting NonStop system consoles installing external system devices starting the server and configuring the server after startup This guide also provides overview information about the I O adapter module IOAM enclosure A quick reference to installing and configuring a two processor or four processor NonStop S series server in the Tetra 8 topology is included Product Version N A Supported Release Version Updates RVUs This publication supports G06 28 and all subsequent G series RVUs until otherwise indicated by its replacement publication Part Number Published 541880 001 February 2006 Document History Part Number 528858 001 529443 001 529876 001 540460 001 541880 001 Product Version N A N A N A N A N A Published September 2004 December 2004 April 2005 September 2005 February 2006 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide es A i eee E ree D e What s New in This Guide xix Manual Information xix New and Changed Information xx About This Guide xxi Who Should Use This Guide xxi What s in This Guide xxi Wh
174. IAL_COMMAND_FILE entry for the CIIN file The CIIN file is available in the specified location The CIIN option is not disabled in the System Startup dialog box If the CIIN file is not invoked issue the following command at the startup TACL prompt for each of the processors to be reloaded gt reload nn prime HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 D 12 Troubleshooting Reload Fails Reload Fails If a reload is not successful 1 Check the following locations for halt code or event messages The Processor Status dialog box of the OSM or TSM Low Level Link The System Startup dialog box System Status and Detailed Status boxes OSM or TSM Event Viewer The startup TACL window The startup event stream window Record any event messages or halt codes and see the appropriate documentation for recovery information Look up event messages in the EMS logs 0 and ZLOG For information about the cause effect and recovery for this event see the documentation appropriate for your system among the TSM Event Viewer online help the OSM User s Guide and the Operator Messages Manual Look up the halt code in the Processor Halt Codes Manual That manual contains information about the cause and recovery Contact your service provider Perform a processor dump if needed See Dumping Processor Memory on page D 16 Do not prime or reset the processor before performing the proces
175. IP and the NonStop TCP IPv6 subsystems participate in the system configuration database however not with the initial configuration database that is shipped with a new system For more information see HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 13 12 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files TCP IP Stack Configuration and Startup File TCP IP Configuration and Management Manual TCP IP Parallel Library Configuration and Management Manual TCP IPV6 Configuration and Management Manual This example shows a TACL command file that configures the TCP IP stack on ZZLAN LO18 TACL MACRO This file is SSYSTEM STARTUP IPSTK1 Adds TCPIP and related processes to ZZLAN L018 FRAME PUSH CON NAME LINE NAME TCP NAME LST NAME TEL NAME PUSH HOST NAME IP ADDR GW ADDR TCP CPU1 TCP CPU2 SET IP ADDR 192 231 36 099 SET GW ADDR 192 23123 64417 SET CON NAME S ZHOME SE LINE NAME L018 SE CP NAME ZB018 SE SST NAME S ZP018 SE EL NAME ZN018 SET HOST NAME Casel_L018 DevInc com SE CP CPUL SE CP CPU2 1 IF NOT PROCESSEXISTS ZNET THEN OUTPU OUTPUT Starting SCP SCP NAME SZNET NOWAIT CPU 0
176. Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 38 FastPath Tasks Required 4 Configure System Attributes 4c Restart System 1 OP Ob ge E N 10 11 12 13 Log on to the OSM or TSM Low Level Link In the tool bar click Processor Status The Processor Status dialog box appears Select all processors From the Processor Actions drop down menu select Halt Click Perform action In the Processor Status dialog box monitor the progress of the action Wait for the processors to halt before proceeding From the toolbar click Start System The System Startup dialog box appears In the System Startup dialog box a Type 00 as the number of the SYSnn subvolume containing the system image to be loaded b Select Current as configuration file c Ensure that the CIIN disabled option has no check mark in the checkbox Click Start system Four windows are launched two startup event stream and two startup TACL windows It might take a few seconds before the windows open When the system load is complete the System Status portion of the System Startup dialog box displays SYSTEM STARTUP COMPLETE NSK RUNNING ON PROCESSOR n In the toolbar click Processor Status Verify that the NonStop Kernel operating system is running for all processors Close the Processor Status dialog box Note The Start system function automatically resets the processor with the new attributes you defined If you do not use the St
177. LED States 8 12 Verifying Topology and System Components 8 14 Starting the System 8 18 Loading the System 8 18 Completing the System Load 8 21 Verifying the System Is Started 8 21 9 Performing Post Startup Tasks Testing the System 9 1 Check Power Supplies 9 2 Check System Enclosure Components 9 2 Check Critical System Processes 9 6 Check Disk Subsystem Status 9 7 Test the Disk Drives 9 8 Test the Communications Lines 9 10 Check Tape Subsystem Status 9 11 Test the Tape Subsystems 9 11 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 iv Contents 9 Performing Post Startup Tasks continued 9 Performing Post Startup Tasks continued 10 Completing Final Installation Steps 9 12 System Configuration Changes and Verifications 9 13 Restarting the Inspect Monitor Process 9 14 Preparing for Daily Operations 9 15 Reference Manuals 9 15 Configuring the OSM or TSM Environment 9 16 Configuring the OSM Environment 9 16 Configuring the TSM Environment 9 16 Configuring the System 11 Setup Configuration 10 2 Procedure to Create the Setup Configuration 10 2 Operating Configuration 10 3 Create the Operating Configuration 10 3 Add a System Console to the Operating Configuration 10 6 Add a Server to the Operating Configuration 10 8 Create a Cascading Ethernet Switch Configuration 10 10 Add a System
178. Logon Menu appears Enter your password and press F1 The Target Interface Main Menu appears 3 Initiate Backout Activity 1 Enter 3 Perform target activities in the Selection number field and press F1 The Target Menu Select Target Screen appears On the Target Menu Select Target Screen enter the number corresponding to the name of the target system and press F1 On the Target Menu Select Action screen enter 2 Perform backout to S W in the Selection number field and press F1 DSM SCM displays the Backout Verify Request screen which contains the following The SYSnn date and timestamp of the current software revision and of the previous revision which becomes the current revision once the Backout request finishes The location where DSM SCM places the snapshot A warning that this request makes the last software applied on this target inaccessible Press F1 to submit the backout request DSM SCM automatically reapplies the previous software revision to the target system While the backout request is processing DSM SCM displays the Backout Processing Backout screen which gives a description of the request its processing status and the location of the previous SYSnn software affected by the request The screen is updated with current status information approximately every 15 seconds The Backout Complete Backout screen with operator instructions appears a Choose a printer to receive the instr
179. M FILES TO COPY FORMATTER_TEMPLATE_FILES TANDEM FORMATTER TEMPLATE FILES INITIAL_COMMAND_FILE DSMSCM SYSnn CIIN LAN Environment at Developers Inc Developers Inc has installed a LAN in their building that connects to multiple workstations and printers as well as to Case2 the NonStop K series server at their site They plan to connect the new NonStop S series server Case1 to this LAN Developers Inc also has a staff responsible for managing this operations LAN and keeping track of the IP addresses of the various LANs in the building Registry of IP Addresses Developers Inc decided to create a registry of the IP addresses used on their LANs because they found that problems on their LANs had often been caused by multiple endpoints using the same IP address The registry allowed them to keep track of the IP addresses already in use Note The IP addresses used in this appendix are examples only If you use files described in this appendix on your system you must change these IP addresses to IP addresses that are appropriate for your LAN environment HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 20 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Registry of IP Addresses for Developers Inc IP Address 192 231 36 1 192 231 36 2 192 231 36 3 192 231 36 10 192 231 36 11 192 231 36 17 192 231 36 099 192 231 36 100 192 168 2 099 192 168 2 100 192 231 36 089 192
180. M STARTUP STRTX25 OUT SZHOME This is SSYSTEM STARTUP STRTX25 Starts the X 25 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator SZZWAN S0O1 ALLOW 20 ERRORS START LINE xX25 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 15 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Printer Line Startup File Printer Line Startup File This example shows an SCF command file that starts a printer line associated with the SWAN concentrator ZZWAN S01 configuration track ID X001 XX This file can be invoked automatically from the STRTSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt SCF IN SSYSTEM STARTUP STRTLP OUT SZHOME This is SYSTEM STARTUP STRTLP Starts the printer associated with the SWAN concentrator SZZWAN S01 ALLOW 20 ERRORS START LINE S LP5516 Expand Over IP Line Startup File This example shows an SCF command file that starts an Expand over IP communications line from ZZLAN LANO8 at IP address 192 231 36 094 to Case2 a NonStop K series server at IP address 192 231 36 089 This file can be invoked automatically from the STRTSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt SCF IN SSYSTEM STARTUP IP2CASE2 OUT SZHOME Note that the IP addresses used in this file are examples only If you use this example file on your system you must change these IP addresses to IP addresses that are appropriate for yo
181. Manager DSM SCM your current system can continue to run while you create a new SYSnn you have to shut down the system only to perform the system load To install a new RVU perform the tasks described in the G06 nn Software Installation and Upgrade Guide These tasks involve Receiving the new software into the archive and creating the new software revision Building and applying a software revision to the target system Activating the new software on the target system The activation instructions created by DSM SCM indicate the steps to perform such as performing a system load or updating the firmware Installing a Product Revision A product revision such as an SPR might include one or more fixes to programs supplied by HP or it might contain code that adds new function to an HP software product Installing a product revision might or might not require that the system be shut down Follow the installation instructions provided with the product revision The DSM SCM User s Guide describes installing product revisions in detail HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 11 2 Offline Configuration Tasks Changing System Name System Number or Time Attributes Changing System Name System Number or Time Attributes After the first system load use SCF to modify the values for the following system attributes SYSTEM _NAME SYSTEM NUMBER TIME_ZONE_OFFSET DAYLIGHT _SAVIN
182. NORMAL I O COmMpreSsS1ON is ses OFF PD OVS Coy wie a xe sen ae a oes 38000 Media Type 36 TRACKS OD ETS era erate aa tienes 0 PROCS 17 Oi ea eis ace ee aes 2048 Short Write Mode ALLOWED PADDED SUB TYP Gis asese saa 9 Volume Switching TRANSPARENT Media Information Automatic Volume Recognition Labels VOL1 SANYOA HDR1 D87D040 SANYOA00010001000100000028 000000000000 HDR2 FO80000080000 B For more information about SCF commands for tape subsystems see the SCF Reference Manual for the Storage Subsystem Completing Final Installation Steps 1 3 Complete any post installation procedures or special instructions in the Installation Document Checklist Perform the required and optional system configuration changes and verifications listed in Table 9 1 Restart the Inspect Monitor Process HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 12 Performing Post Startup Tasks System Configuration Changes and Verifications System Configuration Changes and Verifications Table 9 1 System Configuration Changes and Verifications page 1 of 2 Optional or Change or Verification Required Recommended As Needed Configure Kernel Managed Swap Facility X KMSF files See the Kernel Managed Swap Facility KMSF Manual Change the system name and system number X attributes See Changing System Name System Number or Time Attributes on page 11 3 Check and set the system time
183. ON DE CET EQUIPEMENT DIESES GERAT HAT MEHR ALS EIN NETZKABEL VOR DER WARTUNG BITTE ALLE NETZKABEL AUS DER STECKDOSE ZIEHEN Any surface or area of the equipment marked with these symbols indicates the presence of electric shock hazards The enclosed area contains no operator serviceable parts WARNING To reduce the risk of injury from electric shock hazards do not open this enclosure DOUBLE POLE FUSING CAUTION DOUBLE POLE NEUTRAL FUSING ATTENTION DOUBLE POLE FUSIBLE SUR LE NEUTRE NOT FOR EXTERNAL USE CAUTION NOT FOR EXTERNAL USE ALL RECEPTACLES ARE FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY ATTENTION NE PAS UTILISER A LEXTERIEUR DE EQUIPEMENT IMPORTANT TOUS LES RECIPIENTS SONT DESTINES UNIQUEMENT A UN USAGE INTERNE VORSICHT ALLE STECKDOSEN DIENEN NUR DEM INTERNEN GEBRAUCH HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Statements 4 Safety and Compliance Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE HIGH LEAKAGE CURRENT To reduce the risk of electric shock due to high leakage currents a reliable grounded earthed connection should be checked before servicing the power distribution unit PDU Observe the following limits when connecting the product to AC power distribution devices For PDUs that have attached AC power cords or are directly wired to the building power the total combined leakage current should not exceed 5 percent of the rated input current for the device HIGH LEAKAG
184. ON N 3 Record the name of the NonStop TCP IP TCPSAM or TCP6SAM process you selected shown in the Name field of the SCF LISTDEV display in the tcpip_process field in the SCF ADD DEVICE Command Worksheet on page F 18 4 Locate the first numbers in the PPID and BPID fields in the SCF LISTDEV display These are the primary and backup processor numbers for the NonStop TCP IP TCPSAM or TCP6SAM process Record them in the cpunum and altcpunum fields in the SCF ADD DEVICE Command Worksheet on page F 18 5 Record the IP address of the subnet you want to use in the src_ipaddr field in the SCF ADD DEVICE Command Worksheet on page F 18 and in the dest_ipadadr field in the COUP Worksheet on page F 20 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 14 FastPath Tasks Optional 1 On the NonStop S Series Server 6 Determine a User Datagram Protocol UDP port number to be used by the Expand over IP process gt STATUS PROCESS Stcpip process name Example F 4 shows an SCF STATUS PROCESS display UDP port numbers are identified by UDP in the Proto field Example F 4 SCF STATUS PROCESS Display TCPIP Status PROCESS MYSYS ZTC21 Status STARTED PP ED c a epee ose me 2 293 BP TD erisia wu oe eo ener ener 37277 Proto State Laddr Lport Faddr Fport SendQ RecvQ CP LISTEN 0 0 0 0 9000 0 0 0 0 i 0 0 CP LISTEN 0 0 0 0 telnet 0 0 0 0 x 0 0 CP LISTEN 0 0 0
185. P6100 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator SCF IN SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNCP6 OUT SZHOME comment Shut down the ATP6100 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator SCF I SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNATP OUT SZHOME comment Shut down the X 25 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator SCF I SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNX25 OUT SZHOME comment Shut down the printer lines associated with the SWAN concentrator SCF I SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNLP OUT SZHOME comment Shut down the Expand over IP line to Case2 SCF I SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN IP2CASE2 OUT SZHOME comment Shut down the Expand manager process SZEXP SCF I SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNEXP OUT SZHOME comment Shut down the direct connect line SCF I SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN STRTLH OUT SZHOME comment Drain the spooler subsystem using the SPOOLCOM command file comment SPLDRAIN OBEY SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN SPLDRAIN comment Stop the Transaction Management Facility TMF subsystem using the comment TMFCOM command file TMFSTOP TMFCOM IN SYST EM SHUTDOWN TMFSTOP OUT ZHOM Gl HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 18 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files CP6100 Lines Shutdown File CP6100 Lines Shutdown File This example shows an SCF command file that stops the ATP6100 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator ZZWAN S01 configuration track ID X001 XX This file can be invoked automatically from the STOPSYS file
186. PMF CRU containing Processor 0 PMF CRU containing Processor 1 Medium Dependent Interface MDI Switch settings for Ethernet switches MDI MDI X to toPC Ethernet Switch To Primary Cascade System Port Console i E E ie Na Sqguavavad asageoRD Ethernet Switch 1 Ethernet Switch 2 Cascade To Backup Port System Console VST537 vsd 17 Perform 3 Configure OSM or TSM Environment on page E 36 Note The backup system console might display the following message Unable to establish a TCP IP connection to 0 0 0 0 23 To fix this problem do not modify the default parameter file TDMTSM PRM See the TSM Low Level Link online help HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 46 F FastPath Tasks Optional This appendix contains all optional configuration tasks for a two processor or four processor NonStop S series server in the Tetra 8 topology If your server contains more than four processors or must be configured in the Tetra 16 topology do not use this appendix See the rest of this manual Topic Page 1 Prerequisites F 2 1a Verify Required Configuration Changes F 2 1b Review Initial System Configuration F 2 1c Start Required Processes F 2 1d Save Current System Configuration F 3 1e If Your Server Will Be Part of a ServerNet Cluster F 3 2 Customize the Sys
187. PMF CRUs of model S74000 and higher lights as soon as power is applied Service Amber Lights temporarily during power on when the PMF CRU has been initialized successfully Lights continuously if POST fails Flashes if the service processor SP image is being loaded from its peer IOMF Power on Green Lights when the IOMF CRU is powered on CRU and successfully a 2 Service Amber Lights temporarily during power on when the IOMF CRU has been initialized successfully Lights continuously if POST fails ServerNet Amber Lights when the service processor SP detects an port service error in the transfer of ServerNet data IOAM Contact your service provider for LED status information after powering on an Enclosure IOAM enclosure HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 10 Powering On and Starting the System Status LEDs During a Power On Procedure Table 8 1 Status LEDs and Their Functions page 2 of 2 Location LED Name Color Function SEB or Power on Green Lights when the SEB or MSEB is powered on MSEB successfully Fault Amber Lights temporarily during power on until the SEB or MSEB has been successfully configured by the service processor SP Lights continuously to indicate that the SEB or MSEB is not in a fully functional state ServerNet Yellow Unused port ServerNet Power on Green Lights when t
188. RECTORY SERIAL amp R R S EVIVEBLOCKS 1 amp EVIVEINTERVAL 100 ERIALWRITES ENABLED Qh STORAGE Obeyform Information Magnetic DISK S3 data3 5 Save this command file for later use HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 18 13 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files This section describes command files that automatically start and shut down a NonStop S series server Automating System Startup and Shutdown 13 2 Startup 13 2 Shutdown 13 2 For More Information 13 2 Processes That Represent the System Console 13 3 Example Command Files 13 5 CIIN File 13 6 Tips for Startup Files 13 9 How Process Persistence Affects Configuration and Startup 13 9 Startup File Examples 13 10 System Startup File 13 10 Spooler Warm Start File 13 12 TMF Warm Start File 13 12 TCP IP Stack Configuration and Startup File 13 12 CP6100 Lines Startup File 13 15 ATP6100 Lines Startup File 13 15 X 25 Lines Startup File 13 15 Printer Line Startup File 13 16 Expand Over IP Line Startup File 13 16 Expand Direct Connect Line Startup File 13 16 Tips for Shutdown Files 13 17 Shutdown File Examples 13 17 System Shutdown File 13 18 CP6100 Lines Shutdown File 13 19 ATP6100 Lines Shutdown File 13 19 X 25 Lines Shutdown File 13 19 Printer Line S
189. RTED STARTED 0 30 1 30 e Enter the following SCF command gt PRIMARY DISK SDATAOO 1 This command switches the primary processor from the current primary processor to the backup processor f Enter the STATUS DISK DATA00 command See Step 3 to check that the processor switch occurred Make sure the processor number in the Primary PID column has changed to the number given in the command The following display shows that the primary processor was successfully switched gt STATUS DISK SDATAOO STORAGE Status DISK Example SDATA0O LDev Primary Backup Mirror MirrorBackup Primary Backup PID PID 06 STARTED STARTED STARTED STARTED Ty 30 0 30 Successfully completing these commands indicates that the disk can be accessed through both the primary and backup processors and through all the paths HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 9 9 Performing Post Startup Tasks Test the Communications Lines g Return the preferred paths and the primary processor for this disk to their original states by entering the following commands Wait for the SCF prompt to appear before you enter each command gt PRIMARY DISK SDATAOO 0 gt SWITCH DATA00 P Enter this command only if you are testing a mirrored disk gt SWITCH SDATAOO M Use the STATUS DISK DATA00 command to check that the preferred paths and primary pro
190. S LINE command with the DETAIL option Task Recovery Actions for the CONNECTING State Recovery Actions for the WAIT State Example D 1 SCF STATUS LINE DETAIL Display Trace Status Detailed State Detailed Info EXPAND Detailed Status LINE SIPPF2 ees 0 31 ABP TID aa cg pia ne hob She KASS STARTED Path LDEV Betas OFF wens CONNECTING None Expand Over IP Connections Page D 24 D 24 ae 1 28 ses 39 This display provides error information in the Detailed State and Detailed Info fields Table D 1 lists the possible values for the Detailed State field and describes the cause effect and recovery action for each state Table D 1 Troubleshooting the Expand Connection Procedure page 1 of 2 Detailed State BINDING CONNECTING Cause and Effect The Expand over IP line handler process is binding to the local NonStop TCP IP process This state is normal while the line is coming up The Expand over IP line handler process has connected to the local NonStop TCP IP process and is now attempting to connect to the remote Expand over IP line handler process This state is normal while the connection is being established If the line remains in this state The remote Expand over IP line handler process might not be operational There might be a network problem Recovery If this state persists contact your service provider Diagnose the problem with th
191. S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 34 Introduction Installation Overview This figure shows the LCD of a ServerNet switch board Two lines are displayed at a time You can use the scroll buttons to move up and down through the display ServerNet Switch Board NEWHP G013 M02 Rack OSM2 14 LCD VST053 vsd ServerNet Cabling For More Information About See Any of this information NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide This subsection describes ServerNet configurations cables connections and routing Review this information before connecting ServerNet cables System Size Table 1 3 Maximum Numbers of Enclosures for G06 03 and Later RVUs NonStop S700 Topology Server NonStop S7x00 Server NonStop Sxx000 Server Tetra 8 1 processor enclosure 4 processor enclosures 4 processor enclosures 2 I O enclosures 8 I O enclosures 8 I O or IOAM enclosures Tetra 16 N A 8 processor enclosures 8 processor enclosures 16 I O enclosures 36 I O or IOAM enclosures HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 35 Introduction Installation Overview Topologies Systems can be configured in two topologies the Tetra 8 and Tetra 16 topologies Enclosures are cabled to each other in patterns that depend upon the system topology This cabling remains the same regardless of ho
192. SA Ports This example contains a TACL command file that configures and starts the NonStop TCP IP stack on ZZLAN LO18 NonStop TCP IP stacks must be created for each LAN port that connects to a SWAN concentrator and must be both configured and started each time the system is started The TACL command files to configure and start TCP IP stacks on the other ports can be created by changing the following variables to the appropriate values GW ADDR LINE SNAME TCP CPU2 HOST NAME LST NAME TCP NAME IP AADDR TCP CPU1 TEL NAME Note If you are using Parallel Library TCP IP or NonStop TCP IPv6 you might not need to create a TACL command file because these subsystems participate in the system configuration database See the TCP IP Parallel Library Configuration and Management Manual or the TCP IPv6 Configuration and Management Manual TACL MACRO This file is S SYSTEM STARTUP IPSTK1 Adds TCPIP and related processes to S ZZLAN L018 FRAME PUSH CON NAME LINE NAME TCP NAME LST NAME TEL NAME PUSH HOST NAME IP ADDR GW ADDR TCP CPU1 TCP CPU2 SET IP ADDR 192 231 36 099 SET GW ADDR 192 231 36 17 SE CON NAME SZHOME SE LINE NAME S L018 SE CP NAME ZB018 SE LST CNAME SZP018 SE EL NAME SZN018 SET HOST NAME Casel_L018 DeviInc com SE CP CPU1 0 SE CP
193. SERV 98 S ZTCP1 1 283 0 304 48 0 32000 200 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS00 TCPIP 100 SZTNP1 1 285 0 305 46 0 6144 170 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS00 TELSERV 3 Verify Disk Drives 1 Enter the SCF STATUS DISK command gt SCF STATUS DISK 2 Verify that the STATUS DISK display includes all disk drives in this example If any of these drives are not listed in the display contact your service provider STORAGE Status DISK NONAME SAUDIT LDev Primary Backup Mirror MirrorBackup Primary Backup PID PID 719 STARTED STARTED STARTED STARTED 07273 a eee STORAGE Status DISK NONAME SDSMSCM LDev Primary Backup Mirror MirrorBackup Primary Backup PID PTD AZ STARTED STARTED STARTED STARTED 0 280 1 261 STORAGE Status DISK NONAME SSYSTEM LDev Primary Backup Mirror MirrorBackup Primary Backup PID PID 6 STARTED STARTED STARTED STARTED 0 257 1 257 3 Verify that the primary backup mirror and mirror backup paths are all STARTED If any paths are STOPPED restart the disks HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 31 FastPath Tasks Required 4 Verify Tape Drive 4 Verify Tape Drive 1 Enter the SCF STATUS TAPE command gt SCF STATUS TAPE 2 Verify that the STATUS TAPE display includes a least one tape drive configured and running as shown in the following example If no tape drive is listed in the display
194. SK Example DATA00 LDev Path Status State Substate Primary Backup PID PID 06 PRIMARY ACTIVE STARTED 0 267 1 267 06 BACKUP INACTIVE STARTED 0 267 1 267 06 IRROR ACTIVE STARTED 0 267 1 26 06 TRROR BACKUP INACTIVE STARTED 0 267 1 267 STORAGE Status DISK Example DATAO1 LDev Path Status State Substate Primary Backup PID PID 07 PRIMARY INACTIVE STOPPED HARDDOWN 07 33 t733 07 BACKUP INACTIVE STOPPED HARDDOWN 0433 1733 07 IRROR INACTIVE STOPPED HARDDOWN 0 33 1 33 07 IRROR BACKUP INACTIVE STOPPED HARDDOWN 0 33 1733 Determine the preferred path for each disk using the STATUS DISK command and specifying the name or logical device number of that disk The asterisk in the response indicates the preferred path A mirrored disk volume has four paths two for each physical disk and two preferred paths gt STATUS DISK SDATAOO STORAGE Status DISK Example SDATAO00 LDev Primary Backup Mirror MirrorBackup Primary Backup PID PID 06 STARTED STARTED STARTED STARTED 0 30 1 30 For each disk drive whose paths you want to test check that each path to that disk drive can be used as the preferred path To test the paths to a disk named DATAOO a Enter the following SCF command gt SWITCH SDATAOO B For the primary drive of the DATAOO disk this command switches the current path which is the primary path SDATAOO P to the backup path SDATAOO B b Enter the STATUS DISK
195. STIPPORT dest_ipport amp gt NEXTSYS sysnum Table F 1 SCF ADD DEVICE Command Worksheet Field Value tcpip process Step 3 on page F 14 cpunum Step 4 on page F 14 altcpunum Step 4 on page F 14 src_ipaddr Step 5 on page F 14 src_ipport ee ee eee eee eee Step 7 on page F 15 dest_ipaddr Step 7 on page F 17 dest_ipport Step 9 on page F 17 sysnum This is the system number of the NonStop K series server that will be connected to the other end of the line NonStop S Series system numbers can be displayed using the SCF INFO PROCESS NCP LINESET command However you cannot display the system number for a system before the line has been configured NonStop K series system numbers are defined in the CONFTEXT file 4 Start the Expand over IP line handler process gt START DEVICE Szzwan sline 5 Exit SCF gt EXIT HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 18 FastPath Tasks Optional 4 On the NonStop K Series Server 4 On the NonStop K Series Server 4a Configure and Start an Expand Over IP Line Handler Process 1 Return to the TACL prompt at the NonStop K series server 2 Start COUP gt COUP 3 Determine the name of a dummy controller that the Expand over IP line handler process can use To list all the dummy controllers with product number 6999 on the NonStop K series
196. Screw Into the Mounting Hole 4 2 Figure 4 3 Tightening a Phillips Screw in a Mounting Hole 4 3 Figure 4 4 Service Side Door Installed on a System Enclosure 4 4 Figure 5 1 Setup Configuration 5 11 Figure 6 1 Processor Enclosure PMF CRU Ethernet Ports 6 3 Figure 6 2 Connections for the Setup Configuration 6 6 Figure 7 1 5175 Tape Subsystem 7 2 Figure 7 2 Unloading a Tape Subsystem 7 3 Figure 7 3 Removing the Shipping Restraints From a 5175 Tape Subsystem 7 5 Figure 7 4 Installing the Top Panel and Corner Caps on a 5175 Tape Subsystem 7 6 Figure 7 5 Connecting a SCSI Cable to a 5175 Tape Subsystem 7 7 Figure 7 6 AC Power Switch for 5175 Tape Drive CRU 7 8 Figure 7 7 519x Tape Subsystem 7 9 Figure 7 8 Connecting a SCSI Cable to a 519x Tape Subsystem 7 10 Figure 8 1 AC Power Switch for 5175 Tape Drive 8 4 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Xiv Contents Figures continued Figures continued Figure 8 2 AC Power Switch for 519x Tape Drive 8 5 Figure 8 3 AC Power Cord 8 6 Figure 8 4 Connecting an AC Power Cord to an Enclosure With No Power Shelf 8 7 Figure 8 5 Connecting an AC Power Cord to an Enclosure With a Power Shelf 8 8 Figure 8 6 Management Window in OSM or TSM Low Level Link 8 15 Figure 8 7 Verifying the System Topology 8 15 Figure 8 8 Entering
197. Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 17 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Group 02 Slot 53 E4SA Configuration Form Case Study Group 02 Slot 53 E4SA Configuration Form E4SA Configuration Form SAC1 ENET 1B Adapter Name E0253 _ __ E4SA2 1 SAC Name PIF Name SAC1 ENET 1A Adapter Name SAC Name PIF Name SAC0 ENET OB Adapter Name SAC Name E4SA2 0_ PIF Name ENET 0A SAC0 ENET 0A Adapter Name SAC Name PIF Name E4SA2 0 A Group E4SA2 1 B E0253 E4SA2 1 E4SA2 1 A E0253 E4SA2 0 B E0253 E4SA2 0 System Name Case1 Date 07 21 96 02 Module 21 Slot 53_ IP Address _192 168 2 097 SAC Access List 29 LIF Name ___L02B_ IP Address _192 168 2 096 SAC Access List 29 LIF Name L029 SAC Access List 29 LIF Name LOZA IP Address _192 231 36 094 SAC Access List 23 LIF Name L028 VST320 vsd VST236 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 14 18 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Group 02 Slot 54 E4SA Configuration Form Case Study Group 02 Slot 54 E4SA Configuration Form E4SA Configuration Form SAC 1 ENET 1B Adapter Name E0254 _ E4SA3 1 SAC Name PIF Name SAC 1 ENET 1A Adapter Name __E0254 __E4SA3 1 SAC Name PIF Name SACO ENET OB Adapter Name _ 0254 _ __ E4SA3 0 SAC
198. Server Installation Guide Tape Labs server located in the NTL Hardware and Service Maintenance Collection See your service provider Virtual TapeServer Operations and Administration Guide Tape Labs VT5902 Virtual tape Virtual TapeServer Installation Guide Tape Labs server located in the NTL Hardware and Service Maintenance Collection See your service provider Virtual TapeServer Operations and Administration Guide Tape Labs N A Any tape 6760 ServerNet DA Manual drive attached to a ServerNet DA If this documentation collection does not contain the manual for your tape library contact your service provider HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 7 14 Installing External System Devices Installing Fibre Channel Tape Devices Using an IOAM Enclosure Installing Fibre Channel Tape Devices Using an IOAM Enclosure These Fibre Channel tape devices connect directly to the FCSAs in an IOAM enclosure within a NonStop S series system using fiber optic cables Note For more information about the IOAM enclosure the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide is available to your service provider in NTL For more information about FCSAs the Fibre Channel ServerNet Adapter Installation and Support Guide is available for your service provider in NTL Product Number Description Manual M8501 HP Ultrium 960 LTO Fibre Channel M8501 and M8502 ACL Installation and ACL tape drive r
199. ServerNet Cables E 14 9 Install Service Side Enclosure Doors If Necessary E 15 10 Install Primary System Console E 16 11 Create Emergency Repair Disk or Automated System Recovery Disk E 18 12 Install Ethernet Switch E 18 13 Connect Ethernet Switch to Group 01 E 18 14 Connect Primary System Console to Ethernet Switch E 19 15 Install Tape Drive E 19 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 3 FastPath Tasks Required 1 Inventory Shipment 1a Inventory the OPEN FIRST Box Depending on your configuration the box might contain Inventory Lists 1 Inventory Shipment Item Description Enables You To Invoice Information about your order Inventory equipment Box Inventory Part numbers descriptions quantities Envelope Description of system as it was ordered Review initial system configuration System Files and Documentation Item Description Enables You To CONFTEXT configuration file list SCF configuration file list Attributes that define operating system image for system processors Attributes that define system configuration Review initial system configuration Plan customized system configuration NTL CD ROM NonStop Technical Library Read user documentation Documentation This manual SWAN Concentrator Installation and Support Guide if applicable SWAN 2 Concentrator Installation and Support Guide if applicab
200. Shutdown files about 13 17 13 21 ATP6100 lines 13 19 automating 1 55 13 2 CP6100 lines 13 19 Expand over IP lines 13 20 security 13 17 sequence 13 2 13 17 spooler 13 21 system shutdown file 13 18 TMF 13 21 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Index 11 Index Shutdown files continued X 25 lines 13 19 Single mode fiber SMF cable See SMF cable see SMF cable SIT 2 4 2 5 12 14 Site update tape SUT 2 4 2 5 see SUT Slot assignments 2 17 2 19 definition for system enclosure 1 26 IOAM enclosure 1 28 labels 1 33 SLSA subsystem 12 4 SMF cable 1 41 Software approved 1 49 backing out D 26 D 30 configuration D 36 connections 1 54 installing 1 45 K series F 11 managing E 42 OSM see OSM preloaded 1 49 restoring D 38 troubleshooting D 36 TSM see TSM Software product revisions SPRs description 11 2 installing 11 2 F 23 F 25 F 29 SPARE attribute 9 10 Spooler 13 12 13 21 Spooler FASTPxxx 7 17 Stackable enclosures 1 13 Standard configurations 1 37 Standard operating practices 1 5 STARTCOM file F 7 STARTSCF file F 7 Startup files about 13 6 13 16 ATP6100 lines 13 15 14 29 automating 1 55 13 2 F 7 CIIN 13 2 configuration database 13 10 CP6100 13 15 14 29 direct connect 13 16 direct connect lines 14 34 Expand over IP 13 16 14 33 invoking 13 2 security 13 9 F 7 sequence 13 9 F 7 spooler warm start 13 12 system startup file 13 10 TCP IP sta
201. Support and Service Library HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 10 Introduction Installation Overview Figure 1 2 Shipping Package Dimensions lt 41 6 in 28 8 in i 105 7 cm gt mee cm I I I Single High Stack Double High Stack VST990 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 11 Introduction Installation Overview Enclosure Types Enclosures can be described by their contents how they are combined their positioning how they have been modified and how they are mounted Enclosure Contents Term System enclosure Processor enclosure I O enclosure I O adapter module IOAM enclosure Definition An enclosure for system components Processor enclosures and I O enclosures are both system enclosures A system enclosure that contains among other units two processor multifunction PMF customer replaceable units CRUs A system enclosure that contains among other units two I O multifunction IOMF CRUs I O enclosures connect to a SEB or MSEB in the processor enclosure I O enclosures can also be attached to a processor switch of an Integrity NonStop NS series system For more information and for cabling procedures your service provider should refer to the NonStop NS Series Hardware Installation Manual An enclosure that contains up to 10 specially designed ServerNet adapters
202. System page 2 of 4 Action Result 14 Click I accept this agreement Click Next The Installing Devices screen appears 15 In the Regional Settings screen customize the appearance of numbers currencies dates and keyboard layout Click Next The Name and Organization screen appears 16 For name type NonStop S series System Console Type the name of your organization Click Next The Date and Time Settings screen appears 17 Set the date and time Check Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving changes Click Next Installing Components screens appear Performing Final Tasks screens appear 18 When setup is complete click Finish Click Restart Now The system restarts More software is installed 19 Press Enter The system automatically converts the file system from FAT to NTFS The Desktop appears 20 Double click Connect to the Internet The Internet Connection wizard appears 21 Select I want to setup my internet connection manually The Setup Internet Connection screen appears 22 Select connect through a local area network LAN Click Next The Local Area Network Configuration screen appears 23 Select Automatic Discovery of proxy server recommended Click Next The Setup Internet Mail Account appears 24 Select No Click Next The Completing Internet Connection wizard appears 25 Clear the checkmark
203. Table B 18 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures Four I O Enclosures Attach cable between And Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 01 51 ServerNet 1 02 51 ServerNet 1 01 52 ServerNet 1 02 52 ServerNet 1 01 51 ServerNet 2 03 51 ServerNet 2 01 52 ServerNet 2 03 52 ServerNet 2 01 51 ServerNet 3 04 51 ServerNet 3 01 52 ServerNet 3 04 52 ServerNet 3 11 I O 50 01 51 ServerNet 5 11 I O 55 01 52 ServerNet 5 02 51 ServerNet 2 04 51 ServerNet 2 02 52 ServerNet 2 04 52 ServerNet 2 02 51 ServerNet 3 03 51 ServerNet 3 02 52 ServerNet 3 03 52 ServerNet 3 21 I O 50 02 51 ServerNet 5 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 B 23 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 8 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures Table B 18 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures Four I O Enclosures Attach cable between And Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 21 I O 55 02 52 ServerNet 5 03 51 ServerNet 1 04 51 ServerNet 1 03 52 ServerNet 1 04 52 ServerNet 1 31 I O 50 03 51 ServerNet 5 31 I O 55 03 52 ServerNet 5 41 I O 50 04 51 ServerNet 5 41 I O 55 04 52 ServerNet 5 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 B 24 ServerNet Cabling Small Tetra 16 Systems Small Tetra 16 Systems About This Information You do not have to conform to one of these enclosure configurations They are merely examples The number of possible enclosure arrangements for all systems is too
204. The Dedicated Service LAN 6 2 Server Connection toa LAN 6 2 System Console Connection to a Dedicated Service LAN 6 3 System Console Connection to a Secure Operations LAN 6 4 Ethernet Cables 6 4 Ethernet Switch Ports 6 4 Installing Ferrite Cores 6 4 Installing the Ethernet Switch or Hub 6 5 Connect the Ethernet Switch or Hub to the Server 6 5 Connect the System Console to the Ethernet Switch or Hub 6 6 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 iii Contents 7 Installing External System Devices 7 Installing External System Devices Installing Tape Drives 7 1 Installing a 5175 Open Reel Tape Subsystem 7 2 Installing a 519x Cartridge Tape Subsystem 7 8 Installing Other Tape Devices 7 12 Installing Fibre Channel Tape Devices Using an IOAM Enclosure 7 15 Attaching a SCSI Tape Drive to the NonStop S Series Server 7 15 Installing a SWAN or SWAN 2 Concentrator 7 16 Installing an AWAN Server 7 17 Installing Printers and Terminals 7 17 8 Powering On and Starting the System Starting a System for the First Time 8 2 Startup Checklist 8 2 Powering On External System Devices 8 3 Powering On the Primary System Console and Modem 8 3 Powering On the Tape Subsystem 8 3 Powering On the System 8 5 Fault Tolerance and Access to Power Cutoffs 8 5 Power On Procedure Using AC Power Cords 8 6 Status LEDs During a Power On Procedure 8 10 Troubleshooting Abnormal
205. U set the AC power switch to the ON position to apply power to the tape drive Close the rear bezel door of the 519x module If the tape drive includes an automatic cartridge loader ACL install the cleaning cartridge in the ACL Check the tape drive SCSI ID using the operator buttons on the drive or ACL front panel If necessary reset the SCSI ID with the operator buttons If your system has another type of tape drive see the documentation for that tape drive HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 23 FastPath Tasks Required 3 Connect AC Power Cords 3 Connect AC Power Cords Enclosures Without Power Shelves 1 Find the detachable AC power cords included with your system A Caution Do not plug the other end of the AC power cord into the dedicated outlet at this time Doing so immediately powers on the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU 2 3 Start with the group 01 processor enclosure Make sure the power interlock on the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU in slot 50 or 55 is fully engaged so that the power cord retainer is aligned with the power receptacle Connect the AC power cord to the power receptacle on the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU Using a stubby Phillips screwdriver secure the power cord plug in the power cord retainer by tightening the retainer screw Repeat Steps 3 through 5 for the other AC power cord for this enclosure and for all remaining enclosures without power shelves
206. Unlike self contained system enclosures IOAM enclosures reside in standard 19 inch racks IOAM enclosures connect to an MSEB in the processor enclosure I O enclosures and IOAM enclosures can coexist in the same system For information about what group numbers support IOAM enclosures see Table 1 2 A Caution IOAM enclosures must be installed by service providers trained by HP Enclosure Combinations Term Block Definition A grouping of one or more system enclosures that a NonStop S series system recognizes and supports as one unit A block can be One processor enclosure One I O enclosure One processor enclosure attached to one or more I O or IOAM enclosures Note that IOAM enclosures are not standalone enclosures they are mounted into standard 19 inch racks For more about blocks see the NonStop S Series System Expansion and Reduction Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 12 Introduction Installation Overview Enclosure Positions System enclosures can be arranged in single high stacks one enclosure or double high stacks two enclosures one on top of the other Term Definition Base enclosure A system enclosure that can be placed on the floor with another enclosure on top of it Stackable enclosure A system enclosure that can rest on top of another system enclosure If you will reduce your system at any point in the future place enclosures that you
207. YSTEM_NUMBER sys number Type system time attributes gt ALTER DAYLIGHT_SAVING_TIME time TIME_ZONE_OFFSET offset timeis TABLE USA66 NONE NONE is the default value offset is h h4 mm 0 00 is the default value For more information on time and offset see the SCF ALTER command in the SCF Reference Manual for the Kernel Subsystem Confirm the changes gt INFO From a TACL prompt verify that the SYSTEM alternate key file does not point to NONAME SYSTEM SYSTEM USERIDAK gt FUP INFO SSYSTEM SYSTEM USERID DETAIL Look for the Alt File parameter which should not point to the system name Exit SCF If your system arrived with Open System Services OSS preconfigured then after you change the system number Step 3 you might experience a problem The Enscribe key sequenced database file SYSTEM ZXOSSMON ZOSSFSET which defines OSS filesets in the OSS file system might refer to the old system number If it does the OSS Monitor cannot open the database and the OSS file system cannot be started Any product that ships with an Enscribe key sequenced file might have this problem To prevent this situation enter the following SCF commands after changing the system number gt VOLUME SYSTEM ZXOSSMON gt ALTER ZOSSFSET ALTFILE 0 ZOSSFS0O gt ALTER ZOSSFSET ALTFILE 1 ZOSSFS01 gt EXIT HP NonStop S Series Hardware
208. ZWAN cp6p2 amp CPU 0 amp ALTCPU Ty amp PROFILE profadcp amp IOPOBJECT system sys00 ocp6css amp TYPE S123 amp RECSIZE 150 amp CLIP ay amp LINE 0 amp ADAPTER s01 amp PATH A START DEVICE ZZWAN CP6 To enable data communications you must start the lines using the command START LINE CP6 or by invoking a startup file that contains this command HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 14 29 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Adding an ATP6100 Line Adding an ATP6100 Line This example contains an SCF command file that adds an ATP6100 line associated with the SWAN concentrator ZZWAN S01 configuration track ID X001XX to the configuration database This line can be used to connect an asynchronous terminal that uses the RS 232 interface It also contains a startup file This is SSYSTEM STARTUP ADDATP This file should be invoked after ADDMGR and ADDSWAN Add and start an ATP6100 device allow 20 errors ADD PROFILE S ZZWAN prof6530 FILE SYSTEM sys00 PATP6530 ADD DEVICE SZZWAN atppl amp CPU 0 amp ALTCPU 1 amp PROFILE prof6530 amp TOPOBJECT Ssystem sys00 oatpcss amp TYPE 53 00 amp RECSIZE 150 amp CLIP 2 amp LINE Ty amp ADAPTER s01 amp PATH A START DEVICE S ZZWAN S01 o enable data communications you must start
209. ables Four Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure C 8 Figure C 16 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures C 8 Figure C 17 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures Three I O C 9 Enclosures Figure C 18 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures Four I O Enclosures C 9 2 Insert the RJ 11 plug on one end of a power on cable into the RJ 11 jack on the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU until the tab on the plug clicks into place See Figure 3 1 3 Insert the RJ 11 plug on the other end of the power on cable into the RJ 11 jack on the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU until the tab on the plug clicks into place 4 Repeat Step 2 and Step 3 for all power on cables 5 With the cable ties secure the power on cables for each enclosure to the cable support HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 3 2 Cabling Enclosures 1 Connect Power On Cables Figure 3 1 Connecting and Securing Power On Cables RJ 11 Plug VST021 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 3 3 Cabling Enclosures 2 Connect EPO Cables 2 Connect EPO Cables A Caution If you pass cables or cords through the handles of CRUs or FRUs the cables or cords might become unplugged during later replacement procedures Do not use the handles of CRUs or FRUs for cable management See Figure 3 3 for proper cabling 1 Connect the unterminated end of an EPO cable to the
210. ack mounted User s Guide M8502 HP Ultrium 960 LTO Fibre Channel M8501 and M8502 ACL Installation and ACL tape drive tabletop User s Guide M8503 800 GB HP Ultrium 3 LTO Fibre L700 CTL700 Installation and User s Channel tape drive in L700 tape Guide library M8504 HP Ultrium Fibre Channel tape SL500 M852x Tape Library Installation drive in SL500 tape library and User s Guide M8505 HP Ultrium 960 LTO Fibre Channel M8505 Tabletop Installation and User s tabletop tape drive Guide Attaching a SCSI Tape Drive to the NonStop S Series Server To attach a tape drive to any PMF CRU or IOMF CRU 1 Determine which PMF CRU or IOMF CRU should be connected to the tape drive To Determine the Configuration of See Components that are factory configured The SCF configuration file SYSTEM ZSYSCONF SCF0000 printout shipped with your server SCF Reference Manual for G Series RVUs A system that has been started or components that have been installed and configured 2 Using the SCSI cable connector with the thumbscrews plug the other end of the SCSI cable into the differential SCSI port on the appropriate PMF CRU IOMF CRU or IOMF 2 CRU HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 7 15 Installing External System Devices Installing a SWAN or SWAN 2 Concentrator NonStop S7000 S7400 S70000 and S72000 PMF CRUs and IOMF CRUs are equipped with an external SCSI passthrough terminator Attac
211. ack the system console See Unpacking and Assembling a System Console on page 5 2 Start and test the system console See Starting and Testing a System Console on page 5 8 Before connecting the system console to the LAN use the Windows XP Professional operating system to assign a unique IP address and computer name to the system console For information about setting these and other network parameters see Step 3 on page 10 4 or the online help for the operating system Connect one end of an Ethernet cable to the 10Base T connector on the network interface card NIC at the back of the system unit for the backup system console HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 7 Configuring the System Add a Server to the Operating Configuration 5 Connect the other end of this Ethernet cable to any port on an Ethernet switch or hub except the cascade port See Figure 10 5 Figure 10 5 Adding a System Console to the Operating Configuration Group 01 PMF CRU containing Processor 0 PMF CRU containing Processor 1 Medium Dependent Interface MDI Switch settings for Ethernet switches MDI MDI X to toPC Ethernet Switch To Primary Cascade System Port Console ih NN arrer af N eusuebag Ethernet Switch 1 Ethernet Switch 2 Cascade To Backup Port System Console VST537 vsd Add a Server to the Operating Configuration A server in the opera
212. all if system requires EPO 1 25 Power Off Cables wiring Power on cables 1 Connect Power on cables are not the same 3 1 Power On Cables as AC power cords Primary system Installing Starting 5 1 console and Testing a System Console ServerNet cables ServerNet Cabling Install if system contains two or 1 35 more enclosures Service side Installing Service Shipped with all new systems 4 1 doors Side Doors optional on others Enclosures Installing Enclosures 2 1 Tape subsystem Installing Tape Drives Itis recommended that you connect 7 1 a tape subsystem to group 01 4 Power on external devices such as the primary console the tape subsystem and any other devices you want started when the system starts If you connect only a primary system console and a tape subsystem to the system now you can test your system before reconfiguring it or connecting other devices If you connect the tape subsystem to group 01 you can also dump processor memory to tape to diagnose a halt in processors 0 or 1 and use BACKUP and RESTORE to save data to and restore data from tape 5 Power on the system Note If an IOAM enclosure or FCDM is installed they are powered on when you connect them to the AC power source For more information your service provider should refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide which is located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library 6 Test th
213. an 0 the internet protocol IP address configured for the local or remote Expand over IP line handler process might be invalid Use the SCF INFO LINE command with the DETAIL option to display the configured IP addresses and associated NonStop TCP IP process Recovery Actions for the WAIT State If the SCF STATUS LINE DETAIL command displays WAIT in the Detailed State field check the Detailed Info field for more detailed error information Detailed Info Description IP shared memory The QIO subsystem is not available Check the QIO subsystem The system unavailable line becomes ready when the QIO subsystem becomes available IP ownership error The Expand over IP line handler process cannot switch processors The NonStop TCP IP process associated with the Expand over IP line handler process is no longer the primary process but the line handler process cannot switch processors because other lines in the multiline path are active An Expand over IP line handler process and the NonStop TCP IP process with which it is associated must always reside in the same processor The Expand over IP line handler process cannot switch processors until all other lines in the path are inactive meaning that they do not have socket connections IP associate TCP The NonStop TCP IP process associated with the Expand over IP process line handler process is not available Check the NonStop TCP IP unavailable process The line becomes ready when the associate
214. anages requests for information about the CONFIG file Starts and maintains the ZPM persistence manager process Starts and maintains persistence of subsystem managers and monitor processes Starts stops and optionally restarts generic processes Coordinates system load and processor reload activities Configure and control subsystem devices HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 3 Online Configuration Tasks Generic Processes Each subsystem manager or monitor process is started by the ZPM persistence manager process at system load and has the following functions Creates I O processes and other manager processes within the subsystem Configures subsystem objects such as adapter hardware and the ServerNet addressable controllers SACs supported by those adapters Identifies the names of processes that must be reserved at system load Monitors its processes to immediately re create any process that has terminated if it was configured to be persistent Each configuration manual listed in the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide describes a subsystem the objects the subsystem supports and how to configure those objects You can display information about the following generic processes for G series RVUs that are subsystem managers or monitor processes Subsystem Process ATM ZZATM the Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM monitor process Expand ZEXP the Expan
215. and Configuration Guide which is located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library Topic Page Starting a System for the First Time 8 2 Startup Checklist 8 2 Powering On External System Devices 8 3 Powering On the Primary System Console and Modem 8 3 Powering On the System 8 5 Powering On the System 8 5 Fault Tolerance and Access to Power Cutoffs 8 5 Power On Procedure Using AC Power Cords 8 6 Status LEDs During a Power On Procedure 8 10 Troubleshooting Abnormal LED States 8 12 Verifying Topology and System Components 8 14 Starting the System 8 18 Loading the System 8 18 Completing the System Load 8 21 Verifying the System Is Started 8 21 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 1 Powering On and Starting the System Starting a System for the First Time Starting a System for the First Time Startup Checklist 1 Determine whether the AC power receptacles in your computer room are compatible with the AC power cords on your new system 2 Determine which AC power receptacles are controlled by which circuit breakers 3 Install and connect these components but do not power any of them on yet Component See Notes Page Ethernet switch Installing the The switch or hub also must be 6 5 or hub Ethernet Switch or connected to the server and the Hub system console EPO cables Emergency Inst
216. appropriate junction box or facility wiring 2 Route the other end of this EPO cable to the service side of the system enclosure 3 Attach the EPO cable connector to the EPO connector slot 56 on the enclosure See Figure 3 2 The connector is designed to be attached only one way 4 With the cable ties secure the EPO cables for each enclosure to the cable support Figure 3 2 EPO Connector on a System Enclosure Emergency Power Off EPO Connector VST700 vsd 5 Repeat Steps 1 2 and 3 for all remaining system enclosures HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 3 4 Cabling Enclosures 3 Connect ServerNet Cables 3 Connect ServerNet Cables A Caution If you pass cables or cords through the handles of CRUs or FRUs the cables or cords might become unplugged during later replacement procedures Do not use the handles of CRUs or FRUs for cable management See Figure 3 3 for proper cabling 1 Print or photocopy the appropriate cabling tables and diagrams for easy reference Keys to Cabling Figures and Tables Page Correlation Between ServerNet Cable Diagram and One Enclosure B 2 Correlation Between ServerNet Cable Diagram and Two Enclosures B 3 Tetra 8 Topology Cabling Figures and Tables Page Figure B 3 Maximum Tetra 8 Topologies X and Y Fabrics B 4 Tetra 8 Cabling Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures
217. are Product Revision SPR b Run ZPHIRNM 1 Start ZPHIRNM gt RUN ZPHIRNM SSYSTEM SYSnn The following prompt appears Do you want to use a log file with this session Y N Enter Y and press Enter The following prompt appears You may use any file for logging If you request to use a disk file that doesn t exist it will be created as an entry sequenced file Please enter a filename Enter a disk file name The following message appears Log file filename was successfully created ZPHIRNM then renames the applied files If ZPHIRNM notifies you of any errors correct them and run ZPHIRNM again ZPHIRNM must run without errors to complete the software activation ZPHIRNM issues an EMS message when it has successfully completed c Restart your applications gt TMFCOM START TMF gt RUN STARTSC HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 29 FastPath Tasks Optional Installing a Software Product Revision SPR HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 30 Safety and Compliance This sections contains three types of required safety and compliance statements Regulatory compliance Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE Safety Regulatory Compliance Statements The following regulatory compliance statements apply to the products documented by this manual FCC Compliance This
218. art system function to reload the processors you must first halt the processors and then reset them by selecting Reset from the Processor Actions menu on the Processor Status dialog box 4d Check and Reset System Time If Necessary Check the system time log on to TACL and reset the system time if the time is wrong gt SETTIME month day year time HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 39 FastPath Tasks Required 4 Configure System Attributes 4e Invoke STARTCOM and STARTSCF Startup Files 1 2 4f If necessary log on to a TACL prompt At the TACL prompt invoke the STARTCOM file gt OBEY SYSTEM ZSYSCONF STARTCOM The STARTCOM file Invokes the SYSTEM ZSYSCONF STARTSCF command file to configure standard NonStop TCP IP objects Starts NonStop TCP IP services using the LAN devices configured in the CONFIG file The STARTCOM and STARTSCF startup files configure objects that are not stored in the CONFIG file and therefore must be reconfigured by invoking their command files after a system load Reconfigure Processes That Use SNMP At a TACL prompt start SCF gt SCF List each process that uses SNMP gt LISTDEV SNMP Type the following commands for each process that uses SNMP gt ASSUME PROCESS process name gt INFO ENDPOINT gt STOP ENDPOINT endpoint name gt ALTER ENDPOINT endpoint name network tcpip
219. ary depending on the Ethernet switch VST069 vsd Procedure This procedure to construct a cascading Ethernet switch configuration assumes you have already constructed the operating configuration shown in Figure 10 2 on page 10 3 Switch 1 and Switch 2 are the Ethernet switches or hubs already installed in the operating configuration You are adding cascading switches or hubs 3 and 4 1 Unpack and install Switch 3 using the documentation that came with the switch or hub 2 Unpack and install Switch 4 using the documentation that came with the switch or hub 3 Set the MDI switch on Switches 2 and 3 to allow the cascade ports of Switches 2 and 3 to connect to another switch or hub as shown in Figure 10 9 To set the MDI switch see the documentation provided with the Ethernet switches or hubs The MDI switch on Switch 1 should already be set to allow the cascade port of Switch 1 to connect to another Switch HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 11 Configuring the System Add a System Console to the Cascading Ethernet Switches Figure 10 9 Connecting Cascading Ethernet Switches Medium Dependent Interface MDI Switch Settings for Ethernet Note The actual location of the cascade port varies Switches 1 2 and 3 among different types of Ethernet Switches MDI MDI X To Ethernet PCG witch Cascade Cascade Port Port Ethernet Switch 1 Ethernet Swit
220. ase ESD kits from HP using the part number given in the NTL Support and Service Library See Support and Service Library on page xxiv Make sure any ESD wriststrap has a built in series resistor and includes an antistatic table mat Before unpacking CRUs place the packing container on an antistatic table mat CRUs that require ESD protection are shipped in ESD protective bags When opening packing containers for these CRUs do not cut the ESD protective bag Before moving a CRU from an antistatic table mat attach the grounding clip from your ESD wriststrap to any exposed unpainted metal surface on the CRU frame Before you bring the CRU in contact with the system enclosure attach the grounding clip to any exposed unpainted metal surface on the enclosure frame When removing a CRU from an enclosure once you have pulled the CRU partway out of the slot attach the grounding clip from your ESD wriststrap to any exposed unpainted metal surface on the CRU frame Before setting a CRU on an antistatic table mat attach the grounding clip from your ESD wriststrap to the antistatic table mat Store CRUs that require ESD protection in ESD protective bags Install or upgrade only hardware components that are designated customer replaceable units CRUs and for which this guide includes installation procedures Before any installation procedure inspect the CRU Check connectors for bent or broken pins and look for any other obvious damage
221. ase file See 1d Save Current System Configuration on page F 3 3 Invoke the command file created in Step 1 For example gt SCF IN GPADD 4 Start the process HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 6 FastPath Tasks Optional 3 Automate System Startup 3 Automate System Startup Some system applications and subsystems are not configured to start automatically in the initial CONFIG file Startup command files can automate the starting of devices and processes on the system Automating system startup minimizes the possibility of operator errors caused by forgotten or incorrectly typed commands To automate system startup you can Modify Provided Startup Files or Create Startup Files Modify Provided Startup Files For a description of the startup files shipped with the server see Preloaded and Supported Hardware and Software on page 1 49 Consider modifying the RELOAD command in the CIIN file to reload only a minimal set of processors such as processor 1 This strategy allows you to test for successful startup of a minimal system environment before you bring up the remainder of the system Create Startup Files You can implement the system startup sequence with a collection of startup files each with a specific purpose Startup files can be created for System software Subsystems Communications lines Applications Tips for Startup Files Cop
222. ase2elh HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 20 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Spooler Shutdown File Spooler Shutdown File This example shows a TACL command file that drains the spooler This file can be invoked automatically from the STOPSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt OBEY SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN SPLDRAIN To maintain the integrity of the spooler environment HP recommends that you wait until the spooler has finished draining rather than stop any spooler processes by using the TACL STOP command comment This is SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN SPLDRAIN comment This file drains the spooler subsystem leaving all jobs intact SPOOLCOM SPLS SPOOLER DRAIN TMF Shutdown File This example shows a TMFCOM command file that stops the Transaction Management Facility TMF subsystem This file can be invoked automatically from the STOPSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt TMFCOM IN SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN TMFSTOP OUT S ZHOME To maintain the integrity of the TMF environment HP recommends that you wait until all transactions have finished rather than stop any TMF processes by using the TACL STOP command comment This is SYSTEM SHUTDOWN TMFSTOP comment This file stops any new transactions from being started comment allows any transactions in process to finish and then co
223. ath Guide 541880 001 1 44 Introduction Installation Overview The System Console This subsection describes the system console and introduces terms and concepts you must understand to install it Topic Page System Consoles 1 45 The OSM Product 1 46 Primary and Backup System Consoles 1 47 Primary and Backup System Consoles 1 47 Modems 1 48 Preloaded and Supported Hardware and Software 1 49 Software Connections 1 54 System Consoles A system console is an HP approved personal computer used to run maintenance and diagnostic software for NonStop S series servers New system consoles are preconfigured with the required HP and third party software When upgrading to the latest RVU software upgrades can be installed from the HP NonStop System Console Installer CD System consoles communicate with NonStop S series servers over a dedicated service local area network LAN or a secure operations LAN For more information about LAN connections see The Dedicated Service LAN on page 6 2 Using a system console you can Monitor operations on servers using the OSM or TSM package View manuals Run HP Tandem Advanced Command Language TACL sessions using terminal emulation software Install and manage system software using the Distributed Systems Management Software Configuration Manager DSM SCM Make remote requests to and receive responses from a server using remote operation software HP NonStop S Seri
224. aths are described as STOPPED contact your service provider STORAGE Status DISK NONAME SAUDIT LDev Primary Backup Mirror MirrorBackup 79 STARTED STARTED STARTED STARTED STORAGE Status DISK NONAME SDSMSCM LDev Primary Backup Mirror MirrorBackup 72 STARTED STARTED STARTED STARTED STORAGE Status DISK NONAME SSYSTEM LDev Primary Backup Mirror MirrorBackup 6 STARTED STARTED STARTED STARTED Primary PID 07273 Primary PID 0 280 Primary PID 04257 Backup PID L271 Backup PID 1 261 Backup PID 1 257 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 7 Performing Post Startup Tasks Test the Disk Drives Test the Disk Drives You should test disk drives whenever you install a new system replace a disk drive or add a disk drive 1 At the SCF prompt check the status of all disks on the system gt STATUS DISK In the display ensure that paths to all installed disk drives are available A path is available if the State column indicates STARTED If no disk drive is installed in a slot the Status column indicates INACTIVE the State column indicates STOPPED and the Substate column indicates HARDDOWN The following shows an example of a partial SCF STATUS DISK listing STORAGE Status DI
225. ation Professional operating system see the NonStop System Console Guide for Migrating to Microsoft Windows XP Professional Setup Configuration The setup configuration is a stand alone LAN used to configure Internet protocol IP addresses These IP addresses allow a system console to communicate with the master service processors MSPs in the server as shown in Figure 10 1 Actual connections vary depending upon the Ethernet switch or hub you use Figure 10 1 Setup Configuration NonStop S Series Server System Console Ethernet Switch Remote Service Provider VST992 vsd Procedure to Create the Setup Configuration On a new server all these tasks must be performed before you can expand to the operating configuration Task Instructions Page Install and cable the server Section 2 Installing Enclosures 2 1 Section 3 Cabling Enclosures 3 1 Install start and test the system Section 5 Installing Starting and Testing 5 1 console a System Console Install the Ethernet switch or hub Installing the Ethernet Switch or Hub 6 5 Connect the Ethernet switch or hub to Connect the Ethernet Switch or Hub tothe 6 5 the server Server Connect the system console to the Connect the System Console to the 6 6 Ethernet switch or hub Ethernet Switch or Hub Start the server Powering On the System 8 5 Configure the OSM or TSM Configuring the OSM or TSM Environment 9 16 environment HP NonSto
226. ation The file naming convention is to let xx indicate a major configuration change and yy indicate a minor change Autosaved CONFSAVE Contains a saved version of the current CONFIG file that the CONFIG operating system automatically creates when you load the system from a saved CONFIG file If you load the system from CONFBASE or a CONF xxyy file to abandon a corrupt configuration HP can analyze the corrupt configuration file to determine the reason for the corruption If the CONFSAVE file is not corrupt you can use it to reload the system if you first rename it to CONF xxyy See the TSM Configuration Guide or the OSM User s Guide for instructions on how to select a system configuration file during system load HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 6 Online Configuration Tasks Types of System Configuration Files This figure illustrates the differences among the types of system configuration files Figure 12 2 Differences Among System Configuration Files Initial CONFIG File CONFBASE Ee CONF0000 Base CONFIG SCF0000 File Initial CONFIG Normal System Load conic Current CONFIG Saved Configuration O Current CONFIG gt SCF SAVE Saved CONFIG Autosaved CONFIG Automatically Saved Configuration Current CONFIG System Load From Current CONFIG Another CONFIG File VST911 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 12 7 Online Configur
227. ation Tasks KMSF KMSF Kernel managed swap space manages virtual memory using swap files controlled by the operating system During a shortage of available physical memory pages of memory not currently in use are swapped or copied to disk These memory pages are swapped back or overwritten to physical memory when the code or data is needed When swapped to disk the data is stored in swap files Through the Kernel Managed Swap Facility KMSF the operating system opens one or more swap files for each processor and manages the files for all the processes needing them Proper configuration and management of kernel managed swap space is critical to system operation When you set up a new system you must configure KMSF swap files Using the guidelines provided in the Kernel Managed Swap Facility KMSF Manual you decide How much swap space you should configure Where to place swap files What guidelines to create for operations staff on monitoring and altering swap files Initial Configuration of KMSF Swap Files New systems are initially configured with these default KMSF swap files Attribute Value Location SYSTEM Number 1 swap file for each processor Name SYSTEM ZSYSSWAP SWAP nn where nn is the processor number Size 128 MB with at least 64 MB allocated Changing the Configuration of KMSF Swap Files Change the configuration of KMSF swap files if Your system is using default swap file configurations These configuration
228. avoid strain or injury always use two people to unload and move the tape subsystem A 5175 tape module on a pedestal can weigh up to 330 pounds 150 kilograms 5 Position the subsystem pedestal next to your system See the Floor Plan Diagram in the Installation Document Checklist You must position the pedestal Close enough to the system enclosure to allow the subsystem to be connected to the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU Cables range from 10 to 75 feet 3 to 23 m long Within 15 feet 4 6 m of the power receptacle for the subsystem You cannot use a power receptacle already dedicated to a system enclosure With a service and ventilation clearance of 24 inches 61 cm at the rear of the subsystem and 36 inches 92 cm at the front 6 Remove the shipping restraints from inside the 5175 module as shown in Figure 7 3 on page 7 5 a Grasp the hand hold at the top of the module back panel and pull the back panel down The panel is hinged at the bottom Remove the shipping restraint a metal plate using the instructions on the plate With a slotted screwdriver remove the four slide retaining screws The screws are located in an oval hole about two inches from the rear of the module Close the back panel pushing firmly at the top to seat the fasteners Grasp the sides of the module front panel and pull it off Remove the shipping restraint a metal plate using the instructions on the plate Replace the front panel Push firmly at
229. ayed b From the Actions list select Halt c Click Perform Action d Amessage appears asking if you want to halt the processor Click OK HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 D 29 Troubleshooting 8 Load System From Saved Configuration 8 Load System From Saved Configuration Skip this step if SYSGENR and system load are not required for the revision you are backing out to and were not required the last time you created a new revision 1 From the toolbar of the OSM or TSM Low Level Link click Start System 2 Inthe System Startup dialog box enter the necessary information a Enter the SYSnn you are backing out to b Select Saved Version of the system configuration and enter the appropriate value 3 Click Start system Two startup event stream windows and two startup TACL windows are displayed 4 Log off the OSM or TSM Low Level Link You are now back to your previous software configuration 9 Start Applications You can now start your applications including TMF HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 D 30 Troubleshooting System Consoles System Consoles Topic Page Connectivity Problems D 32 Keyboard Is Inoperative D 32 Mouse Is Inoperative D 33 Monitor Screen Is Blank D 34 System Unit Is Inoperative D 35 Software Configuration Problems D 36 Monitor Screen Is Frozen D 36 Software Corruption
230. bles multimode fiber MMF and single mode fiber SMF Figure 1 17 Fiber Optic Cable VST109 vsd Which cables you use depends on the fiber optic plug in cards F PICs installed in the ports to which the cables connect Do not interchange SMF and MMF cables even though their connectors are similar SMF cables operate correctly only with SMF PICs and MMF cables operate correctly only with MMF PICs MMF cables are often orange and SMF cables are often yellow You can distinguish the cables by the part numbers printed on them For most systems that use fiber optic cables MMF cables are recommended SMF cables are used primarily with the ServerNet Cluster product to connect MSEBs to ServerNet cluster switches For the ServerNet Cluster application you must install NNA PICs in connector 6 of each MSEB you plan to use Fiber optic cables allow enclosures to be placed further apart than ECL or serial copper cables HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 41 Introduction Installation Overview Fiber Optic Cables With LC SC Connectors For the ServerNet Cluster product and the IOAM enclosures LC SC fiber optic cables are used to connect to the MSEBs The duplex Lucent connectors LC are used to connect to the transceivers on a 6780 switch in the ServerNet cluster product and to the ServerNet switch boards in an IOAM enclosure Figure 1 18 shows a fiber optic cable terminated by an LC connector
231. bs are linked by a cable that enables the system consoles and server to be on the same subnet This cable connects the cascade port of one switch to an open port on the other switch HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 3 Configuring the System Create the Operating Configuration 1 If the backup system console is not unpacked see Unpacking and Assembling a System Console on page 5 2 2 Start and test the backup system console See Starting and Testing a System Console on page 5 8 3 Change the IP address and host name for the backup system console Because all system consoles are shipped with the same default IP address and computer name you must modify the IP address and host name for the backup system console so that they do not conflict with those of the primary system console a Select Start gt Settings gt Control Panel b Double click the Network icon The Network dialog box appears Click the Protocols tab d Inthe Network Protocols box double click TCP IP Protocol The Microsoft TCP IP Properties dialog box appears e Select Specify an IP address and enter IP Address 192 231 36 4 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway 192 231 36 9 f Click the DNS tab g Inthe Host Name field change the default name You can change it to anything that does not conflict with the host name used by another workstation already on the LAN For example if the default name is NONAME you
232. cable about 1 41 compatibilities 1 37 compatibility 1 38 distance 1 41 illustrated 1 41 illustration 1 41 IOMF 2 CRU 1 20 1 38 LC SC connectors 1 42 MMF 1 41 MSEB 1 38 port numbers 1 38 recommended 1 41 SMF 1 41 Fibre Channel disk module FCDM 1 14 Fibre channel ServerNet Adapter FCSA See FCSA Fibre Channel tape devices 7 1 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Index 5 Index Firmware intelligent SCSI processor D 14 ISP D 14 requirements 7 3 7 9 RVUs backing out D 26 RVUs new 11 2 SP 9 13 tape subsystem 7 3 7 9 updating 9 13 12 9 Function keys system console 5 12 G G4SA description 1 LEDs D 4 Gateway default IP address for 1 53 Generic processes 12 4 GESA 10 15 Getting Started document 2 5 Gigabit Ethernet 4 port ServerNet Adapter G4SA See G4SA Groundstraps about 1 23 14 connecting 1 8 2 13 2 15 B 14 B 25 E 10 illustration 2 13 open first box 2 5 E 4 quantity 2 5 tools he 6 Group ID 1 32 Groups a IOAM enclosure 1 28 numbering and labeling 1 31 system enclosures 1 26 Guided replacement procedures xxv Guided Replacement Toolkit xxiv G series systems running 12 3 2 5 33 H Halt code message D 11 D 13 Hexagonal wrench E 11 Home terminal using ZHOME 13 3 Hometerm See VHS HP Tandem Advanced Command Language TACL See TACL Identification labels 1 33 INFO D 18 INITIAL_COMINT_INFILE 13 6 INITIAL_COMMAND
233. cable channels on the service side Casters on the appearance side of the enclosure swivel but casters on the service side do not swivel If you position the swiveling appearance side casters to go first it is easier to move the enclosure stack over bumps in the floor A double high enclosure stack tends to be top heavy When moving the enclosure stack off the pallet and down the ramp do so carefully If you plan to stack single high system enclosures you need at least five trained people Anyone who lifts a system enclosure to stack it must be at least five feet tall and capable of lifting and holding approximately 25 pounds 11 kilograms HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 8 FastPath Tasks Required 3 Unpack and Unload Server 5 Roll the enclosure or stack off the pallet a Using at least two people grasp the frame of the stack and slowly roll the enclosure stack off the pallet down the ramp and to the installation area Figure E 3 Rolling the Stack to the Installation Area vst986 vsd 6 Move the enclosure stack to its final position Side frames can touch each other Figure E 4 Enclosure Stacks in Final Positions Group 02 Group 21 Group 01 Group 11 VST707 vsd 7 With a 3 4 inch 19 mm or a 9 16 inch 15 mm open end wrench lower each leg on the base enclosure and tighten it against the floor Figure E 5 Lowering Legs of Base Enclosure T
234. cable connector with the latch clip flanges attach the SCSI cable to the uncapped SCSI port and latch the clips c Route the cable following the instructions in the 5190 5194 Modular Tape Subsystem Manual 1 Attach the SCSI cable to the NonStop S series server See Attaching a SCSI Tape Drive to the NonStop S Series Server on page 7 15 2 Connect the AC power cord using instructions in the 5190 5194 Modular Tape Subsystem Manual 3 Push the AC power switch HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 7 11 Installing External System Devices Installing Other Tape Devices Installing Other Tape Devices Topic Subsystem Manuals page 1 of 3 4400 Automated Documentation is shipped with the tape library Contact cartridge your service provider system ACS tape library 5142 External 5142 xSE Rackmount Tape Subsystem User Guide digital audio Models 5142 and 5142ACL 4mm Tape Drive eae Subsystems User Guide available in hardcopy only 515x Digitallinear 5150 5157 Digital Linear Tape Subsystems Installation tape DLT and Users Guide Manual in the Third Party drives Documentation Directory 5157 5157ACL S Series Digital Linear Tape Subsystems Installation Users Guide 5158ACL S Series Digital Linear Tape Subsystem Installation Users Guide 9710 StorageTek Addendum for NonStop Servers 5159 Cartridge L700 CTL700 Installation and Operations Guide tape drivein located in the Hardware Service a
235. ce connection HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 1 52 Introduction Installation Overview Table 1 6 Preconfigured IP Addresses for a NonStop S Series Server continued Component IP Address Notes Primary system console MSPO Subnet Subnet mask Gateway 192 231 36 1 192 231 36 2 192 231 36 0 255 255 255 0 192 231 36 9 All system consoles provided by HP are preconfigured with IP address 192 231 36 1 Two system consoles on the same LAN cannot use the same IP address If the primary system console uses IP address 192 231 36 1 you must change the IP address on all other new system consoles before connecting them to the LAN The recommended IP address for a backup system console is 192 231 36 4 Access is through the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU in group 01 module 01 slot 50 This IP address allows you to establish a low level link MSP IP addresses communicate with the master service processors MSPs NonStop operating system IP addresses communicate with the operating system for the specified processor For more information about how these IP addresses are used see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide To provide security and to make NonStop S series equipment compatible with your existing LAN change these IP addresses before exiting the OSM or TSM Low Level Link To change the system console MSP and operating system acces
236. cessor have returned to their original states Compare with the example in Step 3 5 Use the BAD attribute of the SCF INFO DISK command to check each disk for bad sectors The following example checks for bad sectors on a disk named DATAOO gt INFO DISK SDATAOO BAD If you detect bad sectors use the SCF CONTROL DISK SPARE command to replace them For more information see the SCF Reference Manual for the Storage Subsystem A Caution Using the CONTROL DISK SPARE command can cause inconsistent data if processing is taking place when you issue the command It is recommended that you stop all processing on the volume before issuing the CONTROL DISK SPARE command especially when sparing bad sectors on a system disk while one half of the volume is down 6 If you must replace a disk drive see the NTL Support and Service Library Service Procedures gt NonStop S Series Hardware Servicing gt Replacing an Internal Disk Drive CRU Test the Communications Lines For information about testing communications lines see the manual specific to the appropriate communications line HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 10 Performing Post Startup Tasks Check Tape Subsystem Status Check Tape Subsystem Status OSM TSM and other utilities do not test tape libraries 1 Enter the SCF STATUS TAPE command for all tape volumes on the system gt STATUS TAPE Verify
237. ch 2 at __ AT S OOO Guesuguerg apIagagaD eee a Eth gt Eth thernet thernet Switch 3 EREEREER TreeTE Switch 4 Cascade Port VST070 vsd 4 Connect a three foot Ethernet cable provided with the switch or hub from the cascade port of Switch 2 to any port on Switch 4 except the cascade port 5 Connect a three foot Ethernet cable from the cascade port of Switch 3 to any unused port on Switch 1 Add a System Console to the Cascading Ethernet Switches See Add a System Console to the Operating Configuration on page 10 6 Add a Server to the Cascading Ethernet Switches See Add a Server to the Operating Configuration on page 10 8 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 12 Configuring the System Unattended Site Configuration Unattended Site Configuration An unattended site configuration consists of one or more system consoles at one site typically a centralized monitoring station and a stand alone dedicated network at a remote site that includes primary and backup system consoles Because it has no Onsite operator the remote site is referred to as an unattended site Figure 10 10 shows an example of an unattended site configuration Figure 10 10 Unattended Site Configuration Workstation at Central Site NonStop S Series Server Backup System Console Primary System Console Note Do not use this figure as a wiring diagram Actual connections vary d
238. cks 13 9 TMF warm start 13 12 X 25 lines 13 15 NCP network control process 14 33 ZEXP Expand manager 14 27 Status LEDS See LEDs Storage subsystem 12 4 Subnet default IP address for 1 53 Subsystem Control Facility SCF See SCF Subsystem managers 12 4 Support and Service Library xxiv Surge suppression 5 7 SUT 1 50 2 4 2 5 D 45 SWAN concentrator 13 12 14 28 F 9 Swap files 12 8 Switch See Ethernet Switch SWITCH command SCF 9 9 9 10 System configuration message F 25 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Index 12 Index System console assembling 5 6 5 7 backup 10 3 binder E 17 connecting a modem 5 7 connecting components 5 6 connecting to Ethernet switch 6 6 connecting to system 6 1 defined 1 47 documentation 5 2 5 6 6 6 function keys 5 12 installer CD D 38 D 46 IP address for 1 52 modem requirement 1 48 PC accessory box E 16 power source 5 6 powering on 5 8 8 3 preloaded hardware and software 1 49 primary E 16 primary and backup 1 47 1 52 shipping box 5 3 software connections 1 54 TACL window 13 6 testing 5 9 unpacking 5 4 use 5 10 System disk recovery D 11 System disk alternate See Alternate system disk System enclosure See Enclosure System Enclosure Arrangement Form 1 42 System Equipment Inventory Form 14 6 System Image Tape SIT see SIT System load 1 55 1 57 8 18 D 14 E 29 System name 11 3 E 38 System number 11 3 E 38 System organization 1 2
239. cles indicated on the Floor Plan Diagram If any piece of equipment has two power cords plug each power cord into an AC power outlet controlled by a different breaker Start with the highest numbered group enclosure Then work through the remaining enclosures in descending group number order from the highest group to group 01 The last group to be powered on is group 01 If the AC power cords have a twist lock plug on the end that connects to the AC receptacle the receptacles at your site must be equipped to accept the twist lock plugs If the dedicated AC receptacles are controlled by circuit breakers and currently do not have power switch the circuit breakers on to provide power to the system HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 8 Powering On and Starting the System Power On Procedure Using AC Power Cords 3 Monitor power on activity These symptoms indicate that the system is powered Fans on the appearance side of an enclosure start turning and air begins to circulate through the enclosure Place your hand near the exhaust grill which is located above slots 51 through 54 on the service side to feel for air circulation If the fans do not start turning a few seconds after you power on the system check that the AC power cords and power on cables are properly connected A Caution If the green power on light emitting diodes LEDs on the various CRUs are lit but the fans are not tur
240. closure One Processor Enclosure No I O Enclosures Systems consisting of one processor enclosure two processors with no I O enclosures do not require ServerNet cables because the processors communicate through the backplane One Processor Enclosure One I O Enclosure Table B 5 Tetra 8 Cabling One Processor Enclosure One I O Enclosure Group Slot Connects to Group Slot Port 11 I O 50 01 51 ServerNet 5 11 I O 55 01 52 ServerNet 5 One Processor Enclosure Two I O Enclosures Table B 6 Tetra 8 Cabling One Processor Enclosure Two I O Enclosures Group Slot Connects to Group Slot Port 11 I O 50 01 51 ServerNet 5 11 I O 55 01 52 ServerNet 5 12 I O 50 01 51 ServerNet 4 12 I O 55 01 52 ServerNet 4 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 B 15 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 8 Systems With Two Processor Enclosures Tetra 8 Systems With Two Processor Enclosures Two Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures Table B 7 Tetra 8 Cabling Two Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures Group Slot Port Connects to Group Slot Port 01 51 ServerNet 1 02 51 ServerNet 1 01 52 ServerNet 1 02 52 ServerNet 1 Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure Table B 8 Tetra 8 Cabling Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure Group Slot Port Connects to Group Slot Port 01 51 ServerNet 1 02 51 ServerNet 1 01 52 ServerNet 1 02 52 ServerNet 1 11 I O 50 01 51 ServerNet 5 11 I O 55
241. closures Three I O Enclosures C 8 Figure C 14 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures C 8 Figure C 15 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure C 8 Figure C 16 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures C 8 Figure C 17 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures C 9 Figure C 18 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures Four I O Enclosures C 9 Figure E 1 Packaging of Enclosure Stack E 6 Figure E 2 Velcro Strips on Loading Pallet E 8 Figure E 3 Rolling the Stack to the Installation Area E 9 Figure E 4 Enclosure Stacks in Final Positions E 9 Figure E 5 Lowering Legs of Base Enclosure E 9 Figure E 6 Groundstrap Connector Locations E 10 Figure E 7 Power On Cable Connectors E 11 Figure E 8 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure E 11 Figure E 9 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure One I O Enclosure E 11 Figure E 10 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure Two I O Enclosures E 12 Figure E 11 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures E 12 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 xvi Contents Figures continued Figures continued Figure E 12 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure E 12 Figure E 13 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures E 12 Figu
242. commands in the startup file sequence Some processes require that other processes be stopped before they can be stopped Shut down your system by invoking the shutdown files in this order Shutdown files for the applications Shutdown files for the communications lines Shutdown files for the subsystems Shutdown files for the system software Shutdown file for the system Cre O Tips for Shutdown Files It is recommended that you specify N for the read access portion of the file security attribute RWEP for your shutdown files to allow the file to be read by any user on the network For example you might secure these files NCCC HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 8 FastPath Tasks Optional 5 Configure a SWAN or SWAN 2 Concentrator 5 Configure a SWAN or SWAN 2 Concentrator The ServerNet wide area network SWAN concentrator and the SWAN 2 concentrator are communications devices that connect to a NonStop S series server through dual Ethernet ports and provide WAN connections They support both synchronous and asynchronous data using EIA 232 ElIA 449 V 35 and X 21 electrical and physical interfaces The SWAN concentrator or SWAN 2 concentrator connects to your NonStop S series server through Ethernet ports on one or two Ethernet 4 ServerNet adapters E4SAs To configure a SWAN concentrator or SWAN 2 concentrator you can use the WAN Wizard Pro configuration tool a graphical us
243. ction You must stop the system to use this method Dump the processor to disk See Dumping Processor Memory to Disk Online on page D 16 This method can be used on a running system Then use the BACKUP utility to copy the dump from disk to tape For information about the BACKUP utility see the Guardian Disk and Tape Utilities Reference Manual Procedure For Dumping Processor Memory to Tape 1 Mount a tape that is not write protected for open reel tapes make sure the write enable ring is present on a tape drive Position the tape at the load point and put the drive online A Caution Ensure the tape is at the load point If a load from tape is attempted but the tape is not at the load point the operation fails with no indication of the cause of failure 2 Log onto the OSM or TSM Low Level Link 3 From the toolbar click Processor Status 4 Record the status message for the processor to be dumped so that you have complete information about the halt when you notify your system manager or service provider after completing these steps 5 Check to see whether any processors are still running have a state of Executing NonStop OS 6 Halt any running processors In the Processor Status dialog box a Select the processors to be halted b Inthe Processor Actions field scroll to Halt c Click Perform action HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 20 Troubleshooting Dum
244. ctly as shown Items not enclosed in brackets are required For example MAXATTACH lowercase italic letters Lowercase italic letters indicate variable items that you supply Items not enclosed in brackets are required For example file name computer type Computer type letters within text indicate C and Open System Services OSS keywords and reserved words enter these items exactly as shown Items not enclosed in brackets are required For example myfile c italic computer type Italic computer type letters within text indicate C and Open System Services OSS variable items that you supply Items not enclosed in brackets are required For example pathname Punctuation Parentheses commas semicolons and other symbols not previously described must be entered as shown For example error NEXTFILENAME file name LISTOPENS SU Sprocess name Su name Quotation marks around a symbol such as a bracket or brace indicate the symbol is a required character that you must enter as shown For example repetition constant list Item Spacing Spaces shown between items are required unless one of the items is a punctuation symbol such as a parenthesis or a comma For example CALL STEPMOM process id HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 XXVi About This Guide Notation for Messages If there is no space between two items spaces are not permitted In
245. d MSEB or ServerNet Adapter depending on topology th and number of enclosures Power tT g 53 54 SEB MSEB or ServerNet Interlock jim Adapter im i 56 Emergency Power Off EPO Connector Oo 56 Group ID Label ia Group Module ID Label Service LED VST623 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 19 Installing Enclosures Slot Assignments for NonStop S Series Enclosures Figure 2 16 Service Side I O Enclosure Without Power Shelf Connects to Connects to X Fabric Y Fabric Slot Component 50 55 I O Multifunction IOMF CRU 51 52 ServerNet Adapter 53 54 56 Emergency Power Off EPO Connector Group ID Label Group Service Module ID Label LED VST970 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 20 Installing Enclosures Slot Assignments for NonStop S Series Enclosures Figure 2 17 Service Side I O Enclosure With Power Shelf Cable Routing Channels Connects to X Fabric Connects to Y Fabric Slot Component 50 55 I O Multifunction IOMF CRU 51 52 ServerNet Adapter 53 54 56 Emergency Power Off EPO Connector Power Interlock DC Power Cable 2 places Cable Support 1 of 2 Cable Guidepost 1 of 2 VST972 vsd 1 Open the appearance side enclosure door with a 4 mm 5 32 inch diagonal wrench as in Figure 2 18 if necessary The wrench is provided in the OPEN FIRST container or taped to th
246. d NonStop TCP IP process becomes available The Detailed Info field displays the last error message returned to the Expand over IP line handler process This field provides more information about the current detailed state Each possible entry in this field corresponds to an Event Management Service EMS event generated by the Expand subsystem HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 24 Troubleshooting Recovery Actions for the WAIT State For cause effect and recovery information for the events generated by the Expand subsystem see the Operator Messages Manual Detailed Info Event Number Internal error nnn Info 9Hxxx Loc yyy 8 Shared Memory error nnn Info Hxxx Loc yyy 9 Unexpected QIO event Info Hxxx Loc yyy 10 TCP error nnn Info Hxxx Loc yyy 11 Response error nnn nnn Info Hxxx Loc yyy 12 Ownership error 13 Associate TCP process unavailable 14 Shared memory system unavailable 15 Connect retries exhausted 16 Timeout waiting for assoc TCP process Info Hxxx Loc yyy 17 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 25 Troubleshooting Backing Out a Software Revision Backing Out a Software Revision If you encounter problems you can back out from the current software revision to a previous revision For example if you install an SPR that causes system problems you can use the following procedure to return to the previous revision DSM SCM
247. d and Install New Hardware screen appears 37 Double click Phone and Modem The Phone and Modem screen appears 38 Select Don t detect new hardware Click Next A list of manufacturers and models appears 39 Find your modem manufacturer should be Multitech and model If MT5634ZBA is not in the list click Have disk The Install From Disk screen appears 40 Enter C Multitech or browse to find your driver on the Installer CD The Install From Disk screen continues to be displayed 41 Select 56ZBA V Select Open The Install screen appears 42 Select Install from disk Click OK The Install New Modem screen appears 43 Select Multitech Systems MT5634ZBA Click Next The Select the Port screen appears 44 Select Selected Ports Select Com1 Click Next The Modem Installation is Finished screen appears 45 Click Finish The Phone and Modem screen appears 46 Click OK You return to the Control Panel 47 Double click the Network and Dialup Connections icon The Dialup and Networks Screen appears on the Network Connection Wizard 48 Click the Make New Connection icon The Network Connection Type appears 49 Select Next Options appear 50 Select Accept incoming connections The Devices for Incoming Connection screen appears 51 Select Multitech MT5634ZBA Click Next The Incoming Virtual Private Connection sc
248. d by ZPM For example when the system is started the WAN subsystem manager automatically starts all WAN I O processes IOPs that were started before the system was shut down However communications lines and paths must be started manually by the operator To make important system processes like the Expand manager process or the Subsystem Control Point SCP process start automatically at system load and be persistent that is restart automatically if stopped abnormally you should create them as generic processes in the system configuration database See Section 12 Online Configuration Tasks For more information about persistence and the ZPM persistence manager see the SCF Reference Manual for G Series RVUs HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 9 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Startup File Examples Startup File Examples You can implement the system startup sequence with a collection of startup files each with a specific purpose HP recommends that you invoke the startup files in this order 1 Startup file for the system to be invoked after the CIIN file is invoked 2 Startup files for the system software 3 Startup files for the subsystems 4 Startup files for the communications lines 5 Startup files for the applications See the NonStop S Series Operations Guide for detailed instructions on the startup procedure For information about automating disk processes upon
249. d manager process Kernel ZZKRN the Kernel subsystem manager process PAM ZZPAM the Port Access Method PAM manager process QIO ZMnn the Query I O QIO monitor process in processor nn ServerNet FX ZZFOX the FOX monitor process adapter SLSA ZZLAN the ServerNet LAN Systems Access SLSA subsystem manager process Storage ZZSTO the storage subsystem manager process WAN ZZWAN the wide area network WAN subsystem manager process Generic Processes Generic processes can be created by the operating system or by a user Examples of generic processes created by a user are an HP program a third party program or a user written program that you configure to be controlled by the operating system When the system is started all generic processes that are configured to be persistent are started automatically by the ZPM persistence manager or by the subsystem manager which is started by ZPM See the SCF Reference Manual for the Kernel Subsystem for more information about generic processes HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 4 Online Configuration Tasks Making Important Processes Persistent Making Important Processes Persistent You can make important system processes such as the Expand manager process or the Subsystem Control Point SCP process start automatically at system load and be persistent that is restart automatically if stopped abnormally by creating them as generic
250. dd the ADD LIF L018 PIF E0153 0 A ADD LIF L019 PIF E0153 0 B ADD LIF LOIA PIF E0153 1 A ADD LIF LO1B PIF E0153 1 B Start the LIFs on the adapter STAR IF L018 STAR IF L019 STAR IF LOIA STAR IF LO1B Add ADD ADAPTER E0154 TYPE E4SA Start START ADAPTER E0154 SUB ALL Add the LIFs associated with the PIFs ADD LIF LOI1C PIF E0154 0 A ADD LIF LO1D PIF E0154 0 B ADD LIF LO1E PIF E0154 1 A ADD LIF LO1F PIF E0154 1 B Start the LIFs on the adapter STAR IF LOIC STAR IF LO1D STAR IF LOE STAR IF LOE ADD ADAPTER E0253 TYPE E4SA Start START ADAPTER LOCATION 2 1 53 ACC E0253 SUB ALL the adapter and the SACs and PIFs subordina guration ESSLIST 0 1 te to it ESSLIST 1 0 te to it ESSLIST 2 3 te to it HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 23 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Adding ConMgr Process Add the LIFs associated with the PIFs ADD ADD ADD IF 1028 IF 1029 IF 102A IF 10O2B AR IF L02 AR IF L02 A ADD ADAPTER E0254 PIF PIF PIF PIF tart the LIFs 8 9 IF LO2A AR IF LO2B dd tar START ADAPTER A ADD ADD dd IF IE 102C 02D PIF PIF E0253 0 A E0253 0 B E0253 1 A E0253 1 B
251. der should refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide which is located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library Table 1 6 Preconfigured IP Addresses for a NonStop S Series Server Component IP Address Notes Primary system console 192 231 36 1 All system consoles provided by HP are preconfigured with IP address 192 231 36 1 Two system consoles on the same LAN cannot use the same IP address Ifthe primary system console uses IP address 192 231 36 1 you must change the IP address on all other new system consoles before connecting them to the LAN The recommended IP address for a backup system console is 192 231 36 4 MSPO 192 231 36 2 Access is through the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU in group 01 module 01 slot 50 This IP address allows you to establish a low level link MSP1 192 231 36 3 Accessed through the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU in group 01 module 01 slot 55 This IP address allows you to establish a low level link NonStop operating system 192 231 36 10 Access is through the Ethernet port on access using ZTCPO the PMF CRU in group 01 module 01 slot 50 This IP address allows you to establish a service connection NonStop operating system 192 231 36 11 Access is through the Ethernet port on access using ZTCP1 the PMF CRU in group 01 module 01 slot 55 This IP address allows you to establish a servi
252. drive module using the unloading ramp included with the unit Move the tape drive module into place Lower the legs on the pedestal using a 15 16 inch 24 mm wrench Install the pedestal top panel and red corner caps NOO o gi oe oo ON Open the back panel of the 5175 tape drive Note Ensure the tape drive CRU AC power switch is in the OFF 0 position 8 Find the copper SCSI cable for the tape drive 9 Connect the SCSI cable to the uncapped SCSI port at the rear of the tape drive Latch the clips HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 19 FastPath Tasks Required 15 Install Tape Drive 10 Depending on the model of your PMF CRU attach the other end of the SCSI cable either to the SCSI terminator covering the SCSI port on the PMF CRU as shown or to the SCSI port itself 7000 S7400 S70000 and S72000 PMF CRUs have an external SCSI terminator All other PMF CRUs contain an internal terminator so you can attach the SCSI cable to the SCSI port directly A Caution On a S7000 S7400 S70000 or S72000 PMF CRU do not remove the external SCSI passthrough terminator from the differential SCSI port Figure E 16 Attaching SCSI Cable to PMF CRU PMF CRU Differential SCSI Port Ch LY ol O SCSI Passthrough Terminator Cable from the tape subsystem VST016 vsd 11 Connect the AC power cord for the tape subsystem 12 Reinstall and close the bac
253. dware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library Growing numbers of storage communications and network options are available for NonStop S series servers This section mentions some devices briefly such as ServerNet wide area network SWAN concentrators For detailed installation information about products not covered in this guide see the manuals for those products Several different adapters are supported For instructions on installing adapters see the manual for that adapter For supported adapters see the Part Numbers topic of the Service Information section of the NTL Support and Service Library Installing Tape Drives Install a tape drive only after you install the system enclosures connect the ServerNet cables and connect the primary system console to the system However it is recommended that you connect the tape drive before you start the system With a tape drive connected to a server you can use the BACKUP and RESTORE utilities to save data to and restore data from tape With a tape drive connected to the PMF CRU in the group 01 enclosure you can dump processor memory to tape to diagnose a processor halt To install a tape drive see Installing a5175 Open Reel Tape Subsystem on page 7 2 Installing a 519x Cartridge Tape Subsystem on page 7 8 Installing Other Tape Devices on page 7 12 e Installing Fibre Channel Tape Devices Using an IOAM Enclosure on page 7 15
254. e to use the keyboard and mouse normally HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 36 Troubleshooting Software Corruption and Hard Disk Problems Software Corruption and Hard Disk Problems The software on the system console might exhibit various symptoms indicating that software has been destructively altered in some way Software corruption can manifest itself in many ways from simple data errors and functional quirks to application failures system failures and workstation inoperability Software corruption and hard disk problems can seriously affect and even prevent the operation of the system console Fortunately almost all of these types of problems can be easily corrected using the tools provided with the system console Only the most severe conditions such as hard disk failures require outside assistance Always start investigating a problem with the simple and easily correctable such as improper use or connectivity and software configuration problems before you investigate software corruption and equipment failures Application Fails Immediately When Started Table D 7 Application Fails Immediately When Started Symptom Recovery Clicking an application icon 1 Record the error message for further reference produces an error message 2 Try again to start the application If the failure occurs indicating that the application is again record the error message accompanyi
255. e 541880 001 14 13 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Group 01 Slot 54 E4SA Configuration Form Case Study Group 01 Slot 54 E4SA Configuration Form E4SA Configuration Form SAC 1 ENET 1B IP Address System Name Casel Date 07 21 96_ Group 21 Module Q1 Slot 54 192 231 36 093 Adapter Name _E0154 __ SAC Name PIF Name SAC 1 ENET 1A E0154 1 E0154 1 B SAC Access List 0 LIF Name _ LOIF _ IP Address 192 231 36 092 Adapter Name _E0154 ___ SAC Name PIF Name SACO ENET OB E0154 1 E0154 1 A SAC Access List 1 0 LIF Name LOE IP Address 192 168 2 091 Adapter Name 0154 _ _ SAC Name PIF Name SACO ENET 0A E0154 0 E0154 0 B SAC Access List 1 0 LIF Name L01D__ IP Address _192 168 2 090 Adapter Name _E0154 SAC Name PIF Name E0154 0 E0154 0 A SAC Access List 1 0 LIF Name Loic _ VST320 vsd VST235 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 14 14 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Group 02 System Enclosure Checklist Case Study Group 02 System Enclosure Checklist System Enclosure Checklist System Name _ Case1 Date OZ 21 96 Group Number__92 _ _ Shaded areas indicate nonconfigurable components Module Number_01 Appearance Side d 60VLVa d OlWLVa d LLYLYA 8097 W LLYLYO o 8097 J
256. e 541880 001 4 4 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console This section describes how to unpack assemble start and test a system console Topic Page Unpacking and Assembling a System Console 5 2 Installation Quick Reference 5 2 Finding the Quick Setup Reference Card 5 2 Unpacking the System Console 5 2 Assembling the System Console 5 6 Starting and Testing a System Console 5 8 Powering On a System Console 5 8 Verifying Readiness 5 9 Final Setup Steps 5 9 Operational Considerations for OSM and TSM 5 10 Connecting Multiple System Consoles 5 11 System Console Function Keys 5 12 System Console Function Keys 5 12 To install a new system with multiple system consoles begin with the setup configuration described in Connecting Multiple System Consoles on page 5 11 and Setup Configuration on page 10 2 After the system console has been started and tested and initial OSM or TSM configuration has been performed you can connect and configure a backup system console Your new system console is shipped with the Microsoft Windows XP Professional operating system already installed To migrate an existing system console from the Windows 2000 Professional operating system to the Windows XP Professional operating system see the NonStop System Console Guide for Migrating to Microsoft Windows XP Professional HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 5 1
257. e Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide which is located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library Topic Page Setup Configuration 10 2 Procedure to Create the Setup Configuration 10 2 Operating Configuration 10 3 Create the Operating Configuration 10 3 Add a System Console to the Operating Configuration 10 6 Add a Server to the Operating Configuration 10 8 Create a Cascading Ethernet Switch Configuration 10 10 Add a System Console to the Cascading Ethernet Switches 10 12 Add a Server to the Cascading Ethernet Switches 10 12 Unattended Site Configuration 10 13 Create the Unattended Site Configuration 10 13 Add a Server to an Unattended Site Configuration 10 14 Secure Operations LAN Configuration 10 15 Construct a Secure Operations LAN Configuration 10 15 This section assumes that you have used the preceding sections of this guide to connect the primary system console and server in a setup configuration Use the configurations in this section for installing and operating system consoles Your new system console is shipped with the Microsoft Windows XP Professional operating system already installed To migrate an existing system console from the Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional operating system to the Microsoft Windows XP HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 1 Configuring the System Setup Configur
258. e double click the group 1 enclosure GRP 1 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 4 Performing Post Startup Tasks Check System Enclosure Components 6 In the view pane verify that no components in the enclosure appear with a red or yellow icon Ifthe iconisa It affects the And means that Red triangle Component Service is required The component is not Red arrow Subcomponent functioning For example a processor is down Select Alarms from the Summary menu See the Alarm Summary dialog box for details Click the Attributes tab in the details pane See the Service State attribute if it is present for details The Service State attribute is visible in OSM only if the value is something other than OK Contact your service provider Yellow triangle Component Intervention is required The component is Yellow arrow Subcomponent functioning but needs attention For example an operator might have brought down a disk drive 7 Compare the tree pane or the Inventory view to the view pane to verify that the components displayed in the view pane match the components that were ordered 8 For the PMF CRU in slot 50 of the group 01 enclosure a In the view pane click the PMF CRU Click the Attributes tab Attributes for this PMF CRU appear in the details pane In the details pane verify that the Power State attribute has a value of On in OSM or OK in TSM If the Power Stat
259. e D 5 System Unit Is Inoperative D 35 Table D 6 Monitor Screen Is Frozen D 36 Table D 7 Application Fails Immediately When Started D 37 Table D 8 Install Windows XP Professional Operating System D 39 Table D 9 Set Up Date and Time D 43 Table D 10 Set Event Log Settings D 44 Table D 11 Install Internet Explorer D 46 Table E 1 ServerNet Cables for One Processor Enclosure One I O Enclosure E 14 Table E 2 ServerNet Cables for Two Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures E 14 Table E 3 ServerNet Cables for Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure E 14 Table E 4 ServerNet Cables for Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures E 15 Table F 1 SCF ADD DEVICE Command Worksheet F 18 Table F 2 COUP Worksheet F 20 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 xviii What s New in This Guide Manual Information Abstract This guide is written for anyone qualified to install an HP NonStop S series server This guide describes how to install and start a NonStop S series server for the first time It includes information about installing server hardware cabling system enclosures installing and starting NonStop system consoles installing external system devices starting the server and configuring the server after startup This guide also provides overview information about the I O adapter module lIOAM enclosure A quick reference to installing and configuring a two processor or four processo
260. e OSM Notification Director runs as a Windows service so it does not need a user to be logged on in order to receive and dial out incident reports If you did not choose the option for the Notification Director to run automatically as a service during OSM installation you can change the configuration without reinstalling OSM See the OSM Notification Director online help If your system uses TSM reinstall TSM Configure the workstation for automatic logon at the unattended site Add a Server to an Unattended Site Configuration See Add a Server to the Operating Configuration on page 10 8 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 14 Configuring the System Secure Operations LAN Configuration Secure Operations LAN Configuration A secure operations LAN Connects servers to system consoles using Ethernet ports Can include many clients servers routers and bridges Provides extra flexibility in locating system consoles Allows system consoles outside the dedicated service LAN to access the server Is used only by the OSM Service Connection the TSM Service Application and the OSM or TSM Event Viewer A Caution System consoles that act as a primary or backup system console must connect to a dedicated service LAN See Section 6 Connecting a System Console Construct a Secure Operations LAN Configuration You can connect system consoles to a secure operations LAN if the following condi
261. e Processor Enclosure One I O Enclosure B 15 Table B 6 Tetra 8 Cabling One Processor Enclosure Two I O Enclosures B 15 Table B 7 Tetra 8 Cabling Two Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures B 16 Table B 8 Tetra 8 Cabling Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure B 16 Table B 9 Tetra 8 Cabling Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures B 16 Table B 10 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures B 17 Table B 11 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure B 17 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 xvii Contents Tables continued Tables continued Table B 12 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Enclosures Two O Enclosures B 18 Table B 13 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures B 18 Table B 14 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures B 21 Table B 15 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure B 21 Table B 16 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures B 22 Table B 17 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures B 22 Table B 18 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures Four I O Enclosures B 23 Table D 1 Troubleshooting the Expand Connection Procedure D 22 Table D 2 Keyboard Is Inoperative D 32 Table D 3 Mouse Is Inoperative D 33 Table D 4 Monitor Screen Is Blank D 34 Tabl
262. e SCF STATS LINE and SCF INFO LINE commands on D 24 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 22 Troubleshooting Expand Over IP Connections Table D 1 Troubleshooting the Expand Connection Procedure page 2 of 2 Detailed State PASSIVE QUERY SOCKET WAIT WAIT Cause and Effect If the Expand over IP line handler process is configured to issue passive connect requests this state indicates that the line handler process is waiting for the remote Expand over IP line handler process to initiate a connection If the Expand over IP line handler process is configured to issue active connect requests this state indicates that the reconnect limit has been reached and that the line handler process has been configured to subsequently issue passive connect requests A connection has been established with the remote Expand over IP line handler process but no data has been received within the inactivity interval The Expand over IP line handler process is sending Probe messages to the remote Expand over IP line handler process to verify that it is operational The Expand over IP line handler process is waiting for a User Datagram Protocol UDP socket to be created This state is normal while the line is coming up If the line remains in this state an internal error might have occurred The Expand over IP line handler process is waiting for another process or subsystem Th
263. e Study Group 01 System Enclosure Checklist System Name S 2s 1 Group Number 01 System Enclosure Checklist Module Number 01 Shaded areas indicate nonconfigurable Date 07 21 96 components Appearance Side o 8097 amp W zovLva 8097 WOsSWsa N Service Side JOSS J0ld 0 J0SS8901d eSl0O4 Ysta vSl0Ol WS VST303 vsd VST203 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 10 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Case Study Group 01 Slot 50 PMF CRU Configuration Form Case Study Group 01 Slot 50 PMF CRU Configuration Form PMF CRU Configuration Form Shaded areas indicate nonconfigurable components SERIAL ETHERNET MODEM AC Power AUX DC Power POWER ON CABLE System Name ___ Casel Date _07 _21_ 96 Group _O1 Module 01 Slot__5 SCSI Port Product Number 5794 SCF Name STAPEO SCSI Cable PN 131369 Ethernet Port IP Address Initially 192 231 36 10 Get new address from LAN department Adapter Name ZZLAN MIOEO SAC Name ZZLAN MIOEO 0 SAC Access List Oya PIF Name ZZLAN MIOEO 0 A LIF Name ZZLAN LANX VST 304 vsd VST 207 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 14 11 Case Study Group 01 Slot 55 PMF CRU Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Configuration Form Case Study Group 01 Slot 55 PMF CRU Configuration Form System
264. e attribute is not On or OK the PMF CRU either is powered off or contains a fault If it contains a fault contact your service provider Select Processor 0 In the Attributes tab verify that the Halt Code attribute has a value of 0 and that the Halt Flag has a value of False in OSM or 0 in TSM If the Halt Code or Halt Flag attributes do not match these values see the Processor Halt Codes Manual Also in the Attributes tab verify that the Total Memory Size attribute in MB matches the amount of processor memory ordered Select the Power Supply In the Attributes tab if the Service State attribute is visible verify that it has a value of OK The Service State attribute is visible in OSM only if the value is something other than OK 9 Repeat Step 8 for the PMF CRU in slot 55 of group 01 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 5 Performing Post Startup Tasks Check Critical System Processes 10 11 12 In the view pane click the following enclosure components Verify that the Power State attribute for each component has a value of On in OSM or OK in TSM ServerNet expansion boards SEBs Modular ServerNet expansion boards MSEBs ServerNet adapters Disk drives Fans Power monitor and control units PMCUs After you click a component it might take a few seconds for the Power State attribute to appear in the details pane Note IOAM and disk drive enclosures are pow
265. e configured and started HP Tandem LAN Access Method TLAM e alo An Ethernet controller is installed configured and started The system name and system number are defined The following processes are configured and started ANonStop TCP IP process and associated routes and subnets The Expand network control process NCP The server is running the D40 product version of the Expand subsystem A dummy controller is configured and has available unit numbers HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 11 FastPath Tasks Optional 1 On the NonStop S Series Server 1 On the NonStop S Series Server 1a Save the Current Configuration At the SCF prompt gt SAVE CONFIGURATION xx yy where xx yy is a number in the range 0 0 through 99 99 A display appears in the terminal emulation window as shown in the following example In this example the operator saves the fourth minor change to a current system configuration to the file SYSTEM ZSYSCONF CONF0104 gt SAVE CONFIGURATION 1 4 The configuration file SSYSTEM ZSYSCONF CONF0104 has been created 1b Configure ZEXP Note Do not log off or exit SCF on the NonStop S series server after finishing this task The remaining tasks in this section that you must perform on the NonStop S series server require the use of SCF commands and super ID privileges 1 Log on to the NonStop S series ser
266. e line remains started but it is not ready for data transfer Recovery This state is normal No recovery action is required If the line remains in this state the remote destination Expand over IP line handler process is down or there is a network problem If the line remains in this state contact your service provider See the Detailed Info field of the SCF STATUS LINE display for more specific error information Recovering from these types of problems is described further on D 24 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 Troubleshooting Recovery Actions for the CONNECTING State Recovery Actions for the CONNECTING State If the SCF STATUS LINE DETAIL command displays CONNECTING in the Detailed State field use the SCF STATS LINE command to obtain further information If the line is configured to issue active connect requests determine whether Connect Command frames Conn Cmd column are being sent Send row If the line is configured to issue passive connect requests determine whether Connect Command frames Conn Cmd column are being received Revd row If no Connect Command frames are being sent or received the destination line handler process might not be operational or there might be a network problem If the Invalid Frames Revd counter is greater than 0 frames are being corrupted Contact your service provider If the Invalid IP Addr Revd counter is greater th
267. e new features corrected problems remaining known problems and other product information 2 Create a new software revision by designating the specific products in the DSM SCM archive that will be installed on the target system To create a new revision a Open the current revision of the software b Modify the current revision by copying new product versions or SPRs from various software inputs in the DSM SCM archive HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 23 FastPath Tasks Optional 3 Build and Apply New Configuration Revision A new configuration revision is the package that DSM SCM builds to transfer the products designated in a software revision from the DSM SCM archive to the target system After the configuration revision is built and transferred to the target system it is applied to the target system which places the product files on the system so they are ready for activation Often the Build and Apply requests can be executed together in a few steps 1 4 Perform a Build in which you merge the distribution files into executable or usable formats If necessary include a new operating system image produced by SYSGEN Transfer the files to the target system If the host and target are connected through a network this transfer can occur automatically Perform an Apply which places the merged files in target subvolumes TSVs on the target systems Activate New Soft
268. e power cords and supplies in the system for fault tolerance HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 2 Powering On and Starting the System Powering On External System Devices 7 Configure the server components of the OSM or TSM software package To configure and start OSM server processes see the OSM Migration Guide 8 With the OSM or TSM Low Level Link verify that the topology for the system has been set correctly and that system components display the correct attributes 9 Start the system which includes loading the NonStop operating system into the memory of each processor in the server and then reloading the processors Powering On External System Devices Before you power on any system enclosures power on the external system devices and any other devices you want started when the system starts External system devices include system consoles modems and tape subsystems Powering On the Primary System Console and Modem To power on the primary system console and modem see Powering On a System Console on page 5 8 Powering On the Tape Subsystem Choose one of these procedures to power on your tape subsystem Procedure Page Powering On a 5175 Tape Subsystem 8 3 Powering On a 519x Tape Subsystem 8 4 Powering On a 5175 Tape Subsystem 1 Ensure the 5175 tape subsystem is installed correctly See Installing a 5175 Open Reel Tape Subsystem on page 7 2 2 Ensure that t
269. e service side of the enclosure If you ordered optional service side doors this guide assumes that you install them after you complete the enclosure cabling tasks in Section 3 Cabling Enclosures To install these doors now see Section 4 Installing Service Side Doors HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 21 Installing Enclosures Slot Assignments for NonStop S Series Enclosures Figure 2 18 Unlocking and Opening an Enclosure Door Turn counterclockwise Unlock the door 4 mm or 5 32 inch diagonal wrench Open the door System Enclosure Appearance Side VST553 vsd 2 Verify that all components you ordered are present in the system enclosure Ifthe system planner completed the Installation Document Checklist With the System Enclosure Checklist verify that each component ordered is present Ifthe system planner did not complete the Installation Document Checklist or if no other documentation is available Compare the order information with the contents of the enclosures 3 Report any missing or damaged items to your service provider HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 22 Installing Enclosures Inspect the Components Inspect the Components Vibration that occurs during shipping or when you move a system can sometimes dislodge enclosure components or loosen connections to the backplane Inspect these components and reseat
270. ed the following items are installed Internet Explorer Internet Explorer tools Security Desktop settings Install the OutsideView Terminal Emulator This copy of the OutsideView terminal emulator is licensed only for the system console and must not be installed on any other workstation For installation instructions see the NonStop System Console Installer Guide Install OSM or TSM Client Software For installation instructions see the NonStop System Console Installer Guide Install Carbon Copy Version 5 7 You must uninstall your existing Carbon Copy version before installing Carbon Copy Version 5 7 For installation instructions and instructions for removing your existing copy see the NonStop System Console Installer Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 46 Troubleshooting Restoring Software on the Hard Disk Configure the System Console for Remote Access To enable access to your system console during unattended periods configure Carbon Copy to load whenever the system console is restarted For configuration instructions see the NonStop System Console Installer Guide Carbon Copy Help topics under Carbon Copy s Help menu and ReadMe from the Start gt Programs gt Altiris Carbon Copy submenu Start the OSM or TSM Low Level Link and TSM Service Application or OSM Service Connection See the following documentation OSM User s Guide OSM Low Level Link on
271. ed above START DEVICE S zzwan Case2IP To enable data communications you must start the lines using the SCF command START LINE Case2IP or by invoking a startup file that contains this command HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 33 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Adding a Direct Connect Line Adding a Direct Connect Line This example contains an SCF command file that adds a direct connect line anda startup file This is SYSTI ADD PROFILE S zzwan pexpsswn ADD DEVICE Szzwan Case2elh IOPOBJECT Ssystem sys00 lhobj NEXTSYS 252 ADAP ER sOl EM STARTUP ADDLH FILE Ssystem sys00 pexpsswn CPU 0 ALTCPU 1 TYPE CLIP 1 LINE 0 Start the device configured above START DEVICE To enabl SZZWAN data communications Case2elh the command STAR contains this command RSIZE 12 amp 63 5 PROFILE pexpsswn amp PATH A you must start the lines using LINE Case2elh or by invoking a startup file that HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 34 Part Numbers For all part numbers see The Support and Service Library For the location of the Support and Service Library see Support and Service Library on page xxiv The NonStop S Series Planning and Configuratio
272. ed to comply with the construction and fire protection provisions of the following NFPA 75 Protection of Electronic Computer Data Processor Equipment Article 645 NFPA 70 National Electric Code Outside the United States an EPO disconnect is usually not required unless specified by local authorities Tape drive Used for processor memory dumps HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 22 FastPath Tasks Required 2 Power On External System Devices 2 Power On External System Devices 1 If necessary power on the system consoles a System unit b Display monitor c Modem 2 Power on the tape drive To power on a 5175 tape drive a Make sure the AC power cord is plugged into a dedicated power receptacle On the lower left side of the front panel of the tape drive make sure the standby push button switch is in the out OFF position Open the back panel of the 5175 module At the rear of the tape drive CRU press the top part of the AC power switch on the rocker switch to apply power to the tape drive Close the back panel of the 5175 module On the lower left side of the front panel of the tape drive press the standby push button switch so that it is in the in ON position To power on a 519x tape drive a Make sure the AC power cord is plugged into a dedicated power receptacle Open the rear bezel door At the rear of the tape drive CR
273. ee TH VST017 vsd 8 Repeat the unpacking and unloading tasks for all remaining system enclosures HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 9 FastPath Tasks Required 4 Connect Groundstraps 4 Connect Groundstraps If the server consists of only one enclosure skip to 5 Inventory and Inspect All Components on page E 11 1 Find the groundstraps included with the system 2 Find the four groundstrap connectors on the service side of each enclosure Figure E 6 Groundstrap Connector Locations 3 Connect the groundstraps O 02 Groundstrap Connectors Groundstrap VST701 vsd O O 21 02 01 T O O 11 01 OOO O O male O O O 02 T O 11 01 O O C O O 7 t 11 01 O O C6 O O Two Enclosures Three Enclosures Four Enclosures VST709 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 10 FastPath Tasks Required 5 Inventory and Inspect All Components 5 Inventory and Inspect All Components 1 In each system enclosure verify that all components ordered are present Note The appearance side of the system enclosure is equipped with a door If neces sary open the door with the 4 mm 5 32 inch hex wrench that is located in the OPEN FIRST box or taped to the service side of the enclosure 2 In each system enclosure inspect the disk drives PMF CRU
274. en the Ethernet switch box and remove any loose packing material 2 Retain the Ethernet switch documentation for future reference 3 Do not connect the power cord to a power outlet at this time Unpack the Modem Box Depending on your order a modem might not be included with your system console If no modem is included with your system console or OPEN FIRST box go to Final Unpacking Steps on page 5 5 1 Open the modem box and remove any loose packing material If the modem is present remove it Retain the documentation packed with the modem for future reference Remove the wall to modem telephone cable Remove the USB modem cable Remove the modem power converter with integral power cord if it is present N O 9 e ee Your modem is a USB modem with these characteristics Ships with PC workstations Usually connects to the front USB port on the workstation Powered through the USB connection so it requires no converter Final Unpacking Steps When you have unpacked all required items 1 Verify that all items are removed from the shipping boxes 2 Store all documentation in a safe place for future reference 3 Remove the boxes and packing material from the work area Save boxes and packing material so that you can repack the components for shipment if necessary 4 Goto Assembling the System Console on page 5 6 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 5 5 Installing Start
275. en the ServerNet switch board is not fully functional HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 D 4 Troubleshooting Powering On the System Location LED Name Color Function page 2 of 2 PMF CRU Power on Green Lights when the PMF CRU is receiving power Service Amber Lights temporarily during power on procedure and continuously when the PMF CRU is not fully functional In a PMF CRU identified in OSM or TSM as a PMF 2 CRU the Prepare to Power Off action in OSM or TSM causes this LED to flash to help identify the CRU for removal or replacement SEB or Power on Green Lights when the SEB is receiving power MSEB Fault Amber Lights to indicate that the SEB is not fully functional At initial power on this LED lights until the SEB has been successfully configured by the service processor SP Then the LED becomes unlit Lights continuously to indicate the SEB or MSEB is not operational ServerNet port Yellow Unused 6 SEB 12 MSEB ServerNet Power on Green Lights when the ServerNet adapter is receiving adapter power Service Amber Lights temporarily during power on procedure and continuously when the ServerNet adapter is not fully functional System Group service Amber Lights when a command to light the group service enclosure 2 per LED is issued using OSM or TSM enclosure Powering On the System Topic System Does Not Appear to Be Powered Page O
276. ency Repair Disk ERD or Automated System Recovery ASR Disk on page 5 10 Windows OS Product ID number On the Certificate of Authorization for the workstations HP NonStop Server System Console Installer Shipped with each system console and included in the system console binder Try restoring individual applications before reinstalling the XP Professional operating system See Install Software Provided by HP on page D 45 A Caution Restoring individual applications can erase all information on the hard disk If possible back up all applications before restoring software on the hard disk HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 38 Troubleshooting Restoring Software on the Hard Disk Install Operating System and Configure System Console Install the Operating System Use the HP Restore CD to install the XP Professional operating system on the following computers HP iPAQ Evo D500 Ultra Slim Desktop HP Deskpro EN Series models 6350 6500 or 866 Note This procedure reformats your hard drive Table D 8 Install Windows XP Professional Operating System page 1 of 4 Action Result 1 Insert the HP Restore CD into the CD ROM drive Press Cirl Alt Del You are prompted to select the language interface 2 Select English Press Enter The HP Restore CD screen appears Click BEGIN You are prompted to select t
277. entation for the Ethernet switch The Ethernet switch and 4 cables are included in the OPEN FIRST box Modem box USB Modem USB modem Serial Modem The serial modem itself is included in the OPEN FIRST box Wall to modem telephone cable Wall to modem telephone cable Modem power converter with USB cable integral power cord Documentation for the modem Documentation for the modem You might also receive a kit to adapt the modem to your local telephone service HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 5 3 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Unpacking the System Console Unpack the System Unit Box 1 2 3 6 Open the system unit box and remove any loose packing material Locate the accessory box in the system unit box Unpack the accessory box a Open the accessories box and remove any loose packing material b Remove all items including documentation packed with the mouse For a list of items see Table 5 1 Contents of the Shipping Box on page 5 3 Retrieve the keyboard box from the system unit box Unpack the keyboard box a Open the keyboard box and remove any loose packing material being careful to retain the documentation packed with the keyboard b Remove the keyboard and attached cable Carefully remove the system unit and place it on a stable flat surface Unpack the PC Accessory Box 1 2 3 4 Open the PC accessory box and
278. ently avoiding all unnecessary shock Push on the frame of the enclosure stack Do not push or pull on the plastic enclosure door or the cable channels Casters on the appearance side of the enclosure swivel but casters on the service side do not swivel It is easiest to move the enclosure stack over discontinuities in the floor if the swiveling appearance side casters go first A double stacked enclosure tends to be top heavy Move the enclosure stack off the pallet and down the ramp carefully The enclosure pedestal is equipped with casters so that you can roll the enclosure down the ramp and push it across the floor to its final position The casters are designed for short distance moves over a smooth hard surface or short pile carpeting HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 10 Installing Enclosures Unpack the Enclosures 13 Using at least two people grasp the enclosure stack frame Slowly roll the stack off the pallet and down the ramp Figure 2 8 Use Two People to Move an Enclosure Stack vst986 vsd 14 Move the enclosure stack to the location shown in the Floor Plan Diagram 15 Position the enclosures according to the Enclosure Arrangement Diagram in the Installation Document Checklist designed for your system If you might reduce your system at any point place enclosures that you might remove from your system on the top of the stack The frames can touch one another No
279. epending on the Ethernet switch you use VST528 vsd Create the Unattended Site Configuration A system console at the central site typically is configured for low level link and service connection access to the remote site This workstation can be an independent system console as shown in Figure 10 10 or part of another network configuration Redundant workstations are recommended to prevent loss of communications as a result of a workstation failure HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 13 Configuring the System Add a Server to an Unattended Site Configuration Procedure 1 At the central site install the system console to be used for monitoring the unattended site a Unpack and assemble the system console See Unpacking and Assembling a System Console on page 5 2 b Start and test the system console See Starting and Testing a System Console on page 5 8 At the unattended site construct a secure stand alone network by using one of these procedures To construct this network configuration See this topic Setup configuration Setup Configuration on page 10 2 Operating configuration Operating Configuration on page 10 3 See the TSM Configuration Guide for information about configuring the system consoles at the central site and at the unattended site If your system uses OSM Although OSM supports unattended site configurations automatic logon is not necessary Th
280. er source Examine the cable connector and receptacle for damage such as connector housing cracks and frayed or broken cable wires and insulation Reconnect the power cord to the power source Disconnect the display monitor interface cable from the system unit and examine the cable as in the previous step Reconnect the interface cable Repair or replace any defective items the display monitor operation HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 34 Troubleshooting System Consoles System Unit Is Inoperative Table D 5 System Unit Is Inoperative Symptom Recovery None of the indicator lights on the system unit are lit and the hard disk drive and cooling fan are not operating 1 Ensure that the system unit power cord is securely attached to its connector on the system unit and to the power source Verify that the power switch on the system unit is in the on position Verify that power is available from the power source Try restarting the system console by pressing Ctrl Alt Del and selecting Restart If restarting the system console does not work power off the system console Disconnect the system unit power cord from the power source Examine the cable connector and receptacle for damage such as connector housing cracks and frayed or broken cable wires and insulation Disconnect the power cord from the system unit and repeat this examinatio
281. er interface GUI that eliminates using multiple Subsystem Control Facility SCF commands Access the WAN Wizard Pro From the task bar on your system console click Start gt Programs gt HP WAN Wizard Pro gt WAN Wizard Pro HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 9 FastPath Tasks Optional 6 Configure an Expand Over IP Line 6 Configure an Expand Over IP Line This section describes how to configure an Expand over IP connection to a network through a NonStop K series server Topic Page Prerequisites F 11 NonStop S Series Server F 11 NonStop K Series Server F 11 1 On the NonStop S Series Server F 12 1a Save the Current Configuration F 12 1b Configure ZEXP F 12 1c Configure NCP F 13 1d Obtain TCP IP Information F 13 2 On the NonStop K Series Server F 16 2a Obtain TCP IP Information F 16 3 On the NonStop S Series Server F 18 3a Configure and Start an Expand Over IP Line Handler Process F 18 4 On the NonStop K Series Server F 19 4a Configure and Start an Expand Over IP Line Handler Process F 19 5 On Either NonStop Server F 21 5a Start the Expand Over IP Line F 21 To help you create an Expand connection quickly this procedure describes how to configure a single Expand over IP line with default configuration values To customize the Expand configuration described in this section see the Expand Configuration and Management Manual
282. erations for the TACL RECEIVEDUMP command and the RCVDUMP utility and the error and informational messages that they generate see the Guardian User s Guide 1 Log onto the OSM or TSM Low Level Link 2 On the toolbar click Processor Status The Processor Status dialog box appears 3 Write down the status message displayed in the Processor Status dialog box for the halted processor Do this so that you have complete information about the halt when you notify your system manager or service provider after completing these steps 4 Make sure that the processor you want to dump is halted If the processor is not halted its state is Executing NonStop OS use the Processor Status dialog box to perform a halt action on it a Select the processor you want to dump to disk b Inthe Actions list select Halt c Click Perform action 5 Logon toa TACL session as the super ID 255 255 6 Ensure that the disk file dumpfile either does not exist or is empty HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 17 Troubleshooting Dumping Processor Memory to Disk Online lf dumpfile does not exist RCVDUMP creates it If dumpfile already exists it must be empty Its EOF must be zero To empty an existing dumpfile gt FUP PURGEDATA dumpfile 7 Dump the memory of the processor to a disk file in either of two ways Issue the TACL RECEIVEDUMP command which runs the RCVDUMP utility gt
283. ere to Get More Information xxiv Notation Conventions xxvi 1 Introduction Installation Overview 1 3 Standard Operating Practices 1 5 Using ESD Protection 1 6 Tools 1 7 Installation Checklist 1 8 Shipping Packages 1 9 About Shipping Packages 1 9 Shipping Package Specifications 1 10 Enclosure Types 1 12 Enclosure Contents 1 12 Enclosure Combinations 1 12 Enclosure Positions 1 13 Modified I O Enclosures 1 13 IOAM Enclosures 1 13 Enclosure Illustrations 1 16 Groundstraps 1 23 What Groundstraps Do 1 23 Number of Groundstraps 1 23 Where to Install Groundstraps 1 23 More About Groundstraps and Power Requirements 1 23 Power On Cables 1 24 Hewlett Packard Company 541880 001 i Contents 1 Introduction continued 1 Introduction continued Emergency Power Off Cables 1 25 About EPO Cables 1 25 EPO Cable Requirements 1 25 System Organization 1 26 Group Module and Slot Hierarchy for System Enclosures 1 26 Group Module and Slot Hierarchy for IOAM Enclosures 1 28 Server Numbering and Labeling 1 31 ServerNet Cabling 1 35 System Size 1 35 Topologies 1 36 Fabrics and Slots 1 36 IOAM Enclosure Cabling 1 37 ServerNet Cables 1 37 The System Console 1 45 System Consoles 1 45 The OSM Product 1 46 The TSM Package 1 46 Primary and Backup System Consoles 1 47 Modems 1 48 Preloaded and Supported Hardware and Software 1 49 Software Connections 1 54 S
284. ered on when power is applied to the modular cabinet In the tree pane click the system name icon Repeat Step 5 through Step 11 for each remaining system enclosure in the system For the I O enclosures verify the status of IOMF CRUs instead of PMF CRUs Check Critical System Processes 1 From a TACL prompt log on to the system using the super ID 255 255 New systems are shipped without a password for the super ID For information about assigning a password see the Guardian User s Guide gt SUPER SUPER Password password Start SCF gt SCF Enter the LISTDEV command gt LISTDEV HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 6 Performing Post Startup Tasks Check Disk Subsystem Status 4 Verify that the LISTDEV display includes all processes shown in this example If any of these processes do not appear in the display contact your service provider LDev Name PPID BPID Type RSize Pri Program o 0 0 5 Tys 1 0 102 201 NONAME SYSTE 3 YMIOP 0 256 1 256 6 4 80 205 NONAME SSYSTE 5 2Z0 0 7 Lyt G E2 102 200 NONAME SSYSTE 6 SSYSTEM 0 257 1 257 3 41 4096 220 NONAME SSYSTE 7 SZOPR 0 8 1 8 1 0 102 201 NONAME SSYSTE 38 SZZKR 0 15 1 12 66 0 132 180 NONAME SSYSTE 39 S ZZWAN 0 271 1 275 50 3 132 180 NONAME S SSYSTE 40 ZZSTO 0 272 1 282
285. erent CONFIG file Comment All SCF commands are routed through the SCP process ZNET Comment routes each request to the appropriate communication Comment management process such as Expand or SNAX Comment If you have not configured SCP as a persistent generic Comment process remove the commenting from the following SCP Comment command and start SCP as a nonpersistent process pair Comment SCP NAME SZNET NOWAIT PRI 199 TERM ZHOME OUT SZHOME amp Comment CPU 0 1 AUTOSTOP 1 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 10 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files System Startup File Comment If you have used SCF to start a persistent SZEXP Expand Comment manager process pair you do not need an explicit SCP Comment command to start ZEXP unless you load the system from a Comment different CONFIG file Comment If you have not configured ZEXP as a persistent generic Comment process remove the commenting from the following SCP Comment command and start ZEXP as a nonpersistent process pair Comment OZEXP NAME SZEXP OWAIT PRI 180 OUT S ZHOME CPU 0 1 comment Warm start the spooler subsystem using the SPOOLCOM command comment file SPLWAR OBEY SSYSTEM STARTUP SPLWARM comment
286. es Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 39 Introduction Installation Overview Types of ServerNet Cables NonStop S series systems support three kinds of ServerNet cables emitter coupled logic ECL fiber optic and serial copper ECL Cables ECL cables have two types of connectors These different types of connectors allow the cables to connect SEBs to SEBs MSEBs to MSEBs or SEBs to MSEBs SEB to SEB ECL cables are terminated at each end by a large 50 pin connector Figure 1 13 SEB to SEB ECL Cable VST984 vsd The MSEB to MSEB ECL is terminated at each end by a small 50 pin connector Figure 1 14 MSEB to MSEB ECL Cable VST104 vsd To connect a SEB to an MSEB use a SEB to MSEB ECL cable Figure 1 15 SEB to MSEB ECL Cable x MSEB Connector SEB Connector VST105 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 40 Introduction Installation Overview Serial Copper Cables Serial copper cables are lighter than ECL cables Figure 1 16 Serial Copper Cable Eres Serial Copper Cable VST999 vsd A Caution You can bend or break two small retainer pins inside the associated PIC receptacle When you disconnect a serial copper cable connector from a serial copper PIC fully and firmly depress the tab on the cable connector before pulling out the cable connector Fiber Optic Cables The NonStop S series servers support two types of fiber optic ca
287. es Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 45 Introduction Installation Overview The OSM Product For the G06 22 RVU the HP Open System Management OSM product replaces TSM as the system management tool of choice for NonStop S series systems While TSM is still supported OSM offers a browser based interface that improves scalability performance and other limitations that exist in TSM OSM is required for support of new functionality released at the G06 22 RVU and beyond such as IOAM or Fibre Channel disk drive enclosures To access the OSM guided replacement procedures see OSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxiv For more information about OSM and detailed comparisons of OSM and TSM functions see the OSM Migration Guide and the OSM User s Guide The TSM Package The TSM package is a collection of software products that provide troubleshooting maintenance and service tools The TSM package consists of TSM server software and TSM client software Note TSM does not support IOAM or Fibre Channel disk drive enclosures OSM should be used to manage systems that include these components TSM server software is the portion of the TSM package that resides on the server TSM client software is the portion of the TSM package installed on a system console For more information about the TSM package or for information about operating or configuring TSM software TSM Online User Guide TSM Configurati
288. es Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 21 Powering On and Starting the System Verifying the System Is Started Figure 8 9 Checking Processor Status E Processor Status lel Es p Processor Status _ Processor Busy Options Processor History Options T Time Frame U 1 hour Saeed eae oe Start Time 04 04 2001 16 38 23 752 End Time 04 04 2001 16 40 14 Save History to file Processor Actions Disable Freeze v Perom action Action Status Resource Action Status Processor 1 Executing NonStop 0S r Action Detail VST008 vsd c Close the Processor Status dialog box 2 Verify that the NonStop operating system is working properly a Check the startup TACL window to verify that the startup scripts completed successfully b Check the startup event stream window and the startup TACL window for error messages 3 Close the System Startup dialog box For more information on system loads see OSM Low Level Link online help OSM User s Guide NonStop S Series Operations Guide Section 1 Introduction After the system starts successfully you must perform post startup tasks such as testing the system and configuring OSM or TSM See Section 9 Performing Post Startup Tasks HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 22 Q Performing Post Startup Tasks This section describes the tasks that you must perfo
289. es Server 6 Record the primary and backup processor numbers the first number in the PPID and BPID fields in the SCF LISTDEV display in the cpunum and altcpunum fields in the COUP Worksheet Record the IP address of the subnet you want to use shown in the IPADDRESS field in the SCF INFO SUBNET display in the dest_ipaddr field in the SCF ADD DEVICE Command Worksheet and in the src_ipaddr field in the COUP Worksheet Determine a UDP port number to be used by the Expand over IP line handler process gt STATUS PROCESS Stcpip process name Example F 7 shows an SCF STATUS PROCESS command UDP port numbers are identified by UDP in the Proto field Example F 7 SCF STATUS PROCESS Display TCPIP Status PROCESS JOHN S ZTC10 Status STARTED PPUD Ss eaa Whee eh s 4 45 BRAD sie eed bia Aes 5 38 Proto State Laddr Lport Faddr Fport SendQ RecvQ CP ESTAB 172161050 110 155 186 68 169 1128 0 0 CP ESTAB 27 01 0 41 1101 1270301 smtp 0 0 CP ESTAB 127 040 41 1100 127 0 0 1 smtp 0 0 CP ESTAB 127 0044 smtp 1270s Ole 1100 0 0 CP ESTAB 127 0 0 1 smtp 127 0 0 1 1101 0 0 TCP LISTEN 02 0 204 0 LIO 0000 0 0 TCP LISTEN 0 0 0 0 6006 0 0 0 0 0 0 TCP LISTEN 0 0 0 0 smtp 0 0 0 0 x 0 0 TCP LISTEN 0000 ftp 0 0 0 0 0 0 TCP LISTEN 0 0 0 0 finger O0 0 0 x 0 0 UDP 172 16 10 50 11221 Os 0050 x 0 0 UDP 172 16 10 50 11222 0 0 0 0 x 0 0 10 UDP port numbers
290. et switch that must be configured by your service provider Information is available to your service provider in the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide The connection instructions in this section work for both OSM and TSM software For additional connectivity options to increase performance reduce response time for the OSM Service Connection see the OSM Migration Guide Because these steps involve communication between the primary system console and the master service processors MSPs in the server you must complete these steps before you power on and start the system For Information About See Notes Connecting a system Secure Operations LAN This practice provides console and system to a Configuration on page 10 15 flexibility in locating secure operations LAN system consoles An operations LAN cannot be used to connect a primary or backup system console to the server Adding a backup system Section 10 Configuring the Perform this procedure only console System after you have started the system tested the system and performed initial OSM or TSM configuration HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 6 1 Connecting a System Console The Dedicated Service LAN The Dedicated Service LAN You must connect the system console that is being used as the primary system console to a private dedicated service LAN A dedicated service LAN Connects the primary and backu
291. f you attempt to close the dialog box an OSM or TSM message box indicates that the system startup process will be stopped if you continue If you stop a system startup before the operation finishes the state of your system cannot be predicted You might need to perform another system startup to enable the system to resume normal operation Four OutsideView windows consisting of two startup event stream windows two CNSL sessions and two startup TACL windows two CLCI sessions are automatically launched It might take a few seconds before the windows appear One startup event stream window and one startup TACL window contain system startup information because they represent the primary ServerNet fabric X or Y The other two windows which represent the backup ServerNet fabric are blank HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 19 Powering On and Starting the System Loading the System If one or more of the startup event stream windows or startup TACL windows does not launch on the system console after a few minutes you must connect to MSP 1 within each window This step is described in the NonStop S Series Operations Guide 4 Monitor the system startup process Messages indicating the progress and completion of the system load as well as the reload of processors indicated in the CIIN file appear in these display locations on the system console Display Location Message Type System Status box
292. g the OSM Environment To configure the OSM environment for a new system see the OSM User s Guide the OSM Low Level Link online help or the OSM Notification Director online help as appropriate Configuring the TSM Environment TSM is disabled by default on all new NonStop S Series systems If you plan to use TSM instead of OSM follow the instructions described under Fallback Issues in the OSM Migration Guide Once TSM is enabled certain default configuration values are set by manufacturing You need not perform any configuration if you accept the default values However the default values might not implement the features you want For information about default values see the TSM Configuration Guide Use the TSM Low Level Link to Change the default password which is no password for the user root Change this password to prevent unauthorized access Add new low level link users These users can log on to the master service processors MSPs Change the default IP addresses for the primary or backup dedicated service LAN Changing the default IP addresses used for service connection access requires editing macro files and running macros that are located on the server to restart the ZTCPO and ZTCP1 processes For this task see the TSM Configuration Guide Use the TSM Notification Director to Add a backup system console or additional system consoles to the dedicated service LAN Configure onsite contact inf
293. great to provide tables and diagrams for all Wherever a SEB is identified an MSEB can also appear Installation requires four types of connections You can find information about these connections as follows Connection Information Appears in Groundstraps Section 2 Installing Enclosures EPO cables Section 2 Installing Enclosures ServerNet cables This appendix Power on cables This appendix The following diagrams illustrate Tetra 16 configurations for all NonStop systems except NonStop S7000 S7xx and S7x systems NonStop S7000 systems support Tetra 16 configurations but are limited to two I O enclosures per processor enclosure HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 25 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 16 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures Tetra 16 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures Figure B 8 Tetra 16 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures X Fabric 4 Group 6l 6 Group 01 02 Llelslal sle Le 5 al 3l 2 1 Group fal a 11 50 Group al ae Group 13 59 23 _ Group Group 14 24 Group Group Note This illustration 35 shows the maximum 2 possible number of I O enclosures Your service provider can tell you the Group Group number of I O As a enclosures supported by 45 60 the RVU running on Group Group your system 44 50 50 34 Group ie 43 50 Group E 42 50 Group 41 50 Hl 2 3 4 5 6 le s 4 3 2 1
294. h Guide 541880 001 D 8 Troubleshooting Any Amber LED Remains Lit After POST Any Amber LED Remains Lit After POST A fault might have been detected or the component might not have been correctly initialized and configured Check that the power on cables are properly connected Repeat the power on procedure Unseat and reseat the component If necessary replace the component using the procedures on the Support and Service Library 5 If you cannot determine the cause of the problem contact your service provider oe Yellow ServerNet Port LEDs on SEBs or MSEBs Are Not Lit No corrective action is necessary These LEDs are not used Group Service LED on System Enclosure Is Flashing Check the group ID switch settings for all enclosures in the system Settings for the two switches within an enclosure must match but two different enclosures must not have the same group ID settings If necessary change the group ID switch settings using the information about adding a processor enclosure in the NonStop S Series System Expansion and Reduction Guide The group service LED might have been activated manually using the OSM or TSM package To deactivate the LED 1 Log onto the OSM Service Connection or TSM Service Application 2 Inthe Tree pane right click the Group for that system enclosure 3 Select Actions 4 In OSM select Set Service LED State click Perform action and select Off In TSM select Clear Group Service LE
295. h is packed separately For cable lengths and their corresponding part numbers see the Part Numbers topic of the Service Information section of the NTL Support and Service Library 1 Connect the SCSI cable to the tape subsystem a Open the back panel of the 5175 module b Find the uncapped SCSI port at the rear of the tape drive CRU HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 7 6 Installing External System Devices Installing a 5175 Open Reel Tape Subsystem c Using the SCSI cable connector with the latch clip flanges attach the SCSI cable to the uncapped SCSI port and latch the clips as shown in Figure 7 5 Figure 7 5 Connecting a SCSI Cable to a 5175 Tape Subsystem Rear of 5175 Tape Drive CRU Latch Latch Clip Clip a 4 Flange of SCSI Cable Terminated Uncapped Capped SCSI Port SCSI Port VST961 vsd 2 Attach the SCSI cable to the NonStop S series server See Attaching a SCSI Tape Drive to the NonStop S Series Server on page 7 15 3 Connect the AC power cord a Remove the shipping restraint for the AC power cord b On the lower left side of the front panel of the tape subsystem make sure the standby push button switch is in the OFF position c Plug one end of the AC power cord into the AC power receptacle at the rear of the tape drive CRU as shown in Figure 7 6 on page 7 8 d Plug the other end of the AC power cord into the designated power receptacle
296. h the SCSI cable to this SCSI passthrough terminator which is factory installed on the differential SCSI port A Caution Never remove the SCSI passthrough terminator from the differential SCSI port The SCSI passthrough terminator must be in place to a connect a tape drive to these PMF CRUs or IOMF CRUs If it is not present contact your service provider On some CRUs the SCSI terminator is inside the CRU In this case attach the tape drive cable to the external connector The CRUs that contain an internal SCSI terminator include IOMF 2 CRUs S7x00 PMF CRUs of model S7600 and higher Sxx000 PMF CRUs of model S74000 and higher 3 Tighten the thumbscrews on the cable connector by hand or use a small slotted screwdriver To attach tape drives to a 6760 ServerNet device adapter see the 6760 ServerNet DA Manual Installing a SWAN or SWAN 2 Concentrator The ServerNet wide area network SWAN concentrator communications device or the SWAN 2 concentrator communications device connects to a server using a pair of Ethernet local area networks LANs The SWAN concentrator or the SWAN 2 concentrator provides WAN connections supporting both synchronous and asynchronous data over a variety of electrical interfaces The SWAN concentrator or the SWAN 2 concentrator can be installed in a 19 inch rack or on a desk or tabletop Install the SWAN concentrator or the SWAN 2 concentrator after the system is powered on tested and runn
297. he dedicated service LAN Do not use the Ethernet ports for PMF CRUs or IOMF CRUs in any other processor enclosures Ethernet connections other than those for the dedicated service LAN must use ServerNet adapters HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 6 2 Connecting a System Console System Console Connection to a Dedicated Service LAN Figure 6 1 Processor Enclosure PMF CRU Ethernet Ports Ethernet Port VST525 vsd System Console Connection to a Dedicated Service LAN System consoles communicate with your NonStop servers through a dedicated service LAN A network interface card NIC inside the system console connects the workstation to the dedicated service LAN connect a port on the NIC to an Ethernet switch or hub The quick setup reference card included with the workstation shows the location of this port at the back of the system console HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 6 3 Connecting a System Console System Console Connection to a Secure Operations LAN System Console Connection to a Secure Operations LAN To take advantage of ISEE functionality a second NIC or USB ethernet adapter cable is used to connect the console to a secure operations LAN To use ISEE a web based alternative to modem dial outs see the SEE for NonStop topic in the Service Information section of the NTL Support and Service library to learn about ISEE prerequisites and
298. he AC power cord for the 5175 tape subsystem is plugged into a dedicated power receptacle as indicated on the Floor Plan Diagram For every piece of equipment that has two power cords plug each power cord into an AC power outlet controlled by a different breaker 3 On the lower left side of the front panel ensure the standby push button switch is in the out OFF position 4 Atthe back of the 5175 module grasp the hand hold at the top of the back panel and pull down the back panel 5 Press the AC power switch to apply power to the tape drive See Figure 8 1 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 3 Powering On and Starting the System Powering On the Tape Subsystem Figure 8 1 AC Power Switch for 5175 Tape Drive AC Power Switch Rear of 5175 Tape Drive AC Power Cord VST533 vsd Close the back panel of the 5175 module pushing at the top to seat the fasteners At the front of the tape subsystem ensure that the tape door is closed On the lower left side of the front panel press the standby push button switch to the ON position Powering On a 519x Tape Subsystem The power up sequence for the 519x tape subsystem is described in detail in the 5190 5194 Modular Tape Subsystem Manual 1 Ensure the 519x tape subsystem is installed correctly See Installing a 519x Cartridge Tape Subsystem on page 7 8 Ensure that the AC power cord for the 519x tape
299. he ServerNet adapter is powered on adapter successfully Service Amber Lights temporarily during power on when the ServerNet adapter has been initialized successfully Lights continuously if POST fails Disk drive Power on Green Lights when the drive is receiving power Activity Yellow Lights when the disk drive is executing a read or write or command amber FCDM Contact your service provider for LED status information after powering on an FCDM System Group Amber Lights if a command to light the group service LED enclosure service was issued using OSM or TSM Lights during certain OSM guided replacement procedures HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 11 Powering On and Starting the System Troubleshooting Abnormal LED States Troubleshooting Abnormal LED States Hardware or software faults can prevent the green power on LED on a CRU from lighting when power is applied If the amber service LED for a CRU lights and remains lit the CRU cannot be accessed A fault might have been detected or the CRU might not have been successfully initialized and configured for use as a system resource Note For troubleshooting abnormal LED states displayed in IOAM enclosures or FCDMs contact your service provider trained by HP Table 8 2 Troubleshooting Abnormal LED States page 1 of 2 Location LED State Action System Group service LED is Check the group ID switch setting
300. he Software in Archive window a Select the SPR b To add the SPR to the new revision click Copy 5 When the Confirmation dialog box appears click Continue 5 Build and Apply Configuration Revision 1 In New Software Revision window click Build Apply DSM SCM displays the Build Apply Request dialog box which appears grayed out for several minutes while DSM SCM assembles the build information DSM SCM assigns a name to the Build Apply request 2 Inthe Build Apply Request dialog box a Use the default values for the following options Output options Target subvolume TSV locations SYSGEN options Include only changed files in the activation package b Inthe Activation SYSnn box specify the SYSOO subvolume name c Click Edit instructions d Add any necessary instructions to the instructions provided by DSM SCM e Click OK HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 27 FastPath Tasks Optional Installing a Software Product Revision SPR To schedule a time for the Build Apply request to run click Scheduling a Inthe Request Scheduling Options dialog box enter a time for the Build Apply request to run To avoid disrupting other system activity you can schedule the Build to run at night based on the time on the host system and the Apply to run immediately after the Build b Click OK To submit the Build request click OK DSM SCM runs the Build and App
301. he next enclosure Figure 1 10 Power On Cable Connectors System Enclosure Service Side l tl A st Power On Cable VST703 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 24 Introduction Installation Overview Emergency Power Off Cables Emergency power off EPO cables automatically disconnect electrical power to connected equipment if an electrical emergency occurs Note For EPO information for IOAM enclosures contact your service provider who can refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library About EPO Cables Figure 1 11 EPO Cable 1 Unterminated End VST980 vsd EPO cables usually connect to a junction box of the computer room EPO system The EPO system must provide contact closure during an emergency One EPO cable for each enclosure is shipped with your system The EPO cable is equipped with a two pin Mate N Lock style plug at one end This plug attaches to the EPO connector socket in slot 56 The other end of the EPO cable is unterminated to attach to the EPO system EPO Cable Requirements Within the United States An EPO disconnect is required in a system if the system is installed in a computer or data processing room that is designed to comply with the construction and fire protection provisions of NFPA 75 Protecti
302. he operating system and language 4 Select XP Professional for operating system and English for language A list appears of the options you have chosen to restore the operating system Click Next You are asked which drive to format On the Drive Partitioning Scheme click the right arrow until the file system is NTFS 7 Click Next A message warns you that your hard disk contents will be destroyed Click Next A second warning appears Click Yes Your hard disk is partitioned A graph shows the progress A message appears 10 Click Reboot The workstation restarts Files are copied to the hard disk 11 After the files are copied to the hard disk remove the HP Restore CD Insert the Windows XP Professional operating system CD Click Next Windows XP English files are copied to the hard disk A message indicates that your hard drive is formatted and prepared You are prompted to click Begin Setup 12 Click Begin Setup Remove the Windows XP Professional Workstation CD Click OK The workstation restarts several times Files are copied to your system The Windows XP Professional Setup Wizard appears 13 Click Next The software license agreement appears HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 39 Troubleshooting Restoring Software on the Hard Disk Table D 8 Install Windows XP Professional Operating
303. her server ensure that the firmware or hardware in your tape subsystem is at these version levels or higher Tape Drive Firmware or Hardware Version 5190 097673 A05 07 5190ACL 097671 A08 11 5194 113644 A03 03 5194ACL 113643 A05 05 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 7 9 Installing External System Devices Installing a 519x Cartridge Tape Subsystem Installing a 519X Tape Subsystem 1 Connect the SCSI cable to the tape subsystem See Figure 7 8 a Open the rear bezel door of the tape module Pull on the blue green handle at the top of the door Lower the door to a horizontal position Pull up on the spring loaded plungers to release the hinges Remove the door from the module go o Dr Figure 7 8 Connecting a SCSI Cable to a 519x Tape Subsystem Rear of 519x Module Uncapped SCSI Port SCSI Terminator SCSI on Port Cable VST558 vsd Find the tape subsystem SCSI cable For cable lengths and their corresponding part numbers see the Part Numbers topic of the Service Information section of the NTL Support and Service Library HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 7 10 Installing External System Devices Installing a 519x Cartridge Tape Subsystem a Find the uncapped SCSI port at the rear of the tape drive CRU The uncapped port is the SCSI port that does not have a SCSI terminator installed See Figure 7 8 b Using the SCSI
304. hese tests provide a quick check that all system components are operating Use the OSM Service Connection or TSM Service Application to perform these tests Do not use the OSM or TSM Low Level Link for these tests because enclosures and system components that need service are not labeled with color coded icons 1 Log onto the OSM Service Connection or TSM Service Application 2 Resize the Management window so that its tree view and details panes are fully visible 3 Resize the view pane so that the group 01 enclosure GRP 1 is fully visible 4 Verify that no yellow or red triangular or arrow shaped icons appear over the group diagrams in the view pane Yellow triangle icons indicate that operator intervention is required Figure 9 1 on page 9 3 shows the OSM Management Window Figure 9 2 on page 9 4 shows the TSM Management Window HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 2 Performing Post Startup Tasks Check System Enclosure Components Figure 9 1 Management Window in the OSM Service Connection TJ HP OSM STAR1 Service Application Microsoft Internet Exp r Fie Edit Yiew Favorites Tools Help Co amp kar Display Summary Tools Window Help View Physical x BS star Server Status Discovery Complete er Group 1 Group 2 Group 12 Sard system STAR E Internal ServerNet X Fabric E Internal ServerNet Y Fabric Group 1 Group 2 iy Group 12 amp i ESS
305. hutdown File 13 20 Expand Over IP Line Shutdown File 13 20 Direct Connect Line Shutdown File 13 20 Spooler Shutdown File 13 21 TMF Shutdown Eile 13 21 Adding Super Group User IDs 13 21 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 1 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Automating System Startup and Shutdown Automating System Startup and Shutdown Startup You can use startup command files to automate the starting of devices and processes on the system which minimizes the possibility of operator errors caused by forgotten or mistyped commands The system is shipped with a basic startup file named CIIN located on the SYSTEM SYSO00 subvolume The CIIN file must be specified in a particular way See CIIN File on page 13 6 for more information After the commands in the CIIN file are executed other startup files can be invoked either automatically from another startup file or manually in commands entered by the operator The startup file sequence usually starts the spooler and other system software first and then starts applications Shutdown Automating system shutdown with a collection of shutdown files helps the operator bring the system to an orderly halt The shutdown file sequence reverses the order of commands in the startup file sequence applications are shut down first followed by the spooler and other system software For More Information For information about See Configuring
306. icated service LAN Receive incident reports Cannot receive incident reports Only two system consoles can be configured to receive and forward or dial out incident reports for each system These primary and backup dial out points are referred to as the primary and backup system consoles for a particular system For information about dial in and dial out capabilities of system consoles see the OSM Notification Director online help or the TSM Notification Director online help HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 47 Introduction Installation Overview Modems Modems modulate or demodulate digital information so that it can be transmitted or received over a telephone line It is recommended that you equip primary and backup system consoles with modems connected to dedicated phone lines This allows system consoles to dial out for remote notification of system problems Dial in for remote access by your service provider can also be configured Note Dial out and dial in are not available in countries where the provided modem is not certified In these countries you cannot dial out incident reports to or accept dial in communications from your service provider Note The NonStop system console and OSM Notification Director support using HP Instant Support Enterprise Edition IEEE as a web based alternative to modem dial out functionality For more information on ISEE See
307. ider Remote access from the system to an unattended line Remote dial out access from the system to a service provider IP addresses for the dedicated local area network LAN For information you need to configure remote access contact your service provider For information about performing configuration changes see OSM Low Level Link online help OSM Notification Director online help OSM User s Guide TSM Configuration Guide TSM Low Level Link online help TSM Notification Director online help TSM Online User Guide For a more detailed comparison of OSM and TSM functionality see OSM Migration Guide OSM User s Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 9 Online Configuration Tasks Creating an Alternate System Disk Creating an Alternate System Disk Step Page 1 Choose the Target Disk and Plan Its Space and Files 12 11 2 Verify That the Target Disk Is Present 12 12 3 Stop Access to the Target Disk and Display Its Status 12 12 4 Change the Label of the Target Disk 12 13 5 Create a New System Volume and a System Image Tape SIT 12 14 6 Install the Boot Millicode on the Target Disk 12 14 7 Verify the Installation of Boot Millicode on the Target Disk 12 15 8 Copy Subvolumes to the Target Disk 12 16 Reasons to create an alternate system disk include Minimizing unplanned outage minutes by having an alternate system disk configured as a backup
308. ies that furnish power to the IOMF 2 CRUs in slots 50 and 55 The IOMF 2 CRU offers more connectivity options than the IOMF CRU On the IOMF 2 CRU the external SCSI port accepts the SCSI SAC used on PMF 2 and ServerNet DAs for connecting tape devices The ServerNet port accepts serial copper and single mode fiber optic cables in addition to ECL cables Figure 1 7 Service Side of I O Enclosure With Power Shelf Slot Component 50 55 IOMF 2 CRU 51 52 53 54 SEB or MSEB 56 EPO connector To X Fabric To Y Fabric SCSI Port DC Power Cable 1 of 2 Power Shelf VST972 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 20 Installation Overview Figure 1 8 Rack with IOAM Enclosure Front Side Introduction wn E oO LL Fibre Channel Disk Module FCDM s Power Supplies Extended Run TimeModule ERM Uninterruptible PowerSupply UPS Disk Driv eSlots 1 14 Soq 000000 Opoo ood omecbie qo oo amp 12 I9 IB Id I8 7 S N EY N wo M A E le 18 18 TS IS le B _ IS g gt Yn xs Z Lu lt x Q VST010 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 21 Introduction Installation Overview Figure 1 9 Rack With IOAM Enclosure Rear Side lt x To AC Power Source PDU Junction Box ig Ha Maintenance Switch i 4 Power Ez s Distribution A Unit PDU cn Bo Fibre Channel Disk Module
309. iguration Ferrite Bead Ethernet Port Network Interface Card NIC on System Console Cascade Port Ethernet Switch SOE ee SMA oe VST519 vsd Connect the System Console to the Ethernet Switch or Hub 1 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable to the 10Base T connector on the NIC at the back of the system unit To locate the NIC connector see the quick setup reference card 2 Connect the other end of this Ethernet cable to a port on the Ethernet switch or hub See Figure 6 2 See Step 2 in Connect the Ethernet Switch or Hub to the Server on page 6 5 3 Set the medium dependent interface MDI switch on the Ethernet switch or hub to MDI mode To determine how to set this switch see the documentation that came with the Ethernet switch or hub HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 6 6 Installing External System Devices This section describes how to install selected peripheral devices such as tape subsystems Topic Page Installing Tape Drives 7 1 Installing a SWAN or SWAN 2 Concentrator 7 16 Installing an AWAN Server 7 17 Installing Printers and Terminals 1 17 Note IOAM enclosures Fibre Channel Disk Module FCDM s and Enterprise Storage Systems ESSs must be installed by service providers trained by HP For installation procesures your service provider should refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide which is located in the NTL Har
310. igure Super ID and Null User Passwords 1 Log on to TACL using the super ID 255 255 gt logon super super gt password newpassword Assign a password to the super ID 255 255 gt password newpassword If you need the 0 0 NULL NULL user ID assign a password to it gt logon null null gt password newpassword If you do not need the 0 0 NULL NULL user ID delete it gt deluser null null 1b Configure Root User Password 1 2 3 4 Log on to the OSM or TSM Low Level Link Complete a System Discovery From the File menu select Add Remove User IDs In the MSP Users dialog box a Select the root user Predefined for the low level link on new systems b Click Modify In the Change Low Level Link Password dialog box a Type a new password for the root user Changing the password is strongly recommended for security b Type the new password again to confirm it c Click Change Click OK Click OK In the MSP Users dialog box click OK HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 34 FastPath Tasks Required 2 Configure Kernel Managed Swap Files 2 Configure Kernel Managed Swap Files 1 Log on to TACL using the super ID 255 255 gt logon super super gt password password At the TACL prompt type NSKCOM Use the NSKCOM ADD command to create swap files for each processor For example NSK ADD SWAPFILE Svolume subvolume filename CPU nn
311. ile A command file can automate the task of reconfiguring paths that have been stopped or deleted For example a set of disk drives can be added in one operation rather than one at atime The command file must be constructed before the system is prepared to lose access to the paths To prepare a command file that configures a disk drive 1 Create an editable file by issuing the SCF LOG command gt SCF LOG logfile spec gt SCF LOG LOGFILE43 2 Write to this file by issuing the SCF INFO DISK OBEYFORM command gt INFO DISK Sdisk name OBEYFORM where disk name is a disk to be reconfigured by the command file gt info S data3 obeyform ADD DISK data3 amp ENDTO STORAGE amp ACKUPCPU 3 amp IGHPIN ON amp RIMARYCPU 2 amp ROGRAM S SYSTEM SYSTEM TSYSDP2 amp TARTSTATE STARTED amp RIMARYDEVICEID 0 amp RIMARYLOCATION 2 1 54 amp RIMARYSAC 3 amp ACKUPDEVICEID 0 amp KUPLOCATION 2 1 54 amp ACKUPSAC 4 amp UDITTRAILBUFFER 0 amp UTOREVIVE OFF amp UTOSTART ON amp BPOOLLEN 1000 amp STCACHING OFF amp ULLCHECKPOINTS ENABLED amp ALTONERROR 1 amp KIDLONGPOOLLEN 8 amp Dect Ge ee oe ee eg Q KTABLESPACELE IS pe g AXLOCKSPEROCB 5000 amp AAXLOCKSPERTCB 5000 amp UMDISKPROCESSES 4 amp OSSCACHING ON
312. ile 12 2 12 6 CONFBASE file 12 6 D 22 9 11 9 12 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 Index 2 Index CONFIG file 8 18 9 14 customizing F 4 function 12 3 initial 12 2 types of 12 6 ZPM E 44 Configuration cascading 10 10 10 12 database 12 2 12 3 12 6 Ethernet switch 10 10 10 12 files ATP6100 14 30 CONFO0000 12 6 CONFBASE 12 6 CONFIG See CONFIG file CONFSAVE 12 2 12 6 CONFTEXT 2 4 See CONFTEXT file CONFxxyy 12 6 ConMgr 14 24 CP6100 14 29 direct connect 14 34 E4SA 14 23 Expand over IP 14 33 INITIAL_COMMAND FILE 13 6 SCF 2 4 7 15 SWAN concentrator 14 28 TCP IP stacks 13 13 14 25 types 12 6 WANBoot 14 24 X 25 14 32 NCP network control 14 33 operating 10 3 10 12 secure operations LAN 10 15 10 18 setup 10 2 Configuration continued tools KMSF 12 8 OSM 12 9 SCF 12 2 12 7 TSM 12 9 unattended site 10 13 10 14 utility process SZCNF 12 3 Configuring disk paths 12 17 CONFSAVE file 12 2 12 6 CONFTEXT file changing 11 3 example 14 20 INITIAL_COMINT_INFILE 13 6 INITIAL_COMMAND FILE 13 6 location of 14 20 printout 2 4 ConMgr process 14 24 Connectivity problems D 32 D 35 Console See System console CONTROL DISK 9 10 Cores ferrite 6 4 Corruption software D 37 CP6100 lines configuration file 14 29 CPU dump message D 18 CPU memory test 1 57 D 14 CSSI see Support and Service Library D Database configuration 12 2 12
313. in the cable supports Cable ties are provided with the cables for the server Figure 3 3 Securing ServerNet Cables With Cable Ties Cable ServerNet Cables Inner Cable Tie Channel Anchor Cable Channel Cable Support 1 of 2 Cable Guidepost 1 of 2 Cable Tie VST966 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 3 6 4 Installing Service Side Doors This section describes how to install optional service side doors on NonStop S series system enclosures that are already installed and cabled New NonStop S series system enclosures are shipped with service side doors installed This section does not describe the installation of long doors and side panels Long doors and side panels are not customer installable To install long doors and side panels on existing enclosures contact your service provider If you have not ordered service side doors skip this section and go to Section 5 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Figure 4 4 on page 4 4 shows a service side door installed on a system enclosure To install a service side door on a system enclosure perform these steps you need a Phillips screwdriver 1 Obtain a service side door add on package for part numbers see Support and Service Library on page xxiv and verify that it contains these items Adapter frame Enclosure door service side The service side door is preinstalled on the adapter frame
314. ing and Testing a System Console Assembling the System Console Assembling the System Console These procedures describe how to assemble the unpacked components into a system console To connect other devices such as a printer to your system console see the documentation provided with the printer or the system console Tools Depending on the PC model shipped as the system console you might need a small slotted screwdriver for tightening cable connectors Connect the System Console Components 1 Connect the display monitor interface cable to the video port on the back of the system unit For the location of the video port see the quick setup reference card 2 Connect the keyboard to the back of the system unit a To locate the keyboard connector use the quick setup reference card On some workstation models the keyboard attaches to the PC through a Universal Serial Bus USB port b Align the notch on the keyboard cable connector with the keyway on the system unit 3 Connect the mouse to the system unit a To locate the mouse port use the quick setup reference card On some workstation models the mouse attaches to the PC through a USB port b Align the notch on the cable connector with the keyway on the mouse port Connect the System Console to a Power Source To connect system console power cords to power outlets or toa surge suppressor A Caution To prevent data corruption and equipment failure provide surge
315. ing the operating system For information about installing or configuring a SWAN concentrator see the SWAN Concentrator Installation and Support Guide For information about installing or configuring a SWAN 2 concentrator see the SWAN 2 Concentrator Installation and Support Guide You can install any SWAN or SWAN 2 concentrator by using the WAN Wizard Pro application Depending on the RVU you gain access to the WAN Wizard Pro through the taskbar on your system console by using one of these methods For G06 21 RVU and later RVUs Start gt Programs gt HP WAN Wizard Pro gt WAN Wizard Pro For G06 20 RVU and earlier RVUs Start gt Programs gt Compaq TSM gt Guided Configuration Tools gt WAN Wizard HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 7 16 Installing External System Devices Installing an AWAN Server Installing an AWAN Server The two major types of asynchronous wide area network AWAN servers are AWAN 3883 4 5 access server AWAN 3886 server 3886 8 3886 16 and 3886 32 Both AWAN servers are LAN based communications devices that provide asynchronous connections to various types of terminals as well as to serial printers and to workstation based 6530 and VT series terminal emulators for NonStop S series servers AWAN servers support multiple protocols so you can connect to an AWAN server simultaneously using different types of protocols All of these AWAN servers can take advantage of networki
316. ion Guide Figure 1 20 ServerNet Cable Labeling SEB 015105 IOMF 1150 SEB 015105 IOMF 1150 VST823 vsd Cable Routing To route ServerNet cables across enclosures Route them straight down Secure them to a cable support Direct them into cable channels e oON gt Secure a cable to the cable support below the CRU to which the cable connects Secure the cable so that if you remove that CRU you do not disrupt other cables Secure cables to the anchors on the cable supports Secure ServerNet cables to the outer cable support and Ethernet or power on cables to the inner one Ina double high stack use only the base enclosure cable channels Guideposts guide cables from a stackable enclosure into the cable channels of a base enclosure Guideposts on base enclosures are not often used but you can route cables underneath these guideposts to use up extra cable length A Caution Do not pass cables or cords through the handles of CRUs or FRUs The cables or cords might become accidentally unplugged during later procedures See Figure 1 21 for proper cabling HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 43 Introduction Installation Overview Figure 1 21 Cable Management Hardware ServerNet Cable Cables Inner Cable Channel Tie Anchor Cable Channel Cable Support Cable Guidepost Cable Tie VST966 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastP
317. ions If the new system is running properly you can now prepare it for daily operations Your preparation tasks might include Adding users to the system Setting the file security of various program files and system files Loading application software Reference Manuals For more information about Performing routine system operations Replacing failed hardware components and other support procedures Guidelines suggestions and ideas about the following topics Staffing Operations and support areas Operations documentation Production and problem management Change and configuration management Performance management Security Disaster prevention and recovery planning Application management Automating and centralizing operations Operations management and continuous improvement Operations management tools See NonStop S Series Operations Guide Guardian User s Guide Support and Service Library on page xxiv OSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxiv TSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxv Introduction to NonStop Operations Management Procedures for loading application software depend on the application For more information see the documentation for the application HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 15 Performing Post Startup Tasks Configuring the OSM or TSM Environment Configuring the OSM or TSM Environment Configurin
318. ions in the form of icons The software on the system console hard disk has been installed to operate this workstation for NonStop servers This configuration must be maintained in the user environment Altering this configuration is not supported Neither is loading and using software not approved for the system console For a list of approved software see Preloaded and Supported Hardware and Software on page 1 49 If the operating system fails to load properly see Appendix D Troubleshooting Final Setup Steps This subsection describes the final setup steps Action Procedure Page Ensure the system console can be powered Restart the System Console 5 9 down and restarted in the same condition If necessary create an emergency repair disk Create an Emergency Repair Disk 5 10 or automated system recovery disk ERD or Automated System Recovery ASR Disk Restart the System Console 1 2 3 4 5 From the Task Bar click Start Select Shut Down Select Restart the computer Click Yes Observe the startup process again It should be the same process described under Verifying Readiness on page 5 9 ending with the display of application icons on the desktop HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 5 9 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Operational Considerations for OSM and TSM Create an Emergency Repair Disk ERD or Automated System Recover
319. irmware is at the firmware or hardware version levels listed in Table 7 1 Table 7 1 517x Firmware Requirements Component Firmware or Hardware Version Display board 6 40 Control board 6 77 or 6 78 Buffer board 6 80 SCSI interface board 6 74 6 xx firmware 3 If you are connecting a new 5175 tape subsystem unpack the subsystem a Remove any protective covering or packing material from outside the tape subsystem b Flip open the twist lock handles at the base of the pallet Turn the twist lock handles counterclockwise to loosen the pallet end piece as shown in Figure 7 2 c Remove the pallet end piece and set it aside but save the U bolts or Velcro straps These bolts or straps hold the unloading ramp against the pallet Figure 7 2 Unloading a Tape Subsystem Tape Subsystem Side View Insert U Bolts Here Unloading Ramp VST022 vsd d Set the unloading ramp next to the pallet HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 7 3 Installing External System Devices Installing a 5175 Open Reel Tape Subsystem e If you have Velcro straps use them to fasten the unloading ramp to the pallet Otherwise insert U bolts in the drilled holes in the pallet and the ramp to secure the ramp against the pallet forming an incline for rolling the tape subsystem off the pallet 4 Use two people to carefully roll the tape subsystem off the pallet and down the ramp A WARNING To
320. is example If any of these processes are not listed in the display call your service provider LDev Name PPID BPID Type RSize Pri Program 0 0 075 yd 1 0 102 201 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS00 OSIMAGE 3 SYMIOP 0 256 1 296 6 4 80 205 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS00 OSIMAGE 5 20 0 7 eel 5 AFD Ss 102 200 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS00 OSIMAGE 6 SSYSTEM On257 1 257 3 41 4096 220 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS00 OSIMAGE 7 SZOPR 0 8 1 8 lt 2407 102 201 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS00 OSIMAGE 38 SZZKR 0 15 1 12 66 0 132 180 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS00 OZKRN 39 SZZWA 0 271 Tp 2dan t5073 132 180 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS0O0 WANMGR 40 ZZSTO 0 272 1 282 65 0 4096 180 NONAME S SYSTEM SYS00 TZSTO 41 ZZLAN 0 14 1 15 43 0 132 180 NONAME SSYSTEM SYSO0 LANMAN 45 ZSNET 0 15 1 12 66 0 132 180 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS00 OZKRN 46 SZNE 0 16 1 14 50 63 3900 175 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS00 SCP 61 ZMO1 TLL 45 0 132 201 NONAME SYSTEM SYS00 QIOMON 62 ZM00 0 13 45 0 132 201 NONAME SSYSTEM SYSO00 QIOMON 63 ZLOG 0 286 1 0 4024 150 NONAME SSYSTEM SYSO00 EMSACOLL 72 SDSMSCM 0 280 1 261 3 41 4096 220 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS0O0 TSYSDP2 79 SAUDIT 0 273 1 271 3 41 4096 220 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS0O0 TSYSDP2 85 S ZTCPO 0 299 1 280 48 0 32000 200 NONAME SSYSTEM SYS00 TCPIP 88 SZTNPO 0 301 1 276 46 0 6144 170 NONAME S SSYSTEM SYS00 TEL
321. is illustration shows the maximum possible number of I O enclosures Your service Group Group provider can tell you the 45 35 number of I O enclosures supported by Group _ Group the RVU running on 44 34 your system Group Group 43 33 Group Group 42 50 32 Group Group 41 50 31 4 2 3 4 s 6 l6 s 4 3 2 1 3 2 Group 1s Group 04 a 03 5 VST742 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 28 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 16 Systems With Six Processor Enclosures Figure B 11 Tetra 16 Cabling Six Processor Enclosures Y Fabric Group Group Group Group Group Group Group Group 51 52 53 54 64 63 62 61 Group 06 Group 05 l Tss 55 55 55 55 55 55 BE oo lef oJo afo e Lif2 3 4 5 6 e 5 4 3 2 1 Group 5 Group a a Group Group 65 L ikel lhe io g Group 55 01 02 Group ai MEBLE saae Group 55 Group Group 57 a 21 E 67 Group 55 Group 55 Group Group 58 12 a a 22 68 Group 55 Group 55 Group Group s9 3 2 Jes Group 55 Group 14 24 Group Group 15 i 25 Note This illustration shows the maximum possible number of 1 0 enclosures Your Group 55 Group service provider can sT ae tell you the number of I O enclosures Group 55 supported by the RVU 44 34 _ running on your Group Group system 43 i 33 Group 55 Group 42 ial a
322. isk 12 13 Create a New System Volume and a System Image Tape SIT 12 14 Install the Boot Millicode on the Target Disk 12 14 Verify the Installation of Boot Millicode on the Target Disk 12 15 8 Copy Subvolumes to the Target Disk 12 16 Create a Command File 12 17 NJO O A G N Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Automating System Startup and Shutdown 13 2 Startup 13 2 Shutdown 13 2 For More Information 13 2 Processes That Represent the System Console 13 3 YMIOP CLCI 13 3 YMIOP CNSL 13 3 ZHOME 13 3 ZHOME Alternative 13 4 Example Command Files 13 5 CIIN File 13 6 Establishing a CIIN File 13 6 Modifying a CIIN File 13 7 If a CIIN File Is Not Specified or Enabled in OSM or TSM 13 7 Example CIIN Files 13 8 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 vi Contents 13 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files continued 13 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files continued 14 Tips for Startup Files 13 9 How Process Persistence Affects Configuration and Startup 13 9 Startup File Examples 13 10 System Startup File 13 10 Spooler Warm Start File 13 12 TMF Warm Start File 13 12 TCP IP Stack Configuration and Startup File 13 12 CP6100 Lines Startup File 13 15 ATP6100 Lines Startup File 13 15 X 25 Lines Startup File 13 15 Printer Line Startup File 13 16 Expand Over IP Line Startup File 13 16 Expand Di
323. ist e SCF initial configuration file list SYSTEM ZSYSCONF SCF0000 The SCF0000 file is an input file to the initial SSYSTEM ZSYSCONF CONFIG file Verify how the system is initially configured Which processes and devices are already configured in the initial system configuration database and started automatically during system load Which processes do not start automatically and therefore require startup files Which processes and devices must not be renamed For information about default values for OSM or TSM see the OSM User s Guide or the TSM Configuration Guide as appropriate 1c Start Required Processes Before you perform some system configuration procedures such as configuring Expand over IP certain processes must be started Some of these processes do not start automatically when the system is loaded Examples of such processes include NonStop TCP IP processes except ZTCPO and ZTCP1 Parallel Library TCP IP processes and associated routes and subnets For information about the standard configuration and startup files for NonStop TCP IP processes that are shipped with your system see Preloaded and Supported Hardware and Software on page 1 49 To modify the standard startup files or create startup files for required processes see 3 Automate System Startup on page F 7 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 2 FastPath Tasks Optional 1d Save Current System Co
324. it to adapt the modem to your local telephone service HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 16 FastPath Tasks Required 10 Install Primary System Console 4 Store the backup software packaged with the workstation in a safe place Set the system console on a table or other hard surface Connect the remaining components such as the monitor mouse and keyboard To identify the various connectors on the workstation see the quick setup reference card in the system console binder Connect the power cords for the workstation and monitor to a grounded outlet A Caution You should plan for the possibility of power outages It is recommended that you prevent data corruption and equipment failure by providing surge suppression or backup power facilities for the system console modem and Ethernet switch 5 Determine whether your modem is a serial modem or a USB modem Serial Modem USB Modem Shipped with the EVO D500 PC workstation Shipped with the EVO 510 PC workstation Connects to the workstation with the Legacy Does not require the Legacy module module Requires a power converter with integral Powered through the USB connection power cord to adapt it to local power so it requires no converter Connect the modem For a serial modem a Connect the modem RS 232 C port to a serial port on the workstation b Connect the modem to a telephone line c Connect the modem power supp
325. k or Automated System Recovery Disk E 18 12 Install Ethernet Switch E 18 13 Connect Ethernet Switch to Group 01 E 18 14 Connect Primary System Console to Ethernet Switch E 19 15 Install Tape Drive E 19 2 Start the System E 22 1 Prepare for System Startup E 22 Power On External System Devices E 23 Connect AC Power Cords E 24 Apply Power to Server E 26 Verify Topology E 27 Verify System Components E 28 7 Start System E 28 3 Verify the System E 30 1 Verify Components E 30 2 Verify Critical System Processes E 31 3 Verify Disk Drives E 31 4 Verify Tape Drive E 32 5 Verify Firmware E 32 6 Verify State of the Internal ServerNet Fabric E 32 4 Configure the System E 33 1 Configure Passwords E 34 2 Configure Kernel Managed Swap Files E 35 3 Configure OSM or TSM Environment E 36 4 Configure System Attributes E 37 5 Configure DSM SCM E 41 5 Install the Backup System Console E 45 O 0 A N HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 xi Contents F FastPath Tasks Optional F FastPath Tasks Optional 1 Prerequisites F 2 1a Verify Required Configuration Changes F 2 1b Review Initial System Configuration F 2 1c Start Required Processes F 2 1d Save Current System Configuration F 3 1e If Your Server Will Be Part of a ServerNet Cluster F 3 2 Customize the System Configuration F 4 2a Change SCF
326. k panel of the 5175 module HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 20 FastPath Tasks Required 15 Install Tape Drive Installing a 519x Tape Drive 1 10 Determine which PMF CRU IOMF CRU or 6760 ServerNet DA should be connected to each tape drive Unpack the 519x tape drive module using scissors or cutters Unload the 519x tape drive module using the unloading ramp included with the unit Move the tape subsystem into place and lower the legs on the pedestal using a 15 16 inch 24 mm wrench Remove foam packing from tape drives with an automatic cartridge loader ACL If necessary install the ACL and the cleaning cartridge Open and remove the rear bezel door of the tape drive module Note Make sure the tape drive CRU AC power switch is in the OFF 0 position Find the copper tape subsystem SCSI cable Attach one end of the SCSI cable to the uncapped SCSI port at the rear of the tape drive Depending on the model of your PMF CRU attach the other end of the SCSI cable either to the SCSI terminator covering the SCSI port on the PMF CRU as shown in Step 10 on page E 20 or to the SCSI port itself 7000 S7400 S70000 and S72000 PMF CRUs have an external SCSI terminator All other PMF CRUs contain an internal terminator so you can attach the SCSI cable to the SCSI port directly A Caution On a S7000 S7400 S70000 or S72000 PMF CRU do not remove the exter
327. l all possible paths have been used or the system load is successful Eight paths are available for loading Table 1 7 describes each load path in order of use Table 1 7 System Load Paths in Order of Use Data Travels Load Path Description From To Processor Over ServerNet Fabric 1 Primary SYSTEM P 0 X 2 Backup SYSTEM P 0 Y 3 Mirror SYSTEM M 0 Y 4 Mirror backup SYSTEM M 0 X 5 Primary SYSTEM P 1 X 6 Backup SYSTEM P 1 Y 7 Mirror SYSTEM M 1 Y 8 Mirror backup SYSTEM M 1 X HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 55 Introduction Installation Overview The command interpreter input CIIN file is automatically invoked after the first processor is loaded The CIIN file shipped with new systems contains the TACL RELOAD command which loads the remaining processors Figure 1 22 shows possible system load paths Figure 1 22 System Load Paths Processor Processor 0 1 x y x y ET SYSTEM P 6 gt ServerNet W Adapter Legend X Fabric er Y Fabri SYSTEM M ee VST956 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 1 56 Introduction Installation Overview PMF CRU and IOMF CRU Power On Self Tests When the system is powered on or when a PMF CRU or IOMF CRU is initially connected to the backplane a series of automatic power on self tests POSTs are run on the CRU These POSTs take several minutes to finish The three types
328. le AWAN 3886 Server Installation and Configuration Guide if applicable Install set up operate system Install and configure SWAN concentrator Install and configure SWAN 2 concentrator Install and configure device Tools Components and Equipment Item Description Enables You To Envelope Contains 4 mm hexagonal wrench Number labels Flash memory for AWAN iTP Web Server CD DAT tape Unlock a system enclosure door Designate enclosures Power on cable Installed between enclosures Power on multiple enclosures Groundstraps Installed between enclosures Electrically ground enclosures Ethernet cables Type depends on your location Connect workstation to system Modem and cable Types depend on your location Allow system to receive dial ins System image tape SIT Site update tape SUT Contain files already installed on your system disk Store system startup files not to install or start your system HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 4 FastPath Tasks Required 1 Inventory Shipment 1b Inventory Equipment 1 Verify that all equipment you ordered has arrived Ifyou have a System Equipment Inventory Form check off each piece of equipment received If you do not have a System Equipment Inventory Form compare the Product List or the Box Inventory List to the equipment you
329. le start and test a system console This section describes how to connect a primary system console to the installed server and dedicated service LAN by using Ethernet cables and an Ethernet switch or Ethernet hub This section describes how to install selected peripheral devices such as tape subsystems This section describes how to power on NonStop S series system enclosures how to power on external devices and how to start the system This section describes the tasks that you must perform after the NonStop S series server has been powered up and started This section describes how to configure system consoles and NonStop S series servers in several ways This section describes offline configuration tasks which change software or hardware configurations and require the system to be shut down This section describes how to configure your system online using the Subsystem Control Facility SCF Kernel Managed Swap Facility KMSF OSM and TSM and how to create an alternate SYSTEM disk This section describes command files that automatically start and shut down a NonStop S series server This section documents the installation and configuration of a NonStop S7000 system for a fictitious company Part numbers have been moved to the Support and Service Library This appendix contains ServerNet cabling diagrams and tables for maximum Tetra 8 and Tetra 16 configurations It also contains diagrams and tables for selec
330. le configure the IP address for the console and the subnet mask and gateway for the operations LAN as described in Step 3 on page 10 4 Install OSM or version 7 0 or later of the TSM client software See the applicable documentation NonStop System Console Installer Guide TSM Online User Guide OSM Migration Guide When asked if the workstation is installed on a dedicated service LAN click No The OSM package should already be installed on the workstation but it might be configured for a dedicated service LAN If so all OSM client applications appear in the OSM Start Menu shortcuts but you can use only the TSM Service Application the OSM Service Connection and the OSM or TSM Event Viewer Use the OSM Service Connection or TSM Service Application to enter the IP addresses for the ServerNet adapter For instructions using TSM see the TSM Configuration Guide For OSM see the OSM Migration Guide Specify the TCP IP process associated with the ServerNet adapter For TSM use TEDIT or EDIT see the TSM Configuration Guide For OSM see the OSM Migration Guide Configure the OSM or TSM Event Viewer to use the TCP IP process associated with the ServerNet adapter For instructions see the OSM Migration Guide or TSM Configuration Guide Test the operations LAN connection a For OSM For the configuration changes made in the OSMCONF file in steps 3 5 to take effect use the Reload Configuration Settings option from the
331. le F 9 COUP INFO DEVICE Display F 19 Figures Figure 1 1 The Shipping Package 1 10 Figure 1 2 Shipping Package Dimensions 1 11 Figure 1 3 Base and Stackable Enclosures 1 16 Figure 1 4 SEBs in a Processor Enclosure Without a Power Shelf 1 17 Figure 1 5 MSEBs ina Processor Enclosure With a Power Shelf 1 18 Figure 1 6 Service Side of I O Enclosure Without Power Shelf 1 19 Figure 1 7 Service Side of I O Enclosure With Power Shelf 1 20 Figure 1 8 Rack with IOAM Enclosure Front Side 1 21 Figure 1 9 Rack With IOAM Enclosure Rear Side 1 22 Figure 1 10 Power On Cable Connectors 1 24 Figure 1 11 EPO Cable 1 25 Figure 1 12 Port Numbers and Cable Connections on an MSEB 1 39 Figure 1 13 SEB to SEB ECL Cable 1 40 Figure 1 14 MSEB to MSEB ECL Cable 1 40 Figure 1 15 SEB to MSEB ECL Cable 1 40 Figure 1 16 Serial Copper Cable 1 41 Figure 1 17 Fiber Optic Cable 1 41 Figure 1 18 LC Connector for the 6780 Switch or ServerNet Switch Board 1 42 Figure 1 19 SC Connector for MSEB 1 42 Figure 1 20 ServerNet Cable Labeling 1 43 Figure 1 21 Cable Management Hardware 1 44 Figure 1 22 System Load Paths 1 56 Figure 2 1 Cords Cables and Other Contents of Short Cartons 2 5 Figure 2 2 Unpacking the Enclosures 2 7 Figure 2 3 Tabs on Plastic Locking Clip of Shipping Package 2 8 Figure 2 4 Loosen End Piece of Pallet by Turning Twist Lock Handles 2 8 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 xiii Conte
332. le to retrieve messages sent while the system was going down For the cause and recovery procedures look up the halt code in the Processor Halt Codes Manual 3 Perform a processor dump if needed See Dumping Processor Memory on page D 16 Do not prime or reset the processor before performing the dump 4 Correct any problems shown in the dump or contact your service provider 5 Load the system again You can also try loading the system using one of the following methods 1 Load the system from an earlier version of the system configuration database by specifying a saved version of the CONFIG file if one is available You can use this method to recover from a configuration change that caused a problem a Load the system from a system console specifying a saved version of the system configuration file in the form xx yy For example the CONF0205 file would be specified as 02 05 or 2 5 b When the system starts and displays a TACL prompt log on and start the rest of the system applications HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 11 Troubleshooting CIIN File Is Not Invoked During System Startup 2 If the current configuration file has become corrupted and there is no saved configuration file from which you can load the system use the following procedure to load the system and re create the initial CONFIG file that was delivered to you when you first received your system a Log onto
333. led and continuously when the adapter is not fully functional G4SA Power on Green Lights when the adapter is receiving power Fault Amber Lights temporarily during power on procedure and continuously when the ServerNet adapter is not fully functional IOMF Power on Green Lights when the IOMF CRU is receiving power CRU Service Amber Lights temporarily during power on procedure and continuously when the IOMF CRU is not fully functional ServerNet port Amber Lights when the service processor SP detects service an error in the transfer of ServerNet data In an IOMF 2 CRU the Prepare to Power Off action in OSM or TSM causes this LED to flash to help identify the CRU for removal or replacement IOAM Fan Power on Green Flashes temporarily during power on procedure then continuously when the fan is operating normally Fault Amber Lights continuously to indicate that the fan is not operational IOAM Power on Green Flashes temporarily during the power on Power procedure then continuously when the power Supply supply is receiving power from the AC power source Predictive Fail Amber Flashes continuously when the power supply is about to fail due to a fan problem Fail Amber Lights continuously to indicate that the power supply is not operational IOAM Power on Green Lights when the ServerNet switch board is ServerNet receiving power switch board Service Amber Lights temporarily during the power on procedure and continuously wh
334. les come preloaded with the client components necessary to use OSM software TSM client components can be installed but some assembly of components is required Hardware and software are delivered in various shipping boxes containing the components listed in Table 5 1 on page 5 3 Some hardware is optional so your shipment might not contain all items listed Save all shipping boxes and packing material so you can repack components for shipment if necessary HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 5 2 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Unpacking the System Console Table 5 1 Contents of the Shipping Box Box Contents System unit box Accessory box Keyboard box System unit processor Accessory bag packaged in system unit box System unit power cord Mouse with attached cable Quick setup reference card HP Restore CD Microsoft Windows XP Professional CD The Certificate of Authenticity for Microsoft Windows XP Professional In the form of a sticker attached to the PC Documentation Keyboard box packaged in system unit box Keyboard with attached cable PC accessory box 50 foot 15 meter Ethernet cable System console binder Assorted software media and documentation Display monitor box Display monitor with attached interface cable Display monitor power cord Documentation for the display monitor Ethernet switch box Docum
335. line D 16 Dumping Processor Memory to Tape Offline D 20 Expand Over IP Connections D 22 Recovery Actions for the CONNECTING State D 24 Recovery Actions for the WAIT State D 24 Backing Out a Software Revision D 26 Prerequisites D 26 Start DSM SCM D 26 Start and Log On to Target Interface D 27 Initiate Backout Activity D 27 Monitor Backout Process D 28 Stop All Applications D 28 Rename Software Files Using ZPHIRNM D 29 Stop System D 29 Load System From Saved Configuration D 30 9 Start Applications D 30 System Consoles D 31 Software Configuration Problems D 36 Software Corruption and Hard Disk Problems D 37 Restoring Software on the Hard Disk D 38 Configuring a ProCurve 24 Port Ethernet Switch D 48 CO IN IO A N j HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 x Contents E FastPath Tasks Required E FastPath Tasks Required 1 Install Hardware E 3 1 Inventory Shipment E 4 Collect Tools E 6 Unpack and Unload Server E 6 Connect Groundstraps E 10 Inventory and Inspect All Components E 11 Connect the Power On Cables E 11 Connect Emergency Power Off EPO Cables E 13 Connect ServerNet Cables E 14 9 Install Service Side Enclosure Doors If Necessary E 15 10 Install Primary System Console E 16 CO N O O A N 11 Create Emergency Repair Dis
336. line help The TSM Online User Guide The TSM Low Level Link online help The TSM Service Application online help Create Update and Use an ERD or ASR Topic Page Create or Update an ERD or ASR D 47 Restore Configuration Information From an ERD or ASR D 47 The Emergency Repair Disk ERD or Automated System Recovery ASR disk saves repair information for you to reconstruct Windows system files system configuration and startup environment variables Note This guide assumes that you have already created an ERD or ASR as part of the final system console setup steps See Create an Emergency Repair Disk ERD or Automated System Recovery ASR Disk on page 5 10 The OSM or TSM Low Level Link and the OSM or TSM Notification Director save important configuration information to the Windows registry To back up this information you must create or update an ERD or ASR for your workstation Update your ERD or ASR any time you use OSM or TSM to change the OSM or TSM environment Create or Update an ERD or ASR Use the procedure in the Windows 2000 or XP Professional documentation shipped with your system console Restore Configuration Information From an ERD or ASR Use the procedure in the Windows 2000 or XP Professional documentation shipped with your system console HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 47 Troubleshooting Configuring a ProCurve 24 Port Ethernet Switch Config
337. ling 7 17 Private LAN See Dedicated LAN Processor dumps D 16 Processor enclosure combined with I O enclosures 1 35 contents 1 12 description 1 12 group numbers 1 31 illustration 2 17 2 18 2 19 processor numbers 1 31 700 1 35 2 16 7000 1 35 2 17 2 18 7x00 Sxx000 1 35 2 17 2 19 slot assignments 2 16 2 17 Processor multifunction PMF CRU See PMF CRU Processors 8 21 13 7 E 29 Q QIO subsystem 12 4 Quick setup reference card 5 2 6 3 6 6 Rack 1 13 Ramp for unloading enclosure 1 9 RCVDUMP D 16 D 17 D 18 RECEIVEDUMP D 18 Recommended operating configuration adding server 10 8 adding workstation 10 6 creating 10 3 10 5 Redundant power scrub action 9 2 Reel tape See Tape subsystem RELOAD 8 21 Remote access 12 9 Remote monitoring 12 9 D 47 Reseating components 2 23 2 26 RJ 45 connectors 6 4 Routers 6 2 RVU create software revision F 23 installing 11 2 SYSINFO F 26 Visual Inspect E 44 ZPM E 44 S Safety glasses 2 6 SCF about 12 2 command file 12 17 configuration components 12 3 configuration file 2 4 7 15 configuration tools 12 2 12 7 CONTROL DISK 9 10 G series 12 3 INFO DISK 9 10 modifying system attributes 11 3 PRIMARY DISK 9 10 SCF0000 command file D 12 STATUS 9 9 STATUS DISK 9 10 SWITCH 9 8 9 10 testing the tape subsystem 9 12 SCF0000 command file 12 6 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 Index 10 Index Screen See M
338. llation Overview Notes page 1 of 2 The primary system console has a modem and is configured as a dial out point You must install and configure this system console before you can view manuals start and test the system configure the OSM or TSM environment or use the OSM or TSM software Do not install the backup system console until you have started and tested the server 6 Install external system devices such as 517x and 519x tape subsystems Section 7 Installing External System Devices 7 Power on and start the server with the factory default configuration Section 8 Powering On and Starting the System 8 Perform post startup tasks such as testing system components and configuring the OSM or TSM environment Section 9 Performing Post Startup Tasks You might also need SCF Reference Manual for the Storage Subsystem OSM User s Guide TSM Configuration Guide TSM Online User Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 4 Introduction Installation Overview Standard Operating Practices When you handle a customer replaceable unit CRU follow standard operating practices to minimize any potential damage to the equipment When handling CRUs work in an environment protected from electrostatic discharge ESD See Using ESD Protection on page 1 6 Obtain an ESD protection kit and follow the directions that come with the kit You can purch
339. ls for servicing NonStop S series and Integrity NonStop NS series systems Hardware Service and Maintenance Publications Service Information Service Procedures Tools and Download Files Troubleshooting Tips Within these categories where applicable content might be further categorized according to server or enclosure type Authorized service providers can also order the NTL Support and Service Library CD Channel Partners and Authorized Service Providers Order the CD from the SDRC at https scout nonstop compaq com SDRC ce htm HP employees Subscribe at World on a Workbench WOW Subscribers automatically receive CD updates Access the WOW order form at http hps knowledgemanagement hp com wow order asp OSM Guided Replacement Procedures Some of the procedures in this guide refer to the OSM guided replacement procedures These automated tools are integrated into the OSM Service Connection They guide you step by step through replacing many customer replaceable units CRUs To launch OSM guided replacement procedures 1 Log onto the OSM Service Connection 2 Inthe tree pane locate and select the CRU FRU you want to replace 3 Select Actions 4 Inthe Actions dialog box from the Available Actions list select Replace 5 Click Perform Action to launch the guided procedure HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 xxiv About This Guide TSM Guided Replacement Procedures TSM
340. ly requests as scheduled A status window opens and is updated regularly The activation package is created and the new software is placed on the system s subvolumes When the Apply request is completed a snapshot is automatically created and returned to the host 6 Activate Software 1 Print the operator instructions a b C e f g Log on to the Target Interface ZPHITI by using the super ID Select 3 Perform target activities from the main menu Press F1 In the list of targets enter the number for the target DEFAULT on which the new software was applied Press F1 In the Target Menu Select Action screen select 3 Review operator instructions for the last apply completed Press F1 Print the displayed operator instructions Verify the output location and then press F9 Press Shift F16 to exit the Target Interface Follow the operator instructions to activate the new software The following steps summarize a set of standard instructions if a system load and SYSGEN are not required However operator instructions vary depending on the new software Use the instructions that come with your software a Stop all applications including DSM SCM To stop DSM SCM and TMF enter at a TACL prompt gt VOLUME SDSMSCM ZDSMSCM gt RUN STOPSCM gt TMFCOM STOP TMF HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 28 FastPath Tasks Optional Installing a Softw
341. ly to a grounded outlet For a USB modem a Connect the modem to the USB port on the front of the workstation b Connect the modem to the telephone line c If necessary connect the telephone adapter kit Power on the following components a Modem b Display monitor c Workstation Test the operation of the system console a Verify operation of the display monitor b Verify operation of the keyboard and mouse c Verify operation of the Windows operating system Ensure the workstation can be powered down and restarted in the same condition HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 17 FastPath Tasks Required 11 Create Emergency Repair Disk or Automated System Recovery Disk 11 Create Emergency Repair Disk or Automated System Recovery Disk Much of your system configuration is saved to the Windows registry If your Windows system files become corrupted an emergency repair disk or automated system recovery disk can reconstruct them Use the backup procedure described in the Windows XP Professional documentation shipped with your system console 12 Install Ethernet Switch Unpack and install Ethernet switch 1 using the documentation that came with the switch 13 Connect Ethernet Switch to Group 01 1 Connect any port except the cascade port on the switch to the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU in group 01 slot 50 2 Connect the switch to the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU i
342. m Last Mounted Under F40 P40 Volume Label Last Written 02 Apr 1997 16 41 06 036 Disk jSUDEY DS ws sed tn ao te eile a Yee rated tee ets 42 Section Name Address Length Version Parameter 0 Spare Tracks Table 000000 003000 000000 005000 0 000000 000000 1 Boot 000000 000000 O000000 000000 0 000000 000000 2 Fr Space Tabl 000000 010000 000000 020000 0 000000 000000 3 Directory Label 000000 110000 000000 010000 0 000000 000000 4 Unused 000000 000000 000000 000000 0 000000 000000 5 Undo 000000 120000 000000 020000 O 000000 000000 6 Pool 000000 000000 000000 000000 0 000000 000000 10 Pool LSA 000000 000010 000407 061554 3 000000 000000 Tiles Er Space Table LSA 000000 000010 000000 000020 3 000000 000000 12 Boot LSA 000000 000000 000000 000000 0 000000 000000 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 13 Online Configuration Tasks 5 Create a New System Volume and a System Image Tape SIT 5 Create a New System Volume and a System Image Tape SIT Create a new system volume and a system image tape SIT for the target disk You can create a system volume in either of these ways Use DSM SCM to place needed subvolumes on the target disk Back up the original subvolumes to tape and then restore them to the target disk For more information on either of these procedures or the procedure for creating a SIT see the DSM SCM User s Guide 6 Install the Boot Millicode on the Target Disk U
343. m Load Fails A Caution Performing a tape load from a system image tape SIT to restore the system image files to the SYSTEM disk SYSnn and CSSnn subvolumes is generally not recommended Perform a tape load only with the advice of the GCSC or your service provider Loading from a tape reinitializes the disk directory overlays the disk directory with the directory from the tape and destroys all files on the disk Many additional steps are required to restore your system to working order because the SIT does not contain all the files that were on the SYSTEM disk including almost all important system configuration information If a system load is not successful or if the system halts 1 Check the following locations for halt code or event messages The Processor Status dialog box of the TSM Low Level Link The System Status and Detailed Status boxes in the System Startup dialog box The OSM or TSM Event Viewer The startup TACL window The startup event stream window 2 Record any event messages or halt codes See the appropriate documentation for recovery information f possible look up event messages in the EMS logs 0 and ZLOG For the cause effect and recovery procedures for these events see the documentation appropriate for your system among the TSM Event Viewer online help the OSM User s Guide and the Operator Messages Manual If you configured your processor to print event messages to a printer you might be ab
344. mment stops the TMF subsystem DISABLE BEGINTRANS STOP TMF WAIT ON EXIT Adding Super Group User IDs After you determine that the system is performing correctly you can add the super group user IDs for your local operators and your service provider 1 Add a super group user ID for the local operator and for your service provider if you are allowing access to the system for remote support using the TACL ADDUSER command Set the passwords and default characteristics for these user IDs Adding user IDs and setting default characteristics for user IDs is described in the Guardian User s Guide 2 Ask the local operator to log on to the system and verify the passwords HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 21 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Adding Super Group User IDs HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 22 14 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System This section documents the installation and configuration of a NonStop S7000 system for a fictitious company About These Examples 14 2 Background for Developers Inc 14 3 Hardware Configuration 14 4 Installation Documents 14 4 System Configuration CONFTEXT File 14 20 LAN Environment at Developers Inc 14 20 Registry of IP Addresses 14 20 Installing the System 14 22 Customizing the Configuration 14 22
345. mpt does not appear in one window view the other with the Windows taskbar buttons If any of the four startup windows do not appear after the previous steps 1 2 Select Start gt OutsideView gt OutsideView The OutsideView dialog box appears From the Session menu select New The New Session Properties dialog box appears On the Session tab in the Session Caption box enter a session caption name such as Startup Events or Startup TACL Click IO Properties The TCP IP Properties dialog box appears Enter the IP address of MSP 1 a space and the port number of the window type 303 for the startup event stream window 301 for the startup TACL window For example 192 231 36 2 303 startup event stream window 192 231 36 3 303 startup event stream window 192 231 36 2 301 startup TACL window 192 231 36 3 301 startup TACL window If your workstation is not authorized or is not in the access list in the TSM Low Level Link you will not receive such a list Click OK You are returned to the New Session Properties dialog box Click OK The startup event stream window or startup TACL window appears A TACL prompt appears in the startup TACL window With the OSM or TSM Event Viewer look for important messages that might have been logged to the EMS log during this procedure HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 10 Troubleshooting System Load Fails Syste
346. n Reconnect the power cord first to the system unit and then to the power source Power on the system console and recheck the system unit operation HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 D 35 Troubleshooting Software Configuration Problems Software Configuration Problems When you encounter a software problem first see the application documentation to ensure that you are using the software properly Any change to the software configuration of a system console can affect the function of the programs installed on it or prevent access to them or to the system console The software on the system console hard disk operates this workstation as a system console for NonStop S series servers Changing this configuration is not supported Neither is loading and using software other than that provided with the initial configuration Monitor Screen Is Frozen See also Table D 4 on page D 34 Table D 6 Monitor Screen Is Frozen Symptom Recovery Typing on the keyboard or using the mouse has no effect on the screen 1 Press the Esc key and then try to use the keyboard and mouse Do the same with the Ctrl Q key combination in that order 2 If the keyboard and mouse still do not work restart the system console press Ctrl Alt Del and select Shutdown In the Shutdown screen select Shutdown and Restart 3 When the system console has restarted you should be abl
347. n Cables Four Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures VST142 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 C 8 Power On Cabling Figure C 17 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures VST142 vsd Figure C 18 Power On Cables Four Processor Enclosures Four I O Enclosures VST144 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 C 9 Power On Cabling HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 C 10 D Troubleshooting This appendix explains basic recovery tasks for the system and system console Note For troubleshooting an IOAM enclosure Fibre Channel Disk Module FCDM s or ESSs contact your service provider Topic Page page 1 of 2 Reference D 2 Power States D 2 Status LEDs D 4 Powering On the System D 5 System Does Not Appear to Be Powered On D 6 Power Is Applied to Enclosure But Fans Are Not Turning D 6 Any Green LED Is Not Lit D 8 Any Amber LED Remains Lit After POST D 9 Yellow ServerNet Port LEDs on SEBs or MSEBs Are Not Lit D 9 Group Service LED on System Enclosure Is Flashing D 9 Correcting Topology Attribute D 9 Starting the System D 10 Startup Event Stream and Startup TACL Windows Do Not Appear D 10 System Load Fails D 11 CIIN File Is Not Invoked During System Startup D 12 Reload Fails D 13 CPU
348. n D 6 Power Is Applied to Enclosure But Fans Are Not Turning 2 D Any Green LED Is Not Lit Any Amber LED Remains Lit After POST Yellow ServerNet Port LEDs on SEBs or MSEBs Are Not Lit 2 pa o A Group Service LED on System Enclosure Is Flashing a co Correcting Topology Attribute 0 co HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 5 Troubleshooting System Does Not Appear to Be Powered On System Does Not Appear to Be Powered On 1 If the fans are not turning and if none of the green LEDs on the system components in an enclosure are lit the power might not have been properly applied Check that the AC power cords and the power on cables are properly connected and repeat the power on procedure If AC power is being supplied to the system but the system still does not appear to be powered on the system might be running internal power on self tests POSTs Wait several minutes It can take as long as 10 minutes for the POSTs to finish If the system still does not appear to be powered on after this time and you cannot determine the cause of the problem contact your service provider Power Is Applied to Enclosure But Fans Are Not Turning A Caution If the system is powered on green LEDs are lit on enclosures and fans are not turning in one or more enclosures power off the system immediately to avoid potential hardware damage Then contact yo
349. n Files Printer Line Shutdown File Printer Line Shutdown File This example shows an SCF command file that stops the printer line associated with the SWAN concentrator ZZWAN S01 configuration track ID X001 XX This file can be invoked automatically from the STOPSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt SCF IN SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNLP OUT SZHOME This is SYSTEM SHUTDOWN SDNLP Shuts down the printer associated with the SWAN concentrator SZZWAN S01 ALLOW 20 ERRORS ABORT LINE S LP5516 Expand Over IP Line Shutdown File This example shows an SCF command file that stops the Expand over IP communications line from Case1 a NonStop S7000 server to Case2 a NonStop K series server This file can be invoked automatically from the STOPSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt SCF IN SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN IP2CASE2 OUT SZHOME This is SYSTEM SHUTDOWN IP2CASE2 ABORT LINE S Case2IP Direct Connect Line Shutdown File This example shows an SCF command file that stops the direct connect line on a SWAN concentrator This file can be invoked automatically from the STOPSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt SCF IN SSYSTEM SHUTDOWN STOPLH OUT SZHOME This is SYSTEM SHUTDOWN STOPLH This shuts down the direct connect line ALLOW 20 ERRORS ABORT LINE C
350. n Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 A 1 Part Numbers HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 A 2 B ServerNet Cabling This appendix contains ServerNet cabling diagrams and tables for maximum Tetra 8 and Tetra 16 configurations It also contains diagrams and tables for selected smaller configurations A Caution Whenever I O enclosures are listed an IOAM enclosure can be substituted However IOAM enclosures must be installed and cabled by service providers trained by HP Your service provider should refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide which is located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library Topic Page What ServerNet Cabling Diagrams Mean B 2 Correlation Between ServerNet Cable Diagram and One Enclosure B 2 Correlation Between ServerNet Cable Diagram and Two Enclosures B 3 Maximum ServerNet Configurations B 4 Maximum Tetra 8 Topologies X and Y Fabrics B 4 Maximum Tetra 16 Topology X Fabric B 5 Maximum Tetra 16 Topology Y Fabric B 6 Maximum ServerNet Cabling Tables B 7 Shaded Areas in These Tables B 7 Tetra 8 Cabling Tables B 8 Tetra 16 Cabling Tables B 10 Maximum ServerNet Cabling Tables B 7 About This Information B 14 Tetra 8 Systems With One Processor Enclosure B 15 Tetra 8 Systems With Two Processor Enclos
351. n Tasks SCF SCF The Subsystem Control Facility SCF configures controls and collects information about subsystems and the objects devices subdevices processes and so forth belonging to each subsystem Using SCF commands you can Add alter or delete objects such as I O processes or generic processes in the system configuration Obtain configured or current information about objects System configuration changes that are made online using SCF take effect as soon as the object is restarted using the SCF START command For subsystems that are new for the G series these changes are permanent that is they persist through processor and system loads unless you load the system with a different configuration file The general method for performing SCF configuration changes is 1 Create a command file containing the SCF commands to implement a configuration change 2 For falloack purposes save the current configuration database CONFIG file using the SCF SAVE command The following example saves the current CONFIG file to a file named CONF0102 on the SYSTEM ZSYSCONF subvolume gt SAVE CONFIGURATION 1 2 3 Invoke the command file created in Step 1 For example gt OBEY SCFCONF If the most recent change results in a problem you can fall back to a known stable configuration by loading the system from the saved configuration file These steps are described in detail in the SCF Reference Manual fo
352. n group 01 slot 55 Figure E 15 Connecting an Ethernet Switch to Group 01 Ferrite Bead Ethernet Port Network Interface Card NIC on System Console Cascade Port Ethernet Switch NEE SMA eaeoe VST519 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 18 FastPath Tasks Required 14 Connect Primary System Console to Ethernet Switch 14 Connect Primary System Console to Ethernet Switch A Caution System consoles are shipped with identical IP addresses To avoid software errors specify a unique IP address for the backup system console before you connect the console to the Ethernet switch or NonStop S series server 1 Connect a cable from Ethernet switch 1 to the network interface card behind the console Note Do not connect this cable to the cascade port on switch 1 2 Set the medium dependent interface MDI switch on Ethernet switch 1 to MDI mode To set this switch see the documentation provided with the Ethernet switch 15 Install Tape Drive Title Page Installing a 5175 Tape Drive E 19 Installing a 519x Tape Drive E 21 Note To perform a tape dump connect the tape drive to a PMF CRU in groups 01 or 02 Installing a 5175 Tape Drive 1 Determine which PMF CRU IOMF CRU or 6760 ServerNet device adapter ServerNet DA should be connected to the tape drive Unpack the tape drive module using the scissors or cutters Unload the tape
353. n the CRE the message type SYSTEM includes all messages except LOGICAL CLOSE and LOGICAL OPEN HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 xxvii About This Guide Change Bar Notation HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 xxviii E introduction This section summarizes the installation process and gives an overview of the NonStop S series system Topic Page page 2 of 2 Installation Overview 1 3 Standard Operating Practices 1 5 Using ESD Protection 1 6 Tools 17 Installation Checklist 1 8 Shipping Packages 1 9 About Shipping Packages 1 9 Shipping Package Specifications 1 10 Enclosure Types 1 12 Enclosure Contents 1 12 Enclosure Combinations 1 12 Enclosure Positions 1 13 Modified I O Enclosures 1 13 IOAM Enclosures 1 13 Enclosure Illustrations 1 16 Groundstraps 1 23 What Groundstraps Do 1 23 Number of Groundstraps 1 23 Where to Install Groundstraps 1 23 More About Groundstraps and Power Requirements 1 23 Power On Cables 1 24 Emergency Power Off Cables 1 25 About EPO Cables 1 25 EPO Cable Requirements 1 25 System Organization 1 25 Group Module and Slot Hierarchy for System Enclosures 1 26 Group Module and Slot Hierarchy for LOAM Enclosures 1 28 Server Numbering and Labeling 1 31 ServerNet Cabling 1 35 System Size 1 35 Topologies 1 36 Fabrics and Slots 1 36 HP NonStop
354. n the control panel click the Display icon The Display Properties screen appears 7 Inthe Settings tab under Desktop Area move the slide button to the right toward More Show 800 X 600 pixels or more 8 Under Color Palette select 65536 Colors Click Test Setup displays a message regarding the test pattern and a five second wait 9 Click OK to start the test After the test you are prompted if you saw the bitmap 10 Click Yes if the screen is readable If not change the desktop setting by repeating Steps 7 through 9 Click OK The Display Properties screen closes HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 43 Troubleshooting Set Event Log Settings Restoring Software on the Hard Disk This step is required because OSM or TSM generates many events in normal operation Table D 10 Set Event Log Settings Action Result Start gt Settings gt Control Panel The Control Panel opens Click the Administrative Tools folder Administrative Tools opens Click the Event Viewer icon Event View opens In the left pane select Security Log Security events appear in the right pane In main menu Action gt Properties The Properties dialog box opens 9 or A W N gt In the event log wrap section click Overwrite Events as needed Click OK If the log file fills older security events are o
355. nal SCSI passthrough terminator from the differential SCSI port 11 Connect the AC power cord for the tape drive 12 Reinstall and close the rear bezel door of the tape drive HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 21 FastPath Tasks Required 2 Start the System 2 Start the System Task Page 1 Prepare for System Startup E 28 2 Power On External System Devices E 23 3 Connect AC Power Cords E 24 Enclosures Without Power Shelves E 24 Enclosures With Power Shelves E 25 4 Apply Power to Server E 26 5 Verify Topology E 27 6 Verify System Components E 28 7 Start System E 28 1 Prepare for System Startup 1 If your system has multiple enclosures verify that the ServerNet cables are connected 2 Verify that the following components are installed Component Notes All system enclosures N A Power on cables Not the same as the AC power cords AC power cords are not installed until you are ready to apply power to the system Service side enclosure doors Included with new system Ethernet switch Must be connected to both the server and to the system console OSM or TSM Verify that the system console on which OSM or TSM is installed is properly connected to the system Emergency power off EPO Within the United States an EPO disconnect is required cables in a system if the system is installed in a computer or data processing room that is design
356. nclosure B 15 One Processor Enclosure Two I O Enclosures B 15 Tetra 8 Systems With Two Processor Enclosures B 16 Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure B 16 Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures B 16 Tetra 8 Systems With Three Processor Enclosures B 17 Three Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure B 17 Three Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures B 18 Three Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures B 18 Three Processor Enclosures Six I O Enclosures B 20 Tetra 8 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures B 21 Four Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure B 21 Four Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures B 22 Four Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures B 22 Four Processor Enclosures Four I O Enclosures B 23 About This Information You do not have to conform to one of these enclosure configurations They are merely examples The number of possible enclosure arrangements for all systems is too great to provide tables and diagrams for all Wherever a SEB is identified an MSEB can also appear Installation requires four types of connections Connection Information Appears in Groundstraps Section 2 Installing Enclosures EPO cables Section 2 Installing Enclosures ServerNet cables This appendix Power on cables This appendix HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 14 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 8 Systems With One Processor Enclosure Tetra 8 Systems With One Processor En
357. nd Maintenance L700 tape Publications Library Contact your service provider library 5242 5242ACL Digitalaudio DAT 72 Models 5242 and 5242ACL Tape Drive tape DAT User s Guide drives 5242 2SE Digitalaudio DAT 72 Model 5242 2SE Rackmount Tape Unit User s tape DAT Guide unit 525x High 5257 5257ACL Installation and User s Guide for S performanc Series Tape Enclosures e DLT 5258 ACL Installation and User s Guide 5259 High L700 CTL700 Installation and Operations guide performanc located in the Hardware Service and Maintenance e DLT drive Publications Library Contact your service provider in L700 tape library 9310 Tape Documentation is shipped with the tape library Contact Library your service provider 9490 Cartridge Documentation is shipped with the tape drive Contact tape drives your service provider 9710 Tape 9710 StorageTek Addendum for NonStop Servers Library HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 7 12 Installing External System Devices Installing Other Tape Devices Topic Subsystem Manuals page 2 of 3 9840 Cartridge L700 CTL700 Installation and Users Guide CT9840 1 tape drive in L700 tape library 9840 Cartridge 9840 CT9840 2 Installation Guide for the 9710 ACS CT9840 2 tape drive in 9710 tape library 9840 Cartridge 9840 CT9840 3 Installation and Users Guide for CT9840 3 tape drivein NonStop S Series Tape Enclosures tape enclosure 9840 Cartridge D
358. new system or an add on enclosure However if you have three or more enclosures you must install the groundstraps that link the base enclosures More About Groundstraps and Power Requirements Groundstraps are installed on systems that have more than one enclosure Groundstraps are 14 8 inches 37 5 centimeters long HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 23 Introduction Installation Overview Power On Cables For Information About See When to use specific cable lengths NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide Where to install the power on cables Your Installation Document Checklist Appendix C Power On Cabling Power on cables carry the power on signal from one PMF CRU or IOMF CRU to another allowing you to power on all system enclosures in a system from one push button Note IOAM enclosures do not require power on cables For more information your service provider can refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library Power on cables have an RJ 11 connector at each end as illustrated in Figure 1 10 One power on cable is required for each system enclosure Power on cables can be 8 2 feet 2 5 meters or 23 0 feet 7 0 meters long The cables and enclosures must form a continuous ring so that each enclosure can deliver the power on signal to t
359. nfiguration 1d Save Current System Configuration Save the current system configuration CONFIG before making any changes This practice allows you to undo changes if necessary If the most recent change results in a problem you can restore the previous system configuration by loading the system from the saved system configuration file Save the current CONFIG file as follows 1 List the saved configuration files At the SCF prompt gt FUP INFO SSYSTEM ZSYSCONF CONF 2 Save the current configuration using a unique file name At the SCF prompt gt SAVE CONFIGURATION xx yy where xx yy is a number in the range 0 0 through 99 99 1e If Your Server Will Be Part of a ServerNet Cluster The NonStop ServerNet Cluster product connects multiple servers in a cluster up to 24 servers using the star topologies and up to 64 servers using the layered topology and passes information from one server to any other server in the cluster This product extends the ServerNet fabrics outside the system boundary and allows the ServerNet protocol to be used for intersystem messaging A ServerNet cluster consists of individual servers each containing internal ServerNet fabrics connected through fiber optic cables and cluster switches to other servers Only NonStop S series servers can belong to a ServerNet cluster For information about configuring a server as part of a ServerNet cluster see the ServerNet Cluster Manual for star
360. ng products and subsystems such as Telserv the HP NonStop TCP IP subsystem the HP NonStop IPX SPX subsystem and others For information about installing or configuring an AWAN 3886 server see the AWAN 3886 Server Installation and Configuration Guide For up to date information regarding all AWAN servers see the nteractive Upgrade Guide Installing Printers and Terminals You can install printers and terminals through the WAN SLSA ATP6100 or TELSERV subsystems depending on how each device is physically attached to the server Serial connected printers can be connected to a NonStop S series server through A SWAN or SWAN 2 concentrator using WANPRINT printer software An AWAN server using spooler FASTPxxx print process software LAN attached printers can be connected to NonStop S series servers through an Ethernet LAN and spooler FASTPxxx print process software For more information Topic Subsystem Manuals page 1 of 2 Ethernet WAN Ethernet Adapter Installation and Support Guide Local area network SLSA Fast Ethernet Adapter Installation and Support Guide LAN Gigabit Ethernet Installation and Support Guide LAN Configuration and Management Manual SWAN Concentrator Installation and Support Guide Printer manuals Third party documentation available in NTL Adapters G06 nn Release Version Update Compendium Supported connections HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001
361. ng the NCP Network Control Process Configuring and Starting the NCP Network Control Process This example contains an SCF command file that configures and starts the network control process NCP This is SSYSTEM STARTUP ADDNCP This file configures and starts NCP Add NCP profile ALLOW 100 ERRORS ADD PROFILE S zzwan pexpncp FILE S SYSTEM SYS00 PEXPNCP ADD DEVICE Szzwan ncp PROFILE pexpncp CPU 0 ALTCPU 1 amp IOPOBJECT SSYSTEM SYSO0 NCPOBJ TYPE 62 6 RECSIZE 1 DELAY 5 START DEVICE S zzwan ncp Adding an Expand Over IP Line This example contains a startup file and an SCF command file that configures and starts an Expand over IP communications line from ZZLAN LO28 at IP address 192 168 5 99 to Case2 a NonStop K series server at IP address 192 231 36 089 These IP addresses are only examples This is SYSTEM STARTUP IP2CASE2 Add an Expand over IP line from ZZLAN L028 to Case2 ALLOW 100 ERRORS ADD PROFILE S zzwan pexpsip FILE system sys00 pexpsip ADD DEVICE Szzwan Case2IP TYPE 63 0 PROFILE pexpsip amp IOPOBJECT Ssystem sys00 lhobj RECSIZE 03 CPU 0 ALTCPU 1 amp SRCIPADDR 192 168 5 099 DESTIPADDR 192 231 36 089 amp SRCIPPORT 5701 DESTIPPORT 5700 EXTSYS 252 ASSOCIATEDEV ZTC028 Start the device configur
362. ng the unavailable or disabled failure 3 Press Ctrl Alt Del and select Shutdown to restart the system console In the Shutdown screen select Shutdown and Restart and then try again to start the application 4 You might need to restore configuration information using your ERD or ASR 5 If this last attempt fails you might need to restore the application See Restoring Software on the Hard Disk on page D 38 6 If restoring the application fails contact your service provider If repeated attempts to start the system console are unsuccessful you might need to reinstall the Microsoft operating system and other software For information about installing or restoring applications see Restoring Software on the Hard Disk on page D 38 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 37 Troubleshooting Restoring Software on the Hard Disk Restoring Software on the Hard Disk Topic Page Install Operating System and Configure System Console D 39 Configure the System Console D 43 Install Software Provided by HP D 45 Create Update and Use an ERD or ASR D 47 If one or more applications become unusable or the hard disk becomes corrupted you must restore the software on the hard disk with the following tools and information Materials Where to Find On any of the computers ERD or ASR If you do not already have an ERD or ASR see Create an Emerg
363. ning power off the system immediately and contact your service provider After the fans start to operate the other system components begin to power on Status LEDs on the various enclosures and CRUs light during a series of power on self tests POSTs Eventually all components in the group 01 processor enclosure power on and then the components in other groups power on one after another When the POSTs finish successfully which can take up to 10 minutes the green power on LEDs light on all CRUs All LEDs become lit briefly during the POSTs but only the green power on LEDs should remain lit after the POSTs finish Ensure that the POSTs have finished successfully and that only green power on LEDs are lit in the system enclosures before you start the system See system startup procedures on 8 5 For more information about status LEDs see Status LEDs During a Power On Procedure on page 8 10 If AC power is being supplied to the system but the system still does not appear to be powered the system might be running internal tests Wait several minutes at least 10 minutes for large configurations If the system is still not powered on after this time and you cannot determine the cause of the problem contact your service provider 4 After all power on tests are completed and the system is running check the AC power cords Perform this test only if you have connected redundant power cords to separate circuits See Step 2 on page 8 8
364. nk a Inthe Log On dialog box select system NONAME b Type root as the user name with no password c Click Log on When the logon is successful an empty window appears and the message logged on appears in the status bar Verify that the topology is Tetra 8 a From the toolbar select System Actions b Ifthe topology is Tetra 8 close the dialog box and skip to Step 8 If the topology is Tetra 16 perform the following steps 1 Select Show Actions 2 Inthe Available Actions list select Set Topology to Tetra 8 3 Select Perform Action Wait for the action to finish Return to the main screen and select Power off from the toolbar Push the Power on push button on one of the PMF CRUs in group 01 During system startup status LEDs on the various enclosures and CRUs light during a series of power on self tests POSTs which can take up to 10 minutes All LEDs are lit briefly during POSTs but only the green power on LEDs should remain lit after the POSTs finish You must ensure that POSTs have finished successfully before you start the system If the green power on LED does not light or other LEDs remain lit see Appendix D Troubleshooting before proceeding When system is powered on log on as in Step 1 When logon finishes verify that Tetra 8 topology appears in the Attribute Value column If the Topology attribute is Tetra 16 or an error reset the topology to Tetra 8 before loading the system Click the Sys
365. not emit hazardous laser radiation WARNING Use the controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser product s installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous radiation Do not iry to open the module enclosure There are no user serviceable components inside Do not operate controls make adjustments or perform procedures to the laser device other than those specified herein Allow only HP Authorized Service technicians to repair the module The Center for Devices and Radiological Health CDRH of the U S Food and Drug Administration implemented regulations for laser products on August 2 1976 These regulations apply to laser products manufactured from August 1 1976 Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the Unites States HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Statements 3 Safety and Compliance SAFETY CAUTION SAFETY CAUTION The following icon or caution statements may be placed on equipment to indicate the presence of potentially hazardous conditions DUAL POWER CORDS CAUTION THIS UNIT HAS MORE THAN ONE POWER SUPPLY CORD DISCONNECT ALL POWER SUPPLY CORDS TO COMPLETELY REMOVE POWER FROM THIS UNIT ATTENTION CET APPAREIL COMPORTE PLUS D UN CORDON D ALIMENTATION DEBRANCHER TOUS LES CORDONS D ALIMENTATION AFIN DE COUPER COMPLETEMENT L ALIMENTATI
366. ntents are complete as follows Item Description Allows you to Invoice Order information Box Inventory List A list of part numbers part descriptions and quantities Inventory equipment Site update tape Cartridge or open reel tapes SUT These are already installed on System image tape your system disk Do not use Use these tapes as backup SIT these tapes when installing or starting the system Envelope Documentation about your Review the initial system system as it was ordered configuration CONFTEXT A list of system attributes that configuration file define the HP NonStop operating Reviewnthe initial printout system image for all processors in the system SCF configuration file printout SYSTEM ZSYSCONF SCF0000 A list of system attributes and other information that defines the system configuration system configuration Plan your customized system configuration Ethernet switch Equipment Ethernet cables Type depends on your location Connect the system console to the server Modem Equipment Modem cable Type depends on type of modem Enable the system to receive dial ins 4 mm hexagonal wrench Tool Unlock appearance side enclosure doors HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 4 Installing Enclosures 3 Organize the Equipment Item Description Allows you to Getting Started
367. nto the memory of each processor in the server You load the operating system into one processor s memory from disk and then reload the remaining processors in the server For additional information on system startup see Section 1 Introduction and the NonStop S Series Operations Guide This subsection assumes that you have already logged on to the OSM or TSM Low Level Link to verify system components and the topology If you have not completed this task see Verifying Topology and System Components on page 8 14 If the system disk is not located in group 01 slots 11 and 12 load the system from the Load Processor n from Disk dialog box not the System Startup dialog box For more information see the NonStop S Series Operations Guide After you load the operating system into processor 0 or 1 the remaining processors are reloaded by executing commands in the command interpreter input CIIN file Loading the System A normal system load consists of loading the operating system from disk into the memory of processor 0 or processor 1 1 On the toolbar click the Start System button which appears as a vertical line enclosed in a diamond The System Startup dialog box appears For an example of its appearance in TSM the OSM display is the same see Figure 8 8 on page 8 19 2 Inthe System Startup dialog box a Inthe SYSnn field enter 00 which is the number of the system subvolume that contains the version of the operating sy
368. nts Figures continued Figures continued Figure 2 5 Removing End Piece of Pallet 2 9 Figure 2 6 Velcro Strips on Loading Pallet 2 9 Figure 2 7 Leveling Pads Must Be Raised Before Enclosure Is Moved 2 10 Figure 2 8 Use Two People to Move an Enclosure Stack 2 11 Figure 2 9 Lowering Legs of Base Enclosure 2 12 Figure 2 10 Groundstrap Connector Locations 2 13 Figure 2 11 Groundstrap Connections Between Enclosures 2 14 Figure 2 12 Examples of Groundstrap Locations Between Enclosures 2 15 Figure 2 13 Appearance Side Processor Enclosure 2 17 Figure 2 14 Service Side Processor Enclosure Without Power Shelf 2 18 Figure 2 15 Service Side Processor Enclosure With Power Shelf 2 19 Figure 2 16 Service Side I O Enclosure Without Power Shelf 2 20 Figure 2 17 Service Side I O Enclosure With Power Shelf 2 21 Figure 2 18 Unlocking and Opening an Enclosure Door 2 22 Figure 2 19 Reseating a Disk Drive 2 23 Figure 2 20 Reseatinga PMF CRU or IOMF CRU 2 24 Figure 2 21 Reseating a SEB or MSEB 2 25 Figure 2 22 Reseating a ServerNet Adapter 2 26 Figure 3 1 Connecting and Securing Power On Cables 3 3 Figure 3 2 EPO Connector on a System Enclosure 3 4 Figure 3 3 Securing ServerNet Cables With Cable Ties 3 6 Figure 4 1 Securing the Frame to the Enclosure Using a Mounting Hole 4 2 Figure 4 2 Inserting a Phillips
369. ocess This example contains a TACL command file that starts the Expand manager process ZEXP if the Expand manager processes was not configured as a persistent generic process This is SSYSTEM STARTUP STRTEXP OZEXP NAME Szexp OUT SZHOME PRI 180 NOWAIT CPU 0 1 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 27 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Adding a SWAN Concentrator This example contains an SCF command file that adds a SWAN concentrator to the configuration database The values for TRACKID hostip and ALThostip are only examples This example also contains a startup file This Ws SSYSTI EM STARTUP ADDSWAN ALLOW ALL ERRORS Add ZZLAN L018 and ZZLAN LO1C ADD ADAPTER SZZWAN S01 amp TRACKID X001XX amp TCPIP ZB018 amp ALTTCPIP S ZBO1C amp hostip 192 231 36 099 amp ALThostip 192 168 3 099 amp SNMPCODE Ssystem CSSnn C7849P00 KERNELCODE S SYST3M CSSnn C7953P00 SUBNETMASK 255 255 255 0 ALTSUBNETMASK 255 255 255 0 delay 2 ADD SERVER SZZWAN S01 1 ADD SERVER SZZWAN S01 2 ADD SERVER SZZWAN S01 3 delay 2 ADD PATH SZZWAN S01 1 a ipaddress ADD PATH SZZWAN S01 1 b ipaddress ADD PATH SZZWAN S01 2 a ipaddress ADD PATH SZZWAN S01 2 b ipaddress ADD PATH SZZWAN S01 3 a ipaddress ADD PATH SZZWAN S01 3 b ipaddress START ADAPTER S ZZWAN S01 SUB ALL
370. ocumentation is shipped with the tape drive CT9840 4 tape drive in 9310 tape library 9841 Fibre L700 CTL700 Installation and Users Guide CT9841FC 1 channel tape drive in L700 tape library 9841 Fibre Documentation is shipped with the tape drive CT9841FC 4 channel tape drive in 9310 tape library CTL700 Tape L700 CTL700 Installation and Users Guide Library M8520 Tape M8520 Installation and User s Guide Library N1522A SCSI tape M8520 Installation and User s Guide drive in M8520 tape library VT5900 A Virtual tape Virtual TapeServer Installation Guide Tape Labs server located in the NTL Hardware and Service Maintenance Collection See your service provider Virtual TapeServer Operations and Administration Guide Tape Labs VT5900 B Virtual tape Virtual TapeServer Installation Guide Tape Labs server located in the NTL Hardware and Service Maintenance Collection See your service provider Virtual TapeServer Operations and Administration Guide Tape Labs HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 7 13 Installing External System Devices Installing Other Tape Devices Topic Subsystem Manuals page 3 of 3 VT5900 C Virtual tape Virtual TapeServer Installation Guide Tape Labs server located in the NTL Hardware and Service Maintenance Collection See your service provider Virtual TapeServer Operations and Administration Guide Tape Labs VT5901 Virtual tape Virtual Tape
371. of tests are CPU memory test PMF CRU only System load path test PMF CRU only Multifunction I O board MFIOB test At completion of certain self tests the service processor SP generates events in the EMS log Look for the SpEvCruTestComplete event for details about the POST operations To view these details use the OSM or TSM Event Viewer Note For IOAM enclosure G4SA and FCSA power on self tests contact your service provider trained by HP CPU Memory Test The CPU memory test checks the system main memory If the CPU memory test finishes successfully the boot millicode starts the system load path test If the test fails the service processor SP lights the amber fault LED on the PMF CRU Generally the CPU memory test fails because of a correctable memory error CME or a hardware error freeze To troubleshoot a failed CPU memory test see Appendix D Troubleshooting System Load Path Test The system load path test checks the system load paths If the system load path test finishes successfully firmware for the intelligent SCSI processor ISP is loaded the SCSI buses are scanned the processor is reset and the boot millicode starts the multifunction I O board MFIOB test To troubleshoot a failed system load path test see Appendix D Troubleshooting Multifunction I O Board MFIOB Test The multifunction I O board MFIOB test checks the MFIOB If the MFIOB test finishes successfully the se
372. oller name appears in the NAME field of the COUP INFO CONTROLLER display Record the name in the dummy_name field b Record the write and read unit numbers you want to use in the write_unit and read_unit fields 5 Add the Expand over IP line handler process to the system using the values you record in Step 4 Fields that must be replaced by values you record in the worksheet appear here in boldface italics 3 ASSUME DEVICE 4 SET MACRO NETIP 5 SET CONTROLLERNAME dummy_name 6 SET SUBTYPE 0 7 SET UNIT write_unit read_unit 8 SET RSIZE 3 9 SET DESTIPADDR dest_ipaddr 10 SET DESTIPPORT dest_ipport 11 SET ASSOCIATEDEV Stecpip process 12 SET NAME qio 13 SET SRCIPADDR src ipaddr 14 SET SRCIPPORT src_ipport 15 SET NEXTSYS sysnum 16 ADD Skline Table F 2 COUP Worksheet Field dummy_name Value Step a on page F 20 write_unit read_unit dest_ipaddr dest_ipport tcpip_process Step b on page F 20 Step b on page F 20 Step 5 on page F 14 Step 5 on page F 16 cpunum altcpunum src_ipaddr src_ipport sysnum Step 6 on page F 17 Step 7 on page F 15 Step 7 on page F 17 Step 6 on page F 17 Step 9 on page F 17 The system number of the server to be connected to the other end of the line Display system numbers with SCF INFO PROCESS NCP
373. on Guide TSM Low Level Link online help TSM Notification Director online help TSM Event Viewer online help HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 46 Introduction Installation Overview Primary and Backup System Consoles System consoles equipped with modems and configured as primary or backup dial out points are referred to as the primary and backup system consoles respectively A primary or backup system console can receive incident reports from the server and notify a remote service provider of pending hardware or software problems At least one system console the primary system console is required for the system Having a second or backup system console is strongly recommended System consoles must be connected to the dedicated service LAN For more information about dedicated service LAN connections see The Dedicated Service LAN on page 6 2 A server must be connected through an Ethernet LAN to at least one system console Primary system consoles and other system consoles compare as follows Primary and Backup System Consoles Other System Consoles Must be connected to the dedicated Can be connected to the dedicated service service LAN LAN or to a secure operations LAN Can use all OSM and TSM client Can use the OSM and TSM Low Level applications including the Low Level Link and Notification Director only if Link and Notification Director connected to the ded
374. on Installation Overview IOAM Enclosure ServerNet Switch Board LCD Each ServerNet switch board in an IOAM enclosure contains an LCD that reports information about the enclosure Information Displayed Description Example IP Address The IP address of the module Each module IP 16 107 134 54 has a separate IP address System The system name the group number of the STAR1 G013 M02 Group and IOAM enclosure and the module number of Module the IOAM Rack Name Name of the rack and the rack offset of the Rack OSM2 14 and Offset IOAM enclosure The offset is the physical location of the enclosure within the rack with offset being the lowest number on the rack that the enclosure occupies The Rack Name and Rack Offset are assigned using OSM and are also displayed as enclosure attributes in OSM Rack Name and Rack Offset are arbitrary and can be up to eight characters long Using OSM you can further identify the location of an IOAM by using the Set Locator action You can enter up to 64 characters of identification text which is displayed in OSM by the Locator attribute for an IOAM Maintenance The version of the firmware image saved on T2805A01_18Jun2004_ Entity the Maintenance Entity of the ServerNet 13APR2004_SD1 FW Firmware switch board Maintenance The version of the field programmable gate T0437A01_18JUN2004_ Entity FPGA array FPGA image saved on the 25NOV2003AAA FW Maintenance Entity of the ServerNet switch board HP NonStop
375. on database CONFIG file See 1d Save Current System Configuration on page F 3 Invoke the SCF command file created in Step 1 For example gt SCF IN SCF0000 For more information see the SCF subsystem documentation HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 F 4 FastPath Tasks Optional 2b Rename SCF Objects in the CONFIG File 2b Rename SCF Objects in the CONFIG File The naming convention for SCF objects usually suggests the physical location of the object in the enclosure Most SCF objects can be renamed The SCF objects that cannot be renamed include SYSTEM disks The following processes and devices used by OSM or TSM LANX ZCVPO ZPRPO ZSPE ZCMOM LANY ZCVP1 ZPRP1 ZTSM ZOEV MIOEO ZTCPO ZTNPO ZTSMS ZOLHI MIOE1 ZTCP1 ZTNP1 ZOSM The following generic processes ZZKRN CEV SERVER MANAGER PO ZZKRN CEV SERVER MANAGER P1 ZZKRN CLCI TACL ZZKRN IMON ZZKRN QIOMON O ZZKRN QIOMON 1 ZZKRN QIOMON 2 ZZKRN QIOMON 3 ZZKRN ROUTING DIST ZZKRN SCP ZZKRN TSM SNMP ZZKRN SP EVENT ZZKRN TSM SRM ZZKRN ZLOG ZZKRN ZTCPO ZZKRN ZTCP1 ZZKRN 4 ZHOME ZZKRN ZZKRN ZZKRN ZZLAN ZZKRN ZZSTO ZZKRN ZZWAN You can display the names of these generic processes by entering the following SCF command gt NAMES SZZKRN DSMSCM and AUDIT disks strongly discouraged HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F
376. on of Electronic Computer Data Processor Equipment Article 645 of NFPA 70 the National Electric Code Outside the United States EPO disconnects are usually not required unless specified by local authorities If a System Requires EPO Capability If a system requires EPO capability the customer is responsible for connecting an EPO cable to the EPO connector in slot 56 on the service side of all system enclosures HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 25 Introduction Installation Overview If a System Does Not Require EPO Capability If a system does not require EPO capability go to ServerNet Cabling on page 1 35 System Organization This subsection describes the organization group numbering and labeling in a NonStop S series system For IOAM enclosure organization see Group Module and Slot Hierarchy for IOAM Enclosures on page 1 28 A system consists of the hardware and the software that runs on it To perform hardware operations using the OSM or TSM package you must be familiar with the organization and naming conventions and know how to identify individual components within the server OSM has a naming convention similar to but more abbreviated than the naming convention for system resource locations in TSM For example TSM displays the location of a fan CRU in this form FAN GRP 1 MOD 1 SLOT 26 OSM displays the location of the same fan CRU in this form FAN 1 1
377. onStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 54 Introduction Installation Overview System Startup Startup and Shutdown Files Startup and shutdown files automate starting and stopping all processes on the system There are two types of startup files the CIIN file which can be executed automatically during system load and all other startup files which can be invoked by an operator or by another startup file Automating system shutdown aids the operator in bringing the system to an orderly halt You can implement the system shutdown sequence with a collection of shutdown files each with a specific purpose The shutdown file sequence reverses the order of commands in the startup file sequence applications are shut down first followed by the print spooler and other system software Create the startup and shutdown files now if you just installed a new system and previously had no other system to create these files To create and modify startup and shutdown files see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide System Load Paths Each system in a standard configuration ships with these startup characteristics SYSTEM disks are located in the system enclosures containing processors 0 and 1 System load paths are configured The CIIN function is enabled If the automatic system load is not successful using one load path the system load task attempts to use another path and keeps trying unti
378. onitor SCSI cables 7 7 7 10 SEBs cables 1 40 E 14 cabling 1 18 fabrics 1 36 LEDs 8 11 8 13 D 5 reseating 2 25 slot numbers 2 16 2 17 startup 8 10 troubleshooting 8 13 Secure operations LAN 10 15 Security 1 49 9 16 Serial connected printers 7 17 Serial copper cable 1 37 1 41 ServeNet switch board IOAM component 1 14 ServerNet adapters command file 12 17 LEDs 8 11 8 13 power on self test POST 8 11 reseating 2 26 slot numbers 1 37 2 16 2 17 2 21 D startup 8 11 subsystem 12 4 troubleshooting 8 13 ServerNet cable compatibilities 1 37 defined 1 37 diagrams B 14 B 23 ECL See ECL cable fiber optic See Fiber optic cable illustrated 1 40 1 41 labels 1 43 quantity 2 5 routing 1 43 securing 3 6 ServerNet cable continued serial copper see Serial copper cable ServerNet Cluster Switch NNA 1 41 ServerNet device adapter ServerNet DA See ServerNet adapters ServerNet expansion board SEB See SEBs ServerNet LAN Systems Access SLSA subsystem 7 17 12 4 ServerNet switch board IOAM description 1 14 LCD 1 34 LEDs D 4 ServerNet Wide Area Network 2 SWAN 2 concentrator See SWAN concentrator ServerNet wide area network SWAN concentrator See SWAN concentrator ServerNet DA See ServerNet adapters ServerNet FX adapter See ServerNet adapters Service connection 1 54 Setup configuration adding fault tolerance to 5 11 connecting 6 1 6 6 tasks 10 2 Shipping carton contents 2 4 5 3
379. operly seated during shipping a Puton your ESD wriststrap Attach the grounding clip securely to an exposed unpainted metal surface such as the connector nuts on the SEB or MSEB b Unlatch the ejector by pressing the blue green tab and pulling outward on the ejector to unseat the SEB or MSEB See Figure 2 21 Figure 2 21 Reseating a SEB or MSEB VST538 vsd c Reinsert the SEB or MSEB until the ejector on the SEB or MSEB can be engaged into the notch on the enclosure d Latch the SEB or MSEB ejector by pressing the blue green tab and then closing the ejector to seat the SEB or MSEB against the backplane 8 Inspect all ServerNet adapters in the system enclosure HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 25 Installing Enclosures Inspect the Components a Check that the ejectors on each ServerNet adapter in the enclosure are latched b If any ejectors are unlatched reseat the ServerNet adapter as described next 9 Perform these steps to reseat each ServerNet adapter that has become improperly seated during shipping a Puton your ESD wriststrap and attach the grounding clip securely to an exposed unpainted metal surface such as the power interlock on a PMF CRU or IOMF CRU b Unlatch the ServerNet adapter ejector by pressing the blue green tab and pulling outward on the ejector to unseat the adapter See Figure 2 22 Figure 2 22 Reseating a ServerNet Adapter VST960 vsd
380. or approximately 45 minutes depending on charge state and the system configuration Memory contents are saved until the batteries are drained The system is operating normally The batteries are disconnected disabled or not charged AC power fails for more than 30 seconds The batteries are maintaining the contents of memory AC power fails AC power is restored before the batteries are drained Processing halts Memory content is lost Processing cannot be recovered from the point where AC power failed Power is applied to the server components The system restarts processing at the point where AC power failed AC power fails for more than 30 seconds The batteries are drained AC power is restored Memory content is lost Processing cannot be recovered from the point where AC power failed Power is applied to the server components These components complete their startup sequence The system is ready HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 D 3 Troubleshooting Status LEDs Status LEDs Location LED Name Color Function page 1 of 2 Disk drive Power on Green Lights when the disk drive is receiving power CRU Activity Yellowor Lights when the disk drive is executing a read or Amber write command FCSA Power on Green Lights when the adapter is receiving power Service Amber Lights temporarily when first instal
381. or Enclosures Table B 13 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Enclosures Three I O Enclosures Attach cable between And SEB or Group Slot Port Group Slot MSEB Port 02 51 ServerNet 3 03 51 ServerNet 3 02 52 ServerNet 3 03 52 ServerNet 3 21 I O 50 02 51 ServerNet 5 21 I O 55 02 52 ServerNet 5 31 I O 50 03 51 ServerNet 5 31 I O 55 03 52 ServerNet 5 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 19 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 8 Systems With Three Processor Enclosures Three Processor Enclosures Six I O Enclosures Figure B 7 Tetra 8 Cabling Three Processor Enclosures Six I O Enclosures VST800 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 20 ServerNet Cabling Tetra 8 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures Tetra 8 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures Four Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures Table B 14 Tetra 8 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures Attach cable between And Group Slot Port Group Slot Port 01 51 ServerNet 1 02 51 ServerNet 1 01 52 ServerNet 1 02 52 ServerNet 1 01 51 ServerNet 2 03 51 ServerNet 2 01 52 ServerNet 2 03 52 ServerNet 2 01 51 ServerNet 3 04 51 ServerNet 3 01 52 ServerNet 3 04 52 ServerNet 3 02 51 ServerNet 2 04 51 ServerNet 2 02 52 ServerNet 2 04 52 ServerNet 2 02 51 ServerNet 3 03 51 ServerNet 3 02 52 ServerNet 3 03 52 ServerNet 3 03 51 ServerNet 1 04 51 ServerNet 1 03 52 ServerNet
382. or examples of files that add these objects to the configuration database see Appendix 14 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System The IP addresses used in this section are examples only If you use the example files described in this section on your system you must change the IP addresses in these examples to IP addresses that are appropriate for your LAN environment The configuration track ID for the SWAN concentrator used in the example files X001XX is also an example If you use the example files described in this section on your system you must change the configuration track ID used in these examples to the actual configuration track ID assigned to your SWAN concentrator HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 5 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files CIIN File CIIN File The CIIN file contains a limited set of commands that usually Start a TACL process pair on the system console for the system console TACL window YMIOP CLCI When the startup TACL executes the commands in the CIIN file and terminates the YMIOP CLCI process pair lets you log on to the system and complete the system startup Note Before these TACL processes start open the appropriate HP Tandem terminal emulator TTE windows with the OSM or TSM Low Level Link You must open these windows before performing a system load OSM or TSM software lets you define primary and backup IP addresses fo
383. ormation Configure how often the server generates periodic incident reports IRs Configure dial out remote notification or dial in remote access capability Test the dial out path to the GCSC The TSM Low Level Link and the TSM Notification Director test the physical connections between the system console the master service processors MSPs and the operating system Status messages alert you to connectivity problems For more information see the TSM Configuration Guide the TSM Low Level Link online help or the TSM Notification Director online help HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 16 10 Configuring the System This section describes how to configure system consoles and NonStop S series servers in several ways Operating configuration With cascading Ethernet switches or hubs At an unattended site On a secure operations LAN With Ethernet 4 ServerNet Adapters E4SAs With Fast Ethernet ServerNet Adapters FESAs For information about Gigabit Ethernet configurations see the Gigabit Ethernet Installation and Support Guide Note IOAM enclosures must be installed by service providers trained by HP This requirement includes configuring the IOAM enclosure and its components configuring Fibre Channel Disk Module FCDM s connected to FCSAs and configuring system consoles to communicate with the IOAM enclosure using a maintenance switch Your service provider should refer to th
384. ormation about SYSGENR see the System Generation Manual for G Series RVUs HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 6 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Modifying a CIIN File After the CIIN file is established on SYSTEM SYSnn as part of running DSM SCM you can modify the contents of SYSnn CllN with a text editor such as TEDIT You need not run DSM SCM again to make these changes effective Modifying a CIIN File You might want to modify the RELOAD command in the CIIN file to reload only a minimal set of processors such as processor 1 Note Do not start other command files in the CIIN file To ensure proper startup and to facilitate recovery in case of failure bring up the system in stages each verified by an operator If a CIIN File Is Not Specified or Enabled in OSM or TSM The results of the startup TACL process varies depending on whether a CIIN file is specified in the CONFTEXT file and whether the CIIN option is enabled CONFTEXT CIIN Entry and CIIN File 1 CONFTEXT has CIIN entry and file is available in specified location CONFTEXT has CIIN entry and file is available in specified location but file is empty or aborts because of syntax errors before another TACL process is started CONFTEXT has CIIN entry but file is not available in specified location CONFTEXT has CIIN entry CONFTEXT has no CIIN entry CIIN Option Enabled Enabled
385. osures Six I O Enclosures B 20 Figure B 8 Tetra 16 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures X Fabric B 26 Figure B 9 Tetra 16 Cabling Four Processor Enclosures Y Fabric B 27 Figure B 10 Tetra 16 Cabling Six Processor Enclosures X Fabric B 28 Figure B 11 Tetra 16 Cabling Six Processor Enclosures Y Fabric B 29 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 XV Contents Figures continued Figures continued Figure C 1 Power On Cabling Single High Stacks C 2 Figure C 2 Power On Cabling Mixed Single High and Double High Stacks C 3 Figure C 3 Power On Cabling Multiple Row Systems C 4 Figure C 4 Power On Cable One Processor Enclosure C 5 Figure C 5 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure One I O Enclosure C 5 Figure C 6 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure Two I O Enclosures C 5 Figure C 7 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures C 6 Figure C 8 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure C 6 Figure C 9 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures C 6 Figure C 10 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures No I O Enclosures C 7 Figure C 11 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure C 7 Figure C 12 Power On Cables Three Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures C 7 Figure C 13 Power On Cables Three Processor En
386. otification Director 9 16 X secuniy ae X 25 lines 13 19 14 32 server software 1 46 Service Application Yy checking components with 9 2 firmware 9 13 You ZA illustration 9 4 operations LAN 10 15 Z preinstalled 1 50 ZSYSCONF configuration subvolume 12 6 redundant power scrub 9 2 starting D 47 Special Characters tape subsystem 9 11 AUDIT disk F 5 Twist lock handles 2 8 E 7 DSMSCM 14 20 F 5 IMON 9 14 E 44 U NCP 14 33 Unattended sites 10 13 10 14 12 9 SSYSTEM disk F 5 Uninterruptible power source UPS 1 15 SSYSTEM ZSYSCONF CONFIG 12 3 2 3 SYSTEM ZSYSCONF SCF0000 2 4 7 15 User IDs adding 13 21 YMIOP CLCI 13 3 13 6 YMIOP CNSL 13 3 V ZCNF 12 3 ZEXP 14 27 Virtual Hometerm Subsystem VHS 13 4 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Index 14 Index Special Characters ZHOME 13 3 ZPM 12 3 ZTCP default IP addresses 1 52 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Index 15 Index Special Characters HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 Index 16
387. ou don t have enough ferrite cores 1 Count the number of cables terminating in RJ 45 connectors that are connected to every adapter in the system 2 Multiply that number by 2 3 Subtract from that number the number of ferrite cores included with the adapters 4 That number is the quantity of ferrite cores to order HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 6 4 Connecting a System Console Installing the Ethernet Switch or Hub For the part number for a ferrite core see the Part Numbers topic of the Service Information section of the NTL Support and Service Library Installing the Ethernet Switch or Hub Install the Ethernet switch or hub using the documentation that came with the switch or hub You can position switches or hubs on a tabletop under a table or on a wall A Caution If you are using ProCurve 24 port managed Ethernet switches for your dedicated OSM or TSM service LAN you should configure the switch ports that are used for connecting to PMF CRUs and only those ports to protect the services processors from possible overload See Configuring a ProCurve 24 Port Ethernet Switch on page D 48 for the procedure This procedure is not needed and does not apply to ProCurve 8 port unmanaged switches Connect the Ethernet Switch or Hub to the Server Connect the Ethernet switch or hub to the server using the setup configuration illustrated in Figure 5 1 on page 5 11 1
388. p S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 2 Configuring the System Operating Configuration Do not use the setup configuration as your working configuration It lacks fault tolerance Add fault tolerance to the setup configuration by connecting a backup system console and a second Ethernet switch or hub See Operating Configuration on page 10 3 Operating Configuration After you have completed the setup configuration tasks you can expand to the operating configuration by adding a backup system console and second Ethernet switch or hub Figure 10 2 shows primary and backup system consoles connected to separate Ethernet switches Figure 10 2 Operating Configuration Remote Service Provider Remote Service Provider NonStop S Series Server Primary System Console Backup System Console Note Do not use this figure as a wiring diagram Actual connections vary depending on the Ethernet switch you use VST998 vsd Create the Operating Configuration The primary system console is the system console installed in the setup configuration Switch 1 is the switch installed in the setup configuration The backup system console and Switch 2 are added for fault tolerance You can add a backup system console and switch to the setup configuration online Do not add a backup system console until you have completed Setup Configuration on page 10 2 The Ethernet switches or hu
389. p system consoles to the server Connects system consoles to the Ethernet ports on the PMF CRUs of a server Supports NonStop S series servers but does not support other types of servers or servers made by other vendors Supports system consoles but does not support other types of workstations or workstations made by other vendors Allows access to OSM or TSM applications by a workstation connected to a dedicated service LAN Allows access for system consoles connected to a dedicated service LAN to all dial in and dial out operations and incident reports generated by the server ls constructed of Ethernet switches or hubs A Caution If you are using ProCurve 24 port managed Ethernet switches for your dedicated OSM or TSM service LAN you should configure the switch ports that are used for connecting to PMF CRUs and only those ports to protect the services processors from possible overload See Configuring a ProCurve 24 Port Ethernet Switch on page D 48 for the procedure This procedure is not needed and does not apply to ProCurve 8 port unmanaged switches Server Connection to a LAN NonStop S series servers offer several Ethernet connections but the dedicated service LAN must be connected to the Ethernet ports on the PMF CRUs in group 01 Figure 6 1 shows the service side of a processor enclosure with PMF CRU Ru 45 Ethernet connections The PMF CRU Ethernet ports in the group 01 enclosure are used only for t
390. pect Monitor Process Table 9 1 System Configuration Changes and Verifications page 2 of 2 Optional or Change or Verification Required Recommended As Needed Change time attributes X Configure and initialize the spooler subsystem X See the Spooler Utilities Reference Manual and the Guardian User s Guide Configure the IOAM enclosure X Configure and start additional subsystems X See the manual specific to that subsystem Restarting the Inspect Monitor Process If Visual Inspect is installed on your system then on the G05 and later RVUs ZPM automatically starts the Inspect Monitor process IMON early in the system startup sequence to provide Inspect debugging and saveabend file capability However Visual Inspect requires that IMON be started after the TCP IP and Port Mapper processes have started After ZPM has started all processes specified in the CONFIG file and you start all other TCP IP and Port Mapper processes stop and restart IMON as follows 1 Log on as the super ID 2 Atthe TACL prompt gt Stop SIMON 3 Atthe TACL prompt restart IMON gt IMON name SIMON term SYMIOP CNSL cpu lt p gt nowait lt b gt where lt p gt and lt b gt are the primary and backup processors respectively where IMON is to run HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 14 Performing Post Startup Tasks Preparing for Daily Operations Preparing for Daily Operat
391. ped installed in the enclosures You can check off this equipment when you unpack and install the enclosures If no Compare the Product List or Box Inventory List to equipment received HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 5 Installing Enclosures Unpack the Enclosures 9 Report any missing or damaged items to your service provider 10 Verify that you have all necessary tools For a list of tools see Tools on page 1 7 Unpack the Enclosures For weights and dimensions of shipping packages and enclosures see Shipping Packages on page 1 9 A Caution Shipping packages for IOAM enclosures must be unpacked by a service provider trained by HP Your service provider should refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide which is located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library Tools To unpack the enclosures you need Tool Purpose Heavy freight handling equipment To transport the pallet from the receiving area to the such as a forklift or pallet jack installation area Scissors or cutters To remove the banding straps Eye protection To ensure safety when removing the banding straps Unpack the Enclosures 1 With heavy freight handling equipment move all pallets and enclosures to the installation area Move enclosures with their protective coverings in place 2 If the system was shipped in cold weather allow it to warm up to
392. ping Processor Memory to Tape Offline 7 Inthe Processor Status dialog box a When all processors are halted select the processor you want to dump to tape b Inthe Processor Actions field scroll to Tape Dump c Click Perform action The Dump Processor n to Tape dialog box appears where n is the processor number of the selected processor 8 Inthe Dump Processor n to Tape dialog box a Specify the location of the PMF CRU to which the tape drive is connected Tape drives connected to processor 0 or processor 1 are connect to SCSI controllers on PMF CRUs Each PMF CRU is associated with a ServerNet fabric X or Y For example you might select the PMF CRU in group 01 module 01 slot 55 ServerNet Y fabric Note You can dump only to a tape drive that is connected to processor 0 or 1 b Specify the small computer system interface SCSI ID of the tape drive The default value is 5 the current software requirement c Click Dump 9 Monitor the tape dump Status messages in the Processor Status dialog box indicate the progress of the tape dump 10 After the dump finishes successfully start the system using the OSM or TSM Low Level Link 11 Log off the OSM or TSM Low Level Link HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 D 21 Troubleshooting Expand Over IP Connections You can diagnose most Expand over IP problems using information provided by the Expand subsystem SCF STATU
393. proceeds the status of the processor being dumped changes in the Processor Status dialog box 4 When the dump is finished The status of the processor again changes in the Processor Status dialog box RCVDUMP sends a message to the terminal emulation window from which it was run CPUnhas been dumped to dumpfile HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 16 Troubleshooting Dumping Processor Memory to Disk Online Prerequisites Before you perform a processor dump to disk If dumpfile already exists it must be empty Its EOF must be zero You must not prime or reset the processor beforehand You must have access to A second processor that is running A connected terminal or workstation with a running command interpreter A disk with enough space to store the dump A processor dump requires 256 extents Each extent should equal slightly more than 1 256 the size of the processor memory For example a processor with 256 megabytes of main memory requires 256 extents of at least 512 pages each Procedure for Dumping Processor Memory to Disk If you do not have failure recovery software installed on your system perform the following steps to dump processor memory to disk on a running system Note You must be assigned the super ID 255 255 to issue the TACL RECEIVEDUMP command or run the RCVDUMP utility to obtain a dump of a halted processor For complete syntax and consid
394. processes in the system configuration database and specifying the AUTORESTART parameter This example SCF command file adds persistent generic processes for the CLCI TACL Expand manager and SCP processes This file can be invoked by the following TACL command gt SCF IN GPADD This file is GPADD Adds the CLCI TACL Expand manager and SCP processes as generic processess CLCI TACL ADD PROCESS S ZZKRN CLCI TACL NAME SCLCI PRIORITY 199 amp AUTORESTART 10 PROGRAM SYSTEM SYSTEM TACL PRIMARYCPU 0 amp BACKUPCPU 1 TYPE OTHER STARTMODE MANUAL HOMETERM SYMIOP CLCI amp INFILE YMIOP CLCI OUTFILE S YMIOP CLCI STARTUPMSG lt BCKP CPU gt Expand manager process ADD PROCESS SZZKRN ZEXP NAME SZEXP PRIORITY 180 AUTORESTART 10 amp PROGRAM S SYSTEM SYSTEM OZEXP PRIMARYCPU 0 BACKUPCPU 1 TYPE OTHER amp STARTMODE SYSTEM HOMETERM SZHOME OUTFILE SZHOME amp STARTUPMSG lt BCKP CPU gt SCP _ ADD PROCESS SZZKRN SCP NAME SZNET PRIORITY 175 AUTORESTART 10 amp PROGRAM SYSTEM SYSTEM SCP PRIMARYCPU 0 BACKUPCPU 1 TYPE OTHER amp STARTMODE SYSTEM HOMETERM SZHOME OUTFILE SZHOME amp STARTUPMSG lt BCKP CPU gt AUTOSTOP 1
395. r NonStop S series server in the Tetra 8 topology is included Product Version N A Supported Release Version Updates RVUs This publication supports G06 28 and all subsequent G series RVUs until otherwise indicated by its replacement publication Part Number Published 541880 001 February 2006 Document History Part Number Product Version Published 528858 001 N A September 2004 529443 001 N A December 2004 529876 001 N A April 2005 540460 001 N A September 2005 541880 001 N A February 2006 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 xix What s New in This Guide New and Changed Information New and Changed Information This publication has been updated to include information about Disk drive enclosures also known as Fibre Channel disk modules FCDMs Disk drive enclosures are connected to Fibre Channel ServerNet adapters FCSAs installed in IOAM enclosures The M8520 mid range tape library M8520 tape libraries requires N1522A tape drives Section Title Changes Manual wide Editorial corrections 7 Installing External Added a new subsection for Installing Fibre System Devices Channel Tape Devices Using an IOAM Enclosure on page 7 15 Safety and Updated for G06 28 RVU Compliance Glossary The glossary has been moved to NTL and is titled NonStop System Glossary HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 XX About This
396. r G Series RVUs Initial CONFIG file When a system is delivered the SYSTEM ZSYSCOMF CONFIG file contains a standard system configuration created by HP The contents of this file called the initial CONFIG file are described in NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide This initial CONFIG file is also saved on your system as the ZSYSCONF CONFO0000 file See the SCF Reference Manual for G Series RVUs for example displays from the CONF0000 file HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 2 Online Configuration Tasks Subsystems in G Series RVUs Subsystems in G Series RVUs A system running a G series RVU has multiple subsystems that handle the configuration and management of subsystem specific generic processes I O processes and system hardware This illustration is an overview of the configuration components in these systems Figure 12 1 Subsystems in G Series RVUs Component CONFIG system configuration database file ZCNF configuration utility process ZPM persistence manager process Subsystem managers and monitor processes SYSTEM ZSYSCONF CONFIG Communications Subsystems VST115 vsd Function Contains information about the location and characteristics of all system components This file is on the SYSTEM ZSYSCOMF subvolume Is the database server for the subsystem managers and monitor processes Controls access to the system configuration database M
397. r ID if you want to change the default value from being the super ID Type the name of a hometerm for DSM SCM to use HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 42 FastPath Tasks Required 5 Configure DSM SCM 5c Configure Host Information for Host Database Run ZPHIHMI from the ZDSMSCM subvolume gt VOLUME SDSMSCM ZDSMSCM gt RUN STARTSCM 1 gt RUN ZPHIHM Log on to the host Maintenance Interface using the super ID Add planners and their security as follows Note The super ID is already set up as a planner a d In the Maintenance Interface main menu select 3 Security Maintenance Menu Press F1 In the Security Maintenance Menu select 1 Planner Security Maintenance Press F1 In the Planner Security Maintenance screen add the appropriate planners as instructed by the interface specifying which DSM SCM tasks each planner can perform When all planners are added press F16 twice to return to the main menu Modify the Configuration Manager Profile a C In the main menu select 7 Configuration Manager Profile Maintenance and press F1 In the Configuration Manager Profile Maintenance screen review the information and change the default values if necessary Note If necessary use the SCF command LISTDEV TYPE 4 or SCF NAMES ZZSTO SUB TAPE to determine the name of the tape drive connected to the system Press Shift
398. r TACL windows For more information about configuring OSM or TSM software see the OSM User s Guide or the TSM Configuration Guide Load all processors that are not currently running Alternatively the CIIN file can reload a minimal set of processors such as processor 1 to bring up a minimal system You can then test for successful startup of a minimal system environment before you bring up the remainder of the system Establishing a CIIN File The CIIN file is configured at the factory as DSMSCM SYS CIIN You do not need to establish this file DSM SCM automatically copies the CIIN file from the initial location into each SYSnn you create Note The CIIN file must be owned by a member of the super group 255 n HP recommends that you specify N for the read access portion of the file security attribute RWEP to allow the file to be read by any user on the network For example you might secure this file NCCC The name of the CIIN file is specified in the INITIAL_COMMAND_FILE entry of the CONFTEXT configuration file The SYSGENR program run from the DSM SCM application copies the file specified in the CONFTEXT file onto the SYSnn subvolume on the disk and renames the file CIIN If no file is specified in CONFEXT the operating system does not look for the startup file SYSnn ClIN at system startup even if you enable that file You cannot simply copy a startup file to the SYSnn subvolume and name it CIIN For inf
399. r on the system unit Disconnect the keyboard cable from the system unit Examine the cable connector and receptacle for damage such as loose pins bent pins connector housing cracks and frayed or broken cable wires and insulation Verify that all the keys on the keyboard operate with no resistance Repair or replace any defective items Reconnect the keyboard cable to the system unit and recheck keyboard operation HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 32 Troubleshooting System Consoles Mouse Is Inoperative Table D 3 Mouse Is Inoperative Symptom Recovery Moving the mouse or clicking its buttons has no effect 1 Ensure that you are not experiencing a software configuration problem Press the Start key or the Windows key If the Start menu does not appear a system or software configuration error has occurred See Monitor Screen Is Frozen on page D 36 2 Ensure that the mouse cable is securely attached to its connector on the system unit 3 Disconnect the mouse cable from the system unit Examine the cable connector and receptacle for damage such as loose pins bent pins connector housing cracks and frayed or broken cable wires and insulation 4 Verify that the ball inside the mouse moves freely in all directions If the ball does not move freely dislodge dust or dirt in the ball mechanism by doing one of the following Lightly sp
400. r shelves HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 25 FastPath Tasks Required 4 Apply Power to Server 4 Apply Power to Server 1 Start with the highest numbered group Switch on its circuit breaker or plug the power shelf AC power cords into the designated AC receptacles On the service side of the enclosure check that the fans are operating by placing your hand over the exhaust grill The fans should be turning and you should hear air circulating through the enclosure After a few seconds if the fans do not operate shut the system down quickly See Power Is Applied to Enclosure But Fans Are Not Turning on page D 6 Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for all remaining enclosures without power shelves Work in descending order of group number ending with group 01 During system startup status LEDs on the various enclosures and CRUs light during a series of power on self tests POSTs which can take up to 10 minutes All LEDs are lit briefly during POSTs but only the green power on LEDs should remain lit after the POSTs finish Before you start the system ensure that POSTs have finished successfully If the green power on LED does not light or other LEDs remain lit see Appendix D Troubleshooting HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 26 FastPath Tasks Required 5 Verify Topology 5 Verify Topology 1 Log on to the OSM or TSM Low Level Li
401. rNet 51 52 The number of slots that support adapters depends on adapters 53 54 the number of enclosures in the system If ServerNet adapters are in slots 51 and 52 you cannot attach I O enclosures to the processor enclosure O ServerNet 51 52 You can attach I O enclosures to the processor adapters 53 54 enclosures in the Tetra 8 topology without installing SEBs or MSEBs in slots 53 and 54 of the processor enclosures HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 16 Installing Enclosures Slot Assignments for NonStop S Series Enclosures Table 2 3 Slot Assignments Tetra 16 Topology Enclosure Hardware Slots Notes Processor SEBsand 51 52 To attach I O enclosures to the processor enclosures in MSEBs 53 54 the inner tetrahedron you must install SEBs or MSEBs in slots 53 and 54 of the processor enclosures If ServerNet adapters are in slots 51 and 52 you cannot later attach I O enclosures to the processor enclosure ServerNet 51 52 The number of slots that support adapters depends on adapters 53 54 the number of enclosures in the system V O ServerNet 51 52 To attach I O enclosures to the processor enclosures in adapters 53 54 the inner tetrahedron you must install SEBs or MSEBs in slots 53 and 54 of the processor enclosures Figure 2 13 Appearance Side Processor Enclosure iil OQ 0 in o n a a o N e e e e e
402. ray the ball and the surrounding area with compressed air from an aerosol can or other source Dampen do not soak a lint free cloth with a solution of mild detergent and water lay it on a flat surface and move the mouse around on the cloth as you would during normal operation Allow the mouse to dry 5 Verify that all the mouse buttons operate with no resistance Repair or replace any defective items Reconnect the mouse cable to the system unit Recheck mouse operation HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 D 33 Troubleshooting System Consoles Monitor Screen Is Blank Table D 4 Monitor Screen Is Blank Symptom Recovery The display monitor screen appears as if it is switched off 1 Power on the system unit and display monitor and recheck Verify that the power switch on the display monitor is in the on position and that the display monitor power indicator light is lit Verify that power is available from the power source Ensure that the display monitor power cord is securely connected to the power source Check that the display monitor interface cable is securely attached to its connector on the system unit Verify that the brightness and contrast controls are adjusted to produce a proper display using the vendor documentation as required Power off the display monitor and system unit Unplug the display monitor power cord from the pow
403. re not repeated in these procedures You might have to enter a user name and password if configured Otherwise you can close the logon screen by clicking OK Install Windows XP Professional Service Pack Your new system console is shipped with the Microsoft Windows XP Professional operating system already installed To migrate an existing system console from the Windows 2000 Professional operating system to the Windows XP Professional operating system see the NonStop System Console Guide for Migrating to Microsoft Windows XP Professional Install DSM SCM You must download DSM SCM client software from the SUT For download and installation instructions see the GO6 nn Software Installation and Upgrade Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 45 Troubleshooting Restoring Software on the Hard Disk Install Internet Explorer If necessary insert the System Console CD ROM into the CD ROM drive Table D 11 Install Internet Explorer Action Result 1 Inthe All Folders column navigate The contents of the lexplorer folder appear to the folder D IE6 2 Open the 1386 folder The contents of the 1386 folder appear 3 Double click ie6setup exe Internet Explorer 6 0 Active Setup wizard appears 4 Click Next The License Agreement dialog box appears 5 Accept the agreement Click Next The Installation Open dialog box appears After your computer is restart
404. re E 14 EPO Cable E 13 Figure E 15 Connecting an Ethernet Switch to Group 01 E 18 Figure E 16 Attaching SCSI Cable to PMF CRU E 20 Figure E 17 Adding a System Console to the Operating Configuration E 46 Tables Table 1 1 Weights for Enclosure Shipping Packages 1 10 Table 1 2 Maximum Processor and I O or IOAM Enclosure Connections 1 31 Table 1 3 Maximum Numbers of Enclosures for GO6 03 and Later RVUs 1 35 Table 1 4 ServerNet Cable Compatibilities With Components 1 38 Table 1 5 Preloaded and Supported HP NonStop System Console Software 1 50 Table 1 6 Preconfigured IP Addresses for a NonStop S Series Server 1 52 Table 1 7 System Load Paths in Order of Use 1 55 Table 2 1 Illustrations of Enclosures Including Slot Numbers 2 16 Table 2 2 Slot Assignments Tetra 8 Topology 2 16 Table 2 3 Slot Assignments Tetra 16 Topology 2 17 Table 5 1 Contents of the Shipping Box 5 3 Table 7 1 517x Firmware Requirements 7 3 Table 8 1 Status LEDs and Their Functions 8 10 Table 8 2 Troubleshooting Abnormal LED States 8 12 Table 8 3 Checking the Attributes of Selected System Components 8 16 Table 9 1 System Configuration Changes and Verifications 9 13 Table B 1 Maximum Tetra 8 ServerNet Cabling Processor Enclosures B 8 Table B 2 Maximum Tetra 8 ServerNet Cabling I O Enclosures B 9 Table B 3 Maximum Tetra 16 ServerNet Cabling Processor Enclosures B 10 Table B 4 Maximum Tetra 16 ServerNet Cabling I O Enclosures B 11 Table B 5 Tetra 8 Cabling On
405. rect Connect Line Startup File 13 16 Tips for Shutdown Files 13 17 Shutdown File Examples 13 17 System Shutdown File 13 18 CP6100 Lines Shutdown File 13 19 ATP6100 Lines Shutdown File 13 19 X 25 Lines Shutdown File 13 19 Printer Line Shutdown File 13 20 Expand Over IP Line Shutdown File 13 20 Direct Connect Line Shutdown File 13 20 Spooler Shutdown File 13 21 TMF Shutdown File 13 21 Adding Super Group User IDs 13 21 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System About These Examples 14 2 Background for Developers Inc 14 3 Hardware Configuration 14 4 Installation Documents 14 4 Case Study Installation Document Checklist 14 5 Case Study System Equipment Inventory Form 14 6 Case Study Enclosure Arrangement Diagram 14 7 Case Study Floor Plan 14 8 Case Study Preinstalled I O Device Cable Checklist 14 9 Case Study Group 01 System Enclosure Checklist 14 10 Case Study Group 01 Slot 50 PMF CRU Configuration Form 14 11 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 vii Contents 14 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System continued 14 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System continued Case Study Group 01 Slot 55 PMF CRU Configuration Form 14 12 Case Study Group 01 Slot 53 E4SA Configuration Form 14 13 Case Study Group 01 Slot 54 E4SA Configuration Form 14 14 Case Study
406. reen appears HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 41 Troubleshooting Restoring Software on the Hard Disk Table D 8 Install Windows XP Professional Operating System page 4 of 4 Action Result 52 Select Do not allow virtual private connections Click Next The Allowed Users screen appears 53 Select GCSC User If this selection is not available call the GCSC Otherwise click Next The Network Components screen appears 54 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP Click Properties The Incoming TCP IP Properties screen appears 55 Under Network Access select Allow callers to access my local network The Incoming TCP IP Properties screen indicates the selection 56 If the Specify an IP address check box is not checked check it The Incoming TCP IP Properties screen indicates the selection 57 Inthe IP Address field type Default From value 192 231 36 77 Default To value 192 231 36 78 Select Allow calling computer to specify its own address The Networking Components Screen appears Finish Click OK 58 Click Next The Completing the Network Connection Wizard and the default name of the Dialup Connection appear 59 Incoming Connection is selected Click The Local Area Network Connection Status screen appears 60 Click Properties Double click Local Area Connection The Local Area Connection Statu
407. remove any loose packing material Remove the Ethernet cable but do not connect it at this time Remove the system console binder Store the software media for future reference System consoles come preloaded with software Store the backup software packaged with the workstation for emergencies To restore software on the system console hard disk use the CD ROM shipped with the system console Retain the documentation packed with the accessories for future reference Unpack the Display Monitor Box A WARNING Some display monitors are heavy Use at least two people to lift the display monitor out of the shipping box and set it on a flat surface 1 0 N Open the display monitor box and remove any loose packing material Retain the documentation packed with the display monitor for future reference Remove the display monitor power cord Carefully remove the display monitor and its attached interface cable and place it on its swivel base on a stable flat surface Do not connect the power cord to a power outlet or connect the display monitor interface cable to the system unit at this time HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 5 4 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Unpacking the System Console Unpack the Ethernet Switch Box If no Ethernet switch is included with your system the switch and cables are included in the OPEN FIRST box Go to Unpack the Modem Box 1 Op
408. rm after the NonStop S series server has been powered up and started Note If you installed an IOAM enclosure Fibre Channel Disk Module FCDM s or ESS all post startup tasks are performed by your service provider Topic Testing the System Completing Final Installation Steps Restarting the Inspect Monitor Process Configuring the OSM or TSM Environment Testing the System This subsection provides examples of the commands you can use to do the following after the system has been started Test Check Power Supplies Check System Enclosure Components Check Critical System Processes Check Disk Subsystem Status Check Tape Subsystem Status Test the Disk Drives Test the Communications Lines Test the Tape Subsystems Page 9 2 a N rd D T N Ko ii _ on co Ko ii Ko par These procedures are not meant to be complete and might not be appropriate for your system For more information about system components and configurations see Section 1 Introduction HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 1 Performing Post Startup Tasks Check Power Supplies Check Power Supplies Ensure that all power supplies are functioning properly perform the Redundant Power Scrub action in the OSM Service Connection or TSM Service Application for all Module objects in the system Check System Enclosure Components T
409. rocessor and I O NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide enclosure connections Section 3 Cabling Enclosures Processor and IOAM Your service provider who can refer to the Modular I O enclosure connections Installation and Configuration Guide located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library A NonStop server can contain up to 44 system enclosures 8 processor enclosures and 36 I O enclosures with a total of 16 processors IOAM enclosures can replace any or all I O enclosures The type of NonStop server the configuration and the RVU all affect the number of I O or IOAM enclosures supported Table 1 2 shows the processors that reside in each processor enclosure plus the maximum number of I O enclosures or IOAM enclosures that each processor enclosure connects to Groups 11 through 89 are I O or IOAM enclosures Note Ensure that the correct firmware is installed on the processor and IOAM enclosures Minimum firmware is required to allow IOAM enclosures to be connected to processor enclosures in the outer tetrahedron For correct firmware requirements your service provider can refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide Table 1 2 Maximum Processor and I O or IOAM Enclosure Connections Processor Enclosure Connects to I O or IOAM Group Contains Processors Enclosures Groups 01 0 and 1 11 12 13 14 15 02 2and3 21 22 23 24 25
410. room temperature 3 Cut the straps set the ramp aside and lift the cardboard cap off the package A WARNING Wear safety glasses or other eye protection when cutting the banding straps The ends of the straps might snap back when cut and cause an eye injury HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 6 Installing Enclosures Unpack the Enclosures Figure 2 2 Unpacking the Enclosures Cardboard Cap Cardboard Antistatic Bag Cardboard Panel Plastic Locking Clips Unloading Ramp vst987 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 7 Installing Enclosures Unpack the Enclosures 4 Open the plastic locking clips that hold the shipping package together a Pinch the tabs on the clip together to unlock it b Pull the tabs to remove the clip Figure 2 3 Tabs on Plastic Locking Clip of Shipping Package VST004 vsd 5 Pull the clips completely out of the shipping package and set them aside 6 Remove the cardboard panels the padded shipping insert and the antistatic bag covering the system enclosure Set these materials aside 7 Position the ramp against the pallet 8 Flip open the twist lock handles on the pallet end piece 9 Loosen the end piece by turning the twist lock handles counterclockwise as far as they can go Figure 2 4 Loosen End Piece of Pallet by Turning Twist Lock Handles System Enclosure Side View
411. rruptible power supply UPS Connect the entire system to the UPS For more information about UPS requirements see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide Ensure the AC power cords for the enclosures to be installed are correct for the outlets at the installation site For alist of supported AC power cords by country plug type part number and length for system enclosures see the Part Numbers topic of the Service Information section of the NTL Support and Service Library See Support and Service Library on page xxiv For power planning information see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 3 Installing Enclosures 3 Organize the Equipment 1 Sort the shipping cartons into two groups Height Tall at least 40 inches or 102 cm Short shorter than 40 inches or 102 cm Contents System console ServerNet cables System accessories Service side door add on package optional 3 Organize the Equipment System enclosures Tape subsystems Note Shipping cartons containing IOAM enclosures and their related components must be unpacked by your service provider Information is available to your service provider in the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide 2 Move all the short cartons to the installation site Do not unpack the tall cartons yet 3 Verify that the OPEN FIRST box co
412. rs 1 44 3 6 ties 2 5 3 6 E 5 Cabling Tetra 16 B 5 B 6 B 10 B 13 B 25 B 29 Tetra 8 B 4 B 8 B 9 B 21 B 23 Carbon Copy software dial ins 1 49 installing D 46 preloaded 1 50 Cartridge tape See Tape subsystem Cascade port 6 4 6 6 10 5 10 6 Cascading Ethernet switch configuration 10 10 10 12 Case study ATP6100 lines 14 30 direct connect line 14 34 Expand over IP 14 33 hardware 14 4 installation documents 14 4 14 19 TCP IP stacks 14 26 X 25 lines 14 32 NCP network control 14 33 ZEXP Expand manager 14 27 Certificate of Authenticity 5 3 CIIN file 8 18 automatic 1 56 contents 13 6 disabled 8 18 establishing 13 6 file name 13 6 initial location of 13 2 modifying 13 7 ownership 13 6 processor load 1 56 8 18 RELOAD 13 7 CIIN file 8 18 continued security 13 6 13 8 specifying 13 6 system behavior when absent 13 7 CLCI sessions 8 19 CNSL 8 19 9 14 Command files creating 12 17 examples 13 5 13 21 14 23 14 34 preparation 12 17 Commands CONTROL DISK SPARE 9 10 COPYDUMP D 19 example file 12 5 INFO D 18 D 22 D 24 INFO DISK 12 17 INFO LABEL 12 15 LISTDEV 9 6 LOG 12 17 PRIMARY DISK 9 9 9 10 RCVDUMP D 18 RECEIVEDUMP D 17 D 18 RELOAD 8 21 13 7 D 12 D 13 D 19 RUN ZPHIRNM D 29 SAVE 12 2 START 12 2 STATS woe D 24 STATUS 12 12 2 D24 STATUS ee 9 8 9 9 STATUS LINE STATUS TAPE STOP 12 12 SWITCH 9 8 9 10 Communications lines testing 9 10 Compressed dump file message D 19 CONFO0000 f
413. rvice processor SP extinguishes the amber service LED on the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU and generates an event completing the POST If the MFIOB test fails the MFIOB is either partially operational or not operational To troubleshoot a failed MFIOB test see Appendix D Troubleshooting HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 57 Introduction Installation Overview HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 1 58 2 Installing Enclosures This section describes how to unpack new equipment and install NonStop system enclosures Topic Page Prepare to Install New Equipment 2 2 1 Review the Documentation 2 2 2 Prepare the Work Space 2 3 3 Organize the Equipment 2 4 Unpack the Enclosures 2 6 Tools 2 6 Unpack the Enclosures 2 6 Connect the Groundstraps 2 13 Inventory the Enclosures 2 16 Slot Assignments for NonStop S Series Enclosures 2 16 Inspect the Components 2 23 The procedures in this section apply to all types of NonStop S series processor enclosures and I O enclosures For information about dimensions weights or other specifications of NonStop S series enclosures see Section 1 Introduction Notes If you are adding a processor or I O enclosure to a previously installed system see the NonStop S Series System Expansion and Reduction Guide A Caution A new IOAM enclosure or an additional IOAM enclosure mu
414. s IOMF CRUs SEBs if present MSEBs if present and ServerNet adapters 3 Reseat any CRU that appears to be improperly seated 6 Connect the Power On Cables 1 Find the power on cables included in a box with the system 2 Find the power on cable connectors on the service side of each enclosure Figure E 7 Power On Cable Connectors Power On Cable VST703 vsd 3 Connect the power on cables according to the appropriate diagram Figure E 8 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure vl VST110 vsd Figure E 9 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure One I O Enclosure 11 01 it Ly 4 yl r VST111 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 11 FastPath Tasks Required 6 Connect the Power On Cables Figure E 10 Power On Cables One Processor Enclosure Two I O Enclosures VST119 vsd Figure E 11 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures 01 02 VST120 vsd Figure E 12 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures One I O Enclosure VST121 vsd Figure E 13 Power On Cables Two Processor Enclosures Two I O Enclosures VST122 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 12 FastPath Tasks Required 7 Connect Emergency Power Off EPO Cables 7 Connect Emergency Power Off EPO Cables Emergency power off EPO cables are used only if the system is installed in a room designed to comply with special construction and fire pro
415. s 10 17 Low Level Link 1 54 8 15 10 9 D 47 Notification Director 9 16 security 13 8 Service Connection 9 2 9 11 10 15 D 47 OSS E 38 Outages 5 7 11 1 11 2 Outside View terminal emulator software function keys 1 50 installing D 46 preloaded 1 50 startup windows on 8 19 P Packing materials 5 2 Pallet shipping 1 9 PAM subsystem 12 4 Parallel Library TCP IP F 13 PARAM F 6 Part numbers A 1 PC accessory shipping box 5 3 5 4 Persistence manager process ZPM 12 3 PMF CRU configuration form 14 11 14 12 14 16 14 17 Ethernet ports 6 2 LEDs 8 10 D 5 reseating 2 24 troubleshooting 8 12 Port Access Method PAM 12 4 Ports Ethernet See Ethernet ports POSTS See Power on self tests POSTs Power cords See AC power cords Power scrub action redundant 9 2 Power supply LED D 4 verification 9 2 Powering on 5175 tape subsystem 8 3 519x tape subsystem 8 4 external system devices 8 3 modem 5 8 sequence 8 8 system 8 10 8 11 E 22 E 29 Power on self tests POSTs about 1 57 D 15 LEDs 8 10 system power on 8 9 Power on cable about 1 24 connecting 3 1 3 3 illustration 1 24 2 5 E 5 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 Index 9 Index Primary system console E 16 about 1 3 1 47 10 3 configuring E 36 installing E 16 E 19 IP addresses 1 52 LAN connections 6 2 operating configuration 10 8 powering on 5 8 system startup 8 2 Printers instal
416. s IP addresses use the OSM or TSM Low Level Link See the documentation appropriate to the software you are using OSM Low Level Link online help OSM User s Guide TSM Low Level Link online help TSM Configuration Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 53 Introduction Installation Overview Software Connections A system console can communicate with a server using two types of software connections a service connection and a low level link Both connections support NonStop user names but low level links support up to 18 MSP user names A service connection Is a connection between the OSM or TSM software on a system console and the OSM or TSM software on the server Lets you service and maintain a server when the NonStop operating system is running Gives you comprehensive information about the server You can examine the state of all supported devices as seen by the operating system and OSM or TSM server software ls established by the OSM Service Connection or TSM Service Application A low level link Is a connection between the OSM or TSM software running on a system console and the master service processors MSPs on the server Allows communication over a low level link whether or not the NonStop operating system is running Gives you access to critical information and functions Is established by the OSM or TSM Low Level Link HP N
417. s are minimums for system load To run most applications you must configure additional swap files You want to increase the number or size of your swap files You want to change the location of one or more swap files KMSF and the Operations Environment KMSF affects routine operations Operations staff must monitor KMSF and operator messages to spot potential problems and dynamically add swap space as needed Event Management Service EMS messages are generated to alert staff to swap files that have reached a configured threshold and to changes in KMSF configuration HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 8 Online Configuration Tasks The OSM and TSM Packages The OSM and TSM Packages The OSM and TSM packages are collections of software products that provide troubleshooting maintenance and service tools Note Beginning with TSM 2005A T8184ABI the TSM Low Level Link is replaced by the OSM Low Level Link WIth the OSM or TSM package you can make these configuration changes online Verify and update firmware for components Implement remote monitoring and maintenance functions Specify IP addresses of system consoles and the master service processors With the OSM or TSM Notification Director and the OSM or TSM Low Level Link you can configure User names and passwords for the OSM or TSM package for security Remote dial in access to the system from a service prov
418. s for all enclosures enclosure flashing in the system Settings for the two switches within any enclosure must be the same Settings for any two enclosures must be different Change the switch settings if necessary using the information about adding a processor enclosure in the NonStop S Series System Expansion and Reduction Guide In OSM the action is Set Service LED State which sets the state to On or Off In TSM the actions are Set Group Service LED and Clear Group Service LED PMF CRU Amber service LED is With the OSM or TSM Event Viewer check the EMS lit log files for pertinent event messages Retry the operation Replace the PMF CRU if necessary See PMF CRU and IOMF CRU Power On Self Tests on page 1 57 OSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxiv TSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxv HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 12 Powering On and Starting the System Troubleshooting Abnormal LED States Table 8 2 Troubleshooting Abnormal LED States page 2 of 2 Location LED State Action IOMF CRU Amber service LED is lit With the OSM or TSM Event Viewer check the EMS log files for pertinent event messages Retry the operation Replace the IOMF CRU if necessary See PMF CRU and IOMF CRU Power On Self Tests on page 1 57 OSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxiv TSM Guided
419. s procedure only if these cords are not connected a Start with the group 01 processor enclosure b Insert the power cord into the retainer in the power shelf See Figure 8 5 Orient the molded end of the AC power cord with the single contact on bottom and insert the plug into the retainer until it is fully seated c If you have difficulty inserting the plug into the retainer you might need to remove the power supply from the power shelf insert the power cord into the retainer and reinstall the power supply A WARNING The underside of the locking bar is sharp Placing your fingers under the locking bar can result in injury Failure to fully seat the plug into the retainer can result in cord damage from the locking bar d Swing the locking bar down until it engages one of the slots on the plug housing and snaps into place e Repeat Step b through Step d for the other AC power cord for this enclosure and for all remaining enclosures that have power shelves HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 7 Powering On and Starting the System Power On Procedure Using AC Power Cords Figure 8 5 Connecting an AC Power Cord to an Enclosure With a Power Shelf ton Bar Power Cord Retainer Slots on Plug Housing gt UN Al AC Power Cord VST983 vsd 2 When you are ready to power on the system plug the AC power cords for the enclosures into the designated AC recepta
420. s screen appears 61 Click Properties The TCP IP Properties screen appears 62 If the Specify and IP address check box is not checked check it All the following values are defaults 63 In the IP Address field type 192523153641 64 In the Subnet Mask field type 29 9 2D a0 0 65 In the Default Gateway field type TOZ 23 16 3 6 9 66 Click OK twice The Local Area Communications Status screen appears 67 Click Close You have completed the procedure HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 D 42 Troubleshooting Restoring Software on the Hard Disk Configure the System Console Table Task Table D 9 Set Up Date and Time Table D 10 Set Event Log Settings Set Up Date and Time Table D 9 Set Up Date and Time Page D 43 D 44 Action Result 1 Ifthe date time properties in the form of a map of the world are not displayed select Start gt Settings gt Control Panel The Control Panel appears Click the Date Time icon The Date Time Properties screen appears In the Date amp Time tab set day month and year 4 Select your time zone from the menu Click Date amp Time 5 Click the Time Zone tab and select your time zone from the menu Optionally select Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving changes Click OK The Date Time Properties screen closes 6 Still i
421. s to add a NonStop S7000 system to their development environment They already have a NonStop K20000 running the D42 xxsuper group RVU and they plan to port applications from the K20000 server to the S7000 server This conceptual drawing shows what the environment will look like after the NonStop S7000 server is installed Public LAN Expand IP NonStop K Series Server System Name Case2 System Number 10 NonStop S Series Server System Name Case1 System Number 5 SWAN Backup Primary System System Console Console xt I y Modem Modem Remote Service Remote Service Provider GCSC Provider GCSC VST919 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 14 3 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Hardware Configuration Hardware Configuration The hardware configuration for Case1 the NonStop S7000 system described in this case study includes Two system enclosures each containing Two processor multifunction PMF CRUs Each processor has 256 megabytes MB of memory Two ServerNet expansion boards SEBs Two Ethernet 4 ServerNet adapters E4SAs Sixteen 4 gigabyte GB disk drives One 5175 open reel tape drive attached to the PMF CRU in group 01 module 01 slot 50 This PMF CRU contains processor 0 One 5190 or 5194 cartridge tape drive attached to the PMF CRU in group 01 module 01 slot 55 This PMF CRU contains processor 1 Primary and
422. se SCF to install the boot millicode on the target disk In this example the boot millicode is installed on DATAO8 13 gt control S data08 replaceboot Ssystem sys00 sysdisc STORAGE W01012 The CONTROL DISK REPLACEBOOT operation will OVERWRITE the existing bootstrap on SDATAOS8 Are you sure you want to REPLACE the bootstrap on DATA08 Y N y STORAGE W01013 To protect you against failure when replacing the bootstrap file on DATA08 SCF can place SDATAO8 M in a STOPPED summary state substate HARDDOWN Do you want to abort SDATAO8 M Y N n HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 12 14 Online Configuration Tasks 7 Verify the Installation of Boot Mill Use the SCF INFO LABEL command to verif correctly 7 Verify the Installation of Boot Millicode on the Target Disk icode on the Target Disk y that the boot millicode was installed In this example section 12 Boot LSA shows that the address and length values are now nonzero values 14 gt info data08 label STORAGE Label Information DISK WAGER SDATA08 Disk Label Information SDATAO8 Primary Volume NAME a adeeb ihe arae a a a avd ate Bee SSYSTE Alternate Volume Name SDATAO08 Vok me aL Disses iai a stuen ve igen sie ato BUainas Sole desks Boa 20 Volum
423. se your fingers to install a KEPS nut on the protruding end of the screw which is in the cable channel Insert the Phillips screwdriver through the access hole in the frame Use the screwdriver to tighten the Phillips screw while you hold the KEPS nut in place with your free hand as shown in Figure 4 3 Figure 4 3 Tightening a Phillips Screw in a Mounting Hole VST096 vsd 7 Install the service side door including the faceplate and group ID label a Align the top elongated mounting pin of the door with the top hinge of the frame Insert that mounting pin partway into that hinge Verify that the bottom mounting pin of the door is aligned with the bottom hinge of the frame Lower the door to seat both mounting pins and secure the door to the enclosure Remove the faceplate from the door Retrieve the group ID label for the enclosure from the set of labels included with the service side door add on package Insert the group ID label in the faceplate Reinstall the faceplate on the door HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 4 3 Installing Service Side Doors Figure 4 4 shows a system enclosure with a service side door installed Figure 4 4 Service Side Door Installed on a System Enclosure Enclosure Frame Post Cable Channel Adapter Frame Service Side Door Group ID Label Faceplate VST003 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guid
424. service space is necessary on the sides of an enclosure HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 11 Installing Enclosures Unpack the Enclosures 16 With a 3 4 inch 19 mm or a 9 16 inch 15 mm open end wrench lower the four legs on the base enclosure Figure 2 9 Lowering Legs of Base Enclosure a A VST017 vsd Caster a Start with the enclosure leg raised Use an open ended wrench to loosen and lower the leg The size of the wrench depends on the leveling pads b Use the wrench to tighten the leg against the floor 17 Repeat Step 3 through Step 16 for any additional system enclosures HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 12 Installing Enclosures Connect the Groundstraps Connect the Groundstraps Note If your system has only one enclosure go to Inventory the Enclosures on page 2 16 For information about the purpose and specifications of groundstraps see Groundstraps on page 1 23 1 Find the groundstraps included with your system The groundstraps are packaged in a plastic bag along with two Phillips head screws for each groundstrap 2 Find the four groundstrap connector locations on the service side of a system enclosure See Figure 2 10 The groundstrap connector locations are the same for all system enclosures Figure 2 10 Groundstrap Connector Locations Groundstrap Connectors Groundstrap VST701 vsd
425. shows the front of an IOAM enclosure Fans Fans Module 3 Module 2 oF n Slot 17 Slot 17 IOAM Enclosure Group 12 Slot 16 Slot 16 Power Supplies Modules 2 and 3 Fans Fans Module 3 Module 2 _ Slot 17 Slot 17 IOAM Enclosure Group 11 Slot 16 Slot 16 Power Supplies Modules 2 and 3 VST052 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 29 Introduction This figure shows the rear of an IOAM enclosure Ree 4 IOAM Enclosure Group 12 N OO DY WO A 0 D Module 2 Module 3 qq iodo H CH m m a iS IOAM Module 2 w j m m IOAM Enclosure Group 11 N m i 100 mmm Si D 100 OOD Module 2 Module 3 a Installation Overview ServerNet Switch Board Module 2 ServerNet Switch Board Module 3 ServerNet Switch Board Module 2 ServerNet Switch Board Module 3 VST050 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 30 Introduction Installation Overview Server Numbering and Labeling For Information About See P
426. sor dump Correct the problem and reload the processor or processors using one of the following methods At the startup TACL prompt issue the following command for each of the processors to be reloaded gt reload nn prime If you cannot prime or load a processor as indicated by messages on the status line of the terminal emulation window use the following procedure Log on to the OSM or TSM Low Level Link From the toolbar select Processor Status Select the processors to be reloaded From the Processor Actions menu scroll to Prime for Reload Click Perform Action Close the Processor Status dialog box oap HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 13 Troubleshooting CPU Memory Test Fails CPU Memory Test Fails The CPU memory test checks the system main memory If the CPU memory test finishes successfully the boot millicode starts the system load path test If the test fails the service processor SP does not light the green power on LED on the PMF CRU Generally the CPU memory test fails because of a correctable memory error CME or a hardware error freeze Signs of a Failed CPU Memory Test Corrective Action PMF CRU green power on LED 1 Retry the operation remains unlit 2 Ifthe test fails a second time use the OSM or Processor halts with a halt code TSM Event Viewer to check the event logs for of 100236 event messages The location of a failed Hard
427. st always be installed by a service provider trained by HP Your service provider should refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide which is located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 1 Installing Enclosures Prepare to Install New Equipment Prepare to Install New Equipment Complete the steps in this section when your equipment arrives 1 Review the Documentation Typically documentation is provided by the system planner The system planner gives you the information you need to perform the installation what the system configuration is and the steps to complete Has the system planner completed the Installation Document Checklist If yes 1 Review all forms diagrams and lists in the Installation Document Checklist For an example of completed forms see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide For blank forms see NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide LAN Configuration and Management Manual SWAN Concentrator Installation and Support Guide TSM Configuration Guide ServerNet adapter manuals O O O O 0 2 Ensure that you have everything listed in the checklist 3 Ensure that you understand the documentation If the documentation is unclear or if you have questions about how to complete an installation procedure contact the system planner or
428. stPath Guide 541880 001 13 14 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files CP6100 Lines Startup File CP6100 Lines Startup File This example shows an SCF command file that starts the CP6100 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator ZZWAN S01 configuration track ID X001 XX This file can be invoked automatically from the STRTSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt SCF IN SSYSTEM STARTUP STRTICP6 OUT SZHOME This is SSYSTEM STARTUP STRTCP6 Starts CP6100 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator SZZWAN S0O1 ALLOW 20 ERRORS START LINE SCP6 ATP6100 Lines Startup File This example shows an SCF command file that starts the ATP6100 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator ZZWAN S01 configuration track ID X001 XX This file can be invoked automatically from the STRTSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt SCF IN SSYSTEM STARTUP STRTATP OUT SZHOME This is S SYSTEM STARTUP STRTATP Starts ATP6100 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator SZZWAN S01 ALLOW 20 ERRORS START LINE SATP X 25 Lines Startup File This example shows an SCF command file that starts the X 25 lines associated with the SWAN concentrator ZZWAN S01 configuration track ID X001 XX This file can be invoked automatically from the STRTSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt SCF IN SSYSTE
429. stem you will load b Under Configuration File select Current CONFIG the default configuration file that represents the configuration currently running c Under Option verify that the CIIN disabled check box is unchecked The CIIN file must be enabled because it contains commands needed to start the server The startup TACL process performs the commands in the CIIN file and then logs off For a description of the CIIN file see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 18 Powering On and Starting the System Loading the System Figure 8 8 Entering Information in the System Startup Dialog Box System Startup System Status Startup Configuration Start system Configuration File Set sytem SYSnn o0 Ahri Curent CONFIG C Saved version CONFrxyy 7 TE Close Option C Base CONFBASE I CIIN disabled s Help Detailed Status inging MSPx aling SPIOLIB spApcSessionCreate PIOLIB spRpcSessicnCreate return code 0 ogon to MSP 172 17 20 31 was successful VST591 vsd 3 Inthe System Startup dialog box click Start system The system load begins If you want to stop the system startup process click Abort in the System Startup dialog box You might wait up to 30 seconds before the abort takes effect A Caution Do not close the System Startup dialog box while startup is in progress I
430. system generation ZHOME The ZHOME process is a process pair that provides a reliable home terminal to which processes can perform write operations The ZHOME process can be used by processes that must write to the system console but do not require a response ZHOME is preconfigured on your system by the CONFBASE file ZHOME is a generic process that is part of the SCF Kernel subsystem Note the following about the configuration of ZHOME The ZHOME process is configured with YMIOP CLCI as its HOMETERM INFILE and OUTFILE HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 3 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files ZHOME Alternative Because ZHOME acts as a reliable home terminal designed to interact with the system console YMIOP CLCI HP recommends that you do not change its configuration Most important Do not specify ZHOME for the INFILE OUTFILE or HOMETERM for the ZHOME process Never specify ZHOME for the INFILE for a process The ZHOME process returns the FEINVALOP error file system error 2 in response to any read operation Generic processes started by the ZPM persistence manager inherit YMIOP CLCI as the HOMETER M INFILE and OUTFILE unless these attributes are changed in the configuration record for the generic process HP recommends that you configure most NonStop Kernel and system level generic processes to use ZHOME for the HOMETERM and OUTFILE ZHOME Al
431. system startup process as described in the Results column log on to another user ID or log off Example CIIN Files This example CIIN file does not include a persistent CLCI TACL process Comment This is the initial command input CIIN file for the system Comment If CIIN is enabled in TSM and configured in your CONFTEXT Comment file the initial TACL process will read this file and Comment then terminate Comment This file is used to reload the remaining processors and Comment start a TACL process pair for the system console Comment Reload the remaining processors RELOAD TERM ZHOME OUT ZHOME Comment Start a TACL process pair for the system console TACL window Comment Use the TSM Low Level Link to start a TTE session Comment for the startup TACL before issuing this command see the Comment Start Terminal Emulator command under the File menu Comment These should be the last commands in this file because Comment the TACL process displays a prompt and attempts to read Comment from SYMIOP CLCI blocking other processes from writing to Comment this device ACL TERM SYMIOP CLCI IN S YMIOP CLCI OUT SYMIOP CLCI NAME SSCO amp PRI 199 CPU 0 1 ACL TERM SYMIOP CLCI IN S YMIOP CLCI OUT SYMIOP CLCI NAME SSCO amp PRI 199 CPU 1 0 Comment Upon completion of this
432. t run SCF gt SCF 2 List saved configuration files gt FUP INFO SSYSTEM ZSYSCONF CONF 3 Save the current system configuration using a unique file name gt SAVE CONFIGURATION xx yy where xx yy is a number in the range 0 0 through 99 99 The following message appears when the configuration has been saved The configuration file SSYSTEM ZSYSCONF CONFxxyy has been created 4 If you specify an existing configuration file CONF xxyy SCF asks if you want to replace it If you do not want to replace it you must repeat the SAVE command with a different value for xx yy HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 25 FastPath Tasks Optional Installing a Software Product Revision SPR 3 Log On to DSM SCM Exit SCF To determine the current SYSnn enter at the TACL prompt gt status 0 0 Or use the SYSINFO command which returns System name EXPAND node number Current SYSnn System number Software RVU ID Record this SYSnn in case you must back out a revision later If the TMF subsystem is not already running start it gt TMFCOM START TMF If DSM SCM is not already running start it gt VOLUME SDSMSCM ZDSMSCM gt RUN STARTSCM Log on to the Planner Interface with the super ID The Planner Interface displays Software in Archive and Configuration Revisions Receive SPR Into Archive The Software in Archive window lists the software curren
433. tection provisions If no EPO function is needed skip to 8 Connect ServerNet Cables on page E 14 1 Find the EPO cables included in a box with the system one cable per enclosure Figure E 14 EPO Cable Cc lt Unterminated end VST908 vsd 2 Connect the unterminated end of one EPO cable to the appropriate junction box or facility wiring for the EPO control circuit at the customer site 3 Attach the two pin connector end of the EPO cable to the EPO connector slot 56 on the service side of the system enclosure Emergency Power Off EPO Connector ea Sa mer VST700 vsd 4 Repeat Step 2 and Step 3 for all remaining system enclosures HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 E 13 FastPath Tasks Required 8 Connect ServerNet Cables 8 Connect ServerNet Cables If the server consists of only one enclosure skip to 9 Install Service Side Enclosure Doors If Necessary on page E 15 1 Find the ServerNet cables included with the system These cables might be any of the following types SEB to SEB ECL SEB to MSEB ECL MSEB to MSEB ECL Serial copper Fiber optic Most two processor or four processor NonStop S series systems use ECL cables However if your server is part of a ServerNet cluster it might be equipped with other cables See the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide the ServerNet Cluster Manual and the ServerNet Cluster
434. ted smaller configurations This section provides power on cabling diagrams for selected large and smaller ServerNet configurations HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 xxii About This Guide Section D E IT Title Troubleshooting FastPath Tasks Required FastPath Tasks Optional Glossary What s in This Guide Contents page 3 of 3 This appendix explains basic recovery tasks for the system and system console This appendix contains all the tasks required to install start and configure a two processor or four processor NonStop S series server in the Tetra 8 topology This appendix contains all optional configuration tasks for a two processor or four processor NonStop S series server in the Tetra 8 topology The Glossary has been moved to the NonStop Technical Library NTL HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 xxiii About This Guide Where to Get More Information Where to Get More Information Documentation Manuals Hotstuff messages and other kinds of documentation are available in the NonStop Technical Library NTL at http techlibrary cac cpqcorp net ntl For abstracts of the NonStop S series manuals see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide Support and Service Library These NTL Support and Service library categories provide procedures part numbers troubleshooting tips and too
435. tem Configuration F 4 2a Change SCF F 4 2b Rename SCF Objects in the CONFIG File F 5 2c Add SCF Objects to the CONFIG File F 6 3 Automate System Startup F 7 Modify Provided Startup Files F 7 Create Startup Files F 7 4 Automate System Shutdown F 8 Tips for Shutdown Files F 8 5 Configure a SWAN or SWAN 2 Concentrator F 9 Access the WAN Wizard Pro F 9 6 Configure an Expand Over IP Line F 10 Prerequisites F 11 1 On the NonStop S Series Server F 12 2 On the NonStop K Series Server F 16 3 On the NonStop S Series Server F 18 4 On the NonStop K Series Server F 19 5 On Either NonStop Server F 21 7 Install Software F 22 Configuring Software With DSM SCM F 23 Installing a Software Product Revision SPR F 25 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 1 FastPath Tasks Optional 1 Prerequisites 1 Prerequisites Before you change the system configuration complete the following tasks 1a Verify Required Configuration Changes F 2 1b Review Initial System Configuration F 2 1c Start Required Processes F 2 1d Save Current System Configuration F 3 1e If Your Server Will Be Part of a ServerNet Cluster F 3 1a Verify Required Configuration Changes Verify that the procedures in Appendix E FastPath Tasks Required are complete 1b Review Initial System Configuration The following initial system configuration is shipped in the OPEN FIRST box CONFTEXT configuration file l
436. tem Discovery button on the toolbar The Management window appears Verify that all system enclosures are visible in the Physical view If your server contains I O enclosures but the Physical view does not show them the Topology attribute value might be inconsistent with the topology of your system When you use the cabling tables in 8 Connect ServerNet Cables on page E 14 your system is connected as a Tetra 8 system HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 27 FastPath Tasks Required 6 Verify System Components 6 Verify System Components Follow the instructions given in Verifying Topology and System Components on page 8 14 Ensure that the value for each attribute is as listed in Table 8 3 Checking the Attributes of Selected System Components on page 8 16 Note If the Power State attribute for a PMF CRU does not have a value of On contact your service provider 7 Start System 1 5 After POSTs finish green power on LEDs should remain lit No amber LEDs should be lit If any LEDs exhibit abnormal behavior see Appendix D Troubleshooting Verify processor status a On the menu bar select Summary gt Processor Status b Verify that all processors have passed POST c Close the Processor Status window From the toolbar click Start System The System Startup dialog box appears In the System Startup dialog box a Inthe SYSnn field enter 00 as
437. ternative Instead of ZHOME you might want to use the optional NonStop Virtual Hometerm Subsystem VHS product if both of the following conditions are true The processes you are configuring cannot handle error responses returned if YMIOP CNSL or YMIOP CLCI is not available The process must perform read operations to the device HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 4 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Example Command Files Example Command Files This section describes and shows examples of command files that can be used to start up and shut down the server Examples and sample programs are for illustration only and might not be suited for your particular purpose HP does not warrant guarantee or make any representations regarding the use or the results of the use of any examples or sample programs in any documentation You must verify the applicability of any example or sample program before placing the software into production use These examples are for a system whose configuration has been changed from the factory installed configuration Your system s initial configuration will differ from these examples The examples in this section are based on the examples in Appendix 14 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System The startup files in this section assume that the objects they start have already been added to the configuration database for the system F
438. that the STATUS TAPE display includes the tape subsystem and that the state is STARTED the substate is UP and the device status is READY The following example shows the status for tape drive T0151 STORAGE Status TAPE T0150 LDev State Primary Backup Device Status PID PID 71 STARTED 0 282 123 READY If the tape subsystem does not appear in the display or if the state substate or device status is not correct ensure that The tape subsystem is plugged in The cables are attached correctly All appropriate start buttons have been pushed All LEDs on the subsystem show normal status See the subsystem manual The tape drive is configured properly in the system database If these troubleshooting techniques do not work contact your service provider Test the Tape Subsystems Test tape subsystems with TSM BACKUP and RESTORE or SCF OSM or TSM and other utilities do not test tape libraries The OSM Service Connection and TSM Service Application support these tests for tape subsystems OSM or TSM Action Description of Action CRU Responsive Test Verifies that a tape drive is installed and responding Test Extended The specific test performed depends on type of tape drive For more information see the OSM User s Guide or the TSM Service Application online help The tape drive must be in the down state Test Verify Runs the power on self test for the tape drive and tests its internal circ
439. that the system topology is set correctly by referring to the Topology attribute in the details pane The Attributes tab must be selected as shown in Figure 8 7 Figure 8 7 Verifying the System Topology System Name MINDEN System Serial Number G33814 System Type Commercial System Freeze Disabled Topology After Next Power Cycle Tetra 8 Topology Tetra 8 VST001 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 15 Powering On and Starting the System Verifying Topology and System Components If the Topology attribute value Tetra 8 or Tetra 16 does not match the system configuration you must reset the topology before loading the system To reset the topology see the OSM Low Level Link online help or the OSM User s Guide A Caution If the Topology attribute value specified in the details pane does not match the configuration of the installed system the view pane might not display all installed enclosures 6 Verify that the system components in the tree pane match the components ordered 7 From the tree pane click each system component in the enclosure The attributes for the selected component appear in the details pane Verify that the value for each attribute is as listed in Table 8 3 on page 8 16 If the Power State attribute for a PMF CRU does not have a value of OK contact your service provider The PMF CRU is either powered off or contains a fault Table 8 3 Checking
440. the Attributes of Selected System Components Tree Pane Example Details Pane Attributes Tab Name Value Double click each IOMF or IOMF 2 IOMF GRP 11 Power State OK CRU MOD 1 SLOT 50 Click the power supply in each IOMF IOMF PS GRP 11 Logon State On or IOMF 2 CRU MOD 1 SLOT 50 Double click each PMF CRU PMF GRP 1 Power State OK MOD 1 SLOT 50 Click the processor in the PMF CRU PROCESSOR O Total Memory MB should Size match the memory ordered NonStop S7000 servers click the PMF PS GRP 1 Logon State On power supply in the PMF CRU MOD 1 SLOT 50 All NonStop S series servers except PS GRP 1 Logon State On the S7000 click the power supply MOD 1 SLOT 1 Click remaining components FAN GRP 1 Power State OK MOD 1 SLOT 25 8 Close the Management window 9 Optional Run the SP Tool Application intended for use only by trained service providers to retrieve detailed information about the system hardware components and ServerNet system area network As of the G06 22 RVU the SP Tool is no longer packaged with TSM It is now packaged with the OSM Low Level Link or it can be installed independently from the HP NonStop System Console Installer CD and can be used in conjunction with either the OSM or TSM software package HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 16 Powering On and Starting the System Verifying Topology and System Components a Runthe SP Tool
441. the ISEE for NonStop topic in the Service Information section of the NTL Support and Service Library to learn about ISEE prerequisites and NonStop specific details that you will need before downloading and configuring the ISEE client from the HP Hardware Support Services Web Authorized service providers can see ISEE for NonStop HP Internal on the NTL employee site Contact your HP representative Dial Outs Dial out capability lets the OSM or TSM Notification Director notify a remote service provider of pending hardware and software problems Either of two system consoles defined as the primary and backup dial out points can be used for dial outs In this guide these are the primary and backup system consoles If your system has only one system console it is defined as the primary dial out point While both OSM and TSM software can be installed on your system console you should use only one of the Notification Director applications to avoid creating duplicate incident reports and dial outs for the same problem In a dial out situation incident reports are forwarded by the server to the primary dial out point If the primary dial out point does not respond the reports are forwarded to the backup dial out point Either dial out point uses the modem to send these reports to your service provider Because your service provider has no access to the server dial outs are completely secure Configure dial out capacity with the OSM or TSM
442. the lines using the command START LINE Satppl or by invoking a startup file that contains this command To start a process such as a TACL process on this line specify SATPP1 TERM HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 14 30 Case Study Installing and Configuring a System Adding a 5516 Printer Adding a 5516 Printer This example contains an SCF command file that adds a 5516 printer associated with the SWAN concentrator ZZWAN S01 configuration track ID X001 XX to the configuration database It also contains a startup file This is S SYSTEM STARTUP ADDLP This file should be invoked after ADDMGR and ADDSWAN Add and start a 5516 printer ADD PROFILE SZZWAN PRINTER FILE SSYSTEM SYS00 PATP5516 ADD DEVICE SZZWAN LP5516 amp CPU 0 amp ALTCPU 1 amp PROFILE printer amp TOPOBJECT Ssystem sys00 oatpcss amp TYPE 51 0 amp RECSIZE 132 amp BAUD19200 P amp CLIP Ly amp LINE Ly amp ADAPTER s01 amp PATH A START DEVICE ZZWAN LP5516 To enable data communications you must start the lines using the command START LINE LP5516 or by invoking a startup file that contains this command To refer to this printer such as in a FUP copy command or when defining it in the spooler specify LP5516 LP HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and
443. the spoolers Spooler Utilities Reference Manual Configuring and managing Pathway TS MP System Management Manual applications Configuring and managing TMF TMF Planning and Configuration Guide TMF Operations and Recovery Guide Configuring and managing TRANSFER TRANSFER Installation and Management Guide applications Configuring and managing your system TSM Configuration Guide monitoring environment HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 2 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Processes That Represent the System Console Processes That Represent the System Console On NonStop S series servers the system console is a pair of windows on a LAN connected system console It is represented by the processes YMIOP CLCI and YMIOP CNSL and the home terminal is represented by the ZHOME process pair YMIOP CLCI YMIOP CLCI is the primary interactive terminal for the operator interface to the system This process Runs on the system console Is preconfigured on your system during system generation TACL processes are started on YMIOP CLCI by commands in the CIIN file If a read operation is pending such as a TACL prompt on YMIOP CLCI write operations are blocked causing the process attempting the write operation to wait indefinitely YMIOP CNSL YMIOP CNSL is a write only device for logging This process Runs on the system console Is preconfigured on your system during
444. tification Director 2 Inthe Systems menu select the system to be configured 3 In the Licensing dialog box click Continue 4 Inthe Logon dialog box a Type a valid user ID and password for the NonStop Kernel operating system b Click Log on In the System Configuration dialog box click the Preferences tab In the Preferences tab select the following in the Dial out Point Definition box Select Primary Dial out Point when configuring the primary system console Select Backup Dial out Point when configuring the backup system console 7 Click OK to close the System Configuration dialog box 3b Update Emergency Repair Disk or Automated System Recovery Disk Update your Windows 2000 ERD or Windows XP ASR disk using the same procedure you used for creating an emergency repair disk or automated system recovery disk See 11 Create Emergency Repair Disk or Automated System Recovery Disk on page E 18 Follow the applicable online help Update the emergency repair disk or automated system recovery disk any time you change the configuration of your workstation in a way that changes the registry HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 E 36 FastPath Tasks Required 4 Configure System Attributes 4 Configure System Attributes A Caution On a new system you must complete these procedures before you run DSM SCM or any other program that uses NonStop SQL MP Otherwise you might corrupt your SQL
445. ting configuration requires connections to both Ethernet switches or hubs If each switch or hub has an unused port you can add a server to the configuration online Before you add a server to the operating configuration Install a primary system console a backup system console and two Ethernet switches or hubs See Operating Configuration on page 10 3 Ensure that the existing server in the operating configuration is fully operational See Section 8 Powering On and Starting the System Configure OSM or TSM See Configuring the OSM or TSM Environment on page 9 16 and the OSM User s Guide or TSM Configuration Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 10 8 Configuring the System Add a Server to the Operating Configuration Because all servers are shipped with the same default low level link MSP and operating system IP addresses ensure that the server you are adding has IP addresses different from those of all servers currently on the Ethernet LAN To view or change the MSP IP addresses use the OSM or TSM Low Level Link Figure 10 6 shows a server that has been added to the operating configuration Figure 10 6 Operating Configuration With an Added Server Remote Service Remote Service Provider NonStop S Series Backup Primary System Console System Console HRK E NonStop S Series Server Do not use this figure as
446. tions are true If you are using OSM If you are using TSM Your server is running the G06 08 or later Your server is running the G06 04 or later RVU RVU You have installed SPR T7945AAG or later To connect system consoles to a secure operations LAN use the server s E4SA FESA or GESA ports HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 15 Configuring the System Construct a Secure Operations LAN Configuration Figure 10 11 LAN Configurations Operations and Dedicated 1 52 53164 al x Oo oji g N S Ethernet Porton PMF CRU EthernetPort on E4SAor FESA Operations LAN OperationsLAN Primary Backup System System Console Console i Dedicated Modem Modem LAN Ethernet Switches Remote Service Provider Remote Service Provider Note Do not use this figure as a wiring diagram Actual connections vary depending on your Ethernet switch VST061 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 16 Configuring the System Construct a Secure Operations LAN Configuration Procedure 1 Connect the system console to the operations LAN as shown in Figure 10 11 a Connect the Ethernet cable to the 10Base T connector on the network interface card NIC at the back of the system console b Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the operations LAN Connect the operations LAN to the ServerNet adapter d On the system conso
447. tly in the DSM SCM archive 1 In the Software in Archive window click Receive software The Receive Software Request dialog box appears DSM SCM assigns the SPR name The default is Determine from incoming data For multiple SPRs DSM SCM uses the name of the first selected SPR In the Receive Software Request dialog box a Click Input Source b Inthe Request Source Options dialog box select Tape drive c Select a tape from the scrollable list d Click OK To submit the request in the Receive Software Request dialog box click OK Check the status of the request in the status window DSM SCM updates this window regularly Wait until the window indicates that the request has completed In the Window menu click Refresh The Software in Archive window is updated to show the newly received SPR HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 26 FastPath Tasks Optional Installing a Software Product Revision SPR 4 Create New Software Revision 1 Inthe Configuration Revisions window select the configuration revision to be updated 2 Click New software revision A New Software Revision window appears showing the products in the last software revision that was built for the target 3 Inthe New Software Revision window edit the revision notes for the new revision a Click Edit Revision Notes b Inthe Revision Notes box add a description of the changes c Click OK 4 Int
448. to leave the Safeguard application running during ZPHIRNM HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 28 Troubleshooting 6 Rename Software Files Using ZPHIRNM 6 Rename Software Files Using ZPHIRNM 1 Enter the following command using the SYSnn for the software configuration you are backing out to gt RUN ZPHIRNM SDSMSCM SYSnn The following prompt appears Do you want to use a log file with this session Y N Enter Y The following prompt appears You may use any file for logging If you request to use a disk file that doesn t exist it will be created as an ntry sequenced file Please enter a filename Enter a disk file name The following message appears Log file filename was successfully created ZPHIRNM then renames the applied files ZPHIRNM issues an EMS event message when it has successfully finished ZPHIRNM must run without errors to complete the software activation If ZPHIRNM notifies you of any errors correct them and run ZPHIRNM again 7 Stop System Skip this step if SYSGENR and system load are not required for the revision you are backing out to and were not required the last time you created a new revision 1 Shut down any user applications that are still running such as TMF and Safeguard Drain the spooler Log on to the OSM or TSM Low Level Link From the Processor Status dialog box a Select every processor displ
449. topologies or the ServerNet Cluster 6780 Planning and Installation Guide for layered topologies HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 3 FastPath Tasks Optional 2 Customize the System Configuration 2 Customize the System Configuration Adapt the CONFIG file to your system Some of the ways you can customize the CONFIG file include Renaming SCF objects that are not part of the standard configuration Adding SCF objects that are not part of the initial system configuration 2a Change SCF F 4 2b Rename SCF Objects in the CONFIG File F 5 2c Add SCF Objects to the CONFIG File F 6 2a Change SCF 1 a Create a command file containing the SCF commands to change the configuration Copy the SCF0000 STARTCOM and STARTSCF files as templates for SCF command files Changing these files directly is not recommended Configure important processes as persistent generic processes Persistent processes start automatically at system load and restart automatically if stopped Place commands that change the CONFIG file in a command file that is separate from the commands that do not change the CONFIG file Commands that change the CONFIG file use the SCF interface to the WAN Kernel storage LAN ServerNet FX and ATM subsystems Commands that do not change the CONFIG file use the SCF interface to all other subsystems For fallback purposes save the current system configurati
450. traps Figure 2 12 Examples of Groundstrap Locations Between Enclosures Ore Ore ome Two Enclosures Three Enclosures Sixteen Enclosures VST976 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 2 15 Installing Enclosures Inventory the Enclosures Inventory the Enclosures Verify that the delivered system matches the system you ordered To make it easier to verify that all components are in the correct slots and your system is equipped as ordered print or photocopy the following information Slot Assignments for NonStop S Series Enclosures Note For information about whether SEBs or MSEBs are required for your system see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide Table 2 1 Illustrations of Enclosures Including Slot Numbers Enclosure Type Appearance Side Service Side NonStop S7000 processor Figure 2 13 on Figure 2 14 on page 2 18 enclosure page 2 17 NonStop Sxx000 and 87x00 Figure 2 13 on Figure 2 15 on page 2 19 processor enclosures except page 2 17 7000 I O enclosure without power shelf None Figure 2 16 on page 2 20 I O enclosure with power shelf None Figure 2 17 on page 2 21 Table 2 2 Slot Assignments Tetra 8 Topology Enclosure Hardware Slots Notes Processor SEBs 51 52 Reserve these slots for SEBs and MSEBs MSEBs If ServerNet adapters are in slots 51 and 52 you cannot attach I O enclosures to the processor enclosure Serve
451. tware HP Systems Insight Manager and ISEE is supported and can also be installed on the system console Only PCs provided by HP for this purpose are supported as system consoles A Caution To preserve the integrity of applications running on system consoles do not install any software applications on your system consoles other than those listed in Table 1 5 Compromising the software on the system console might leave you unable to communicate with your server Note System consoles are initially configured by HP manufacturing with OSM enabled and TSM disabled This includes disabling the power scrub test and processor alarm functionality in TSM If you want to use TSM instead of OSM follow the instructions described under Fallback Issues in the OSM Migration Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 49 Introduction Installation Overview Table 1 5 Preloaded and Supported HP NonStop System Console Software Software OSM Application suite which contains these OSM components OSM Low Level Link OSM Notification Director OSM Console Tools Optional but can be installed TSM Low Level Link now replaced by OSM Low Level Link TSM Service Application TSM Notification Director TSM Event Viewer OutsideView terminal emulator software Distributed Systems Management Software Configuration Manager DSM SCM Optional but can be installed
452. u obtain results different from those described in the procedures in this section verify that you have properly performed the procedures in this section and in Unpacking and Assembling a System Console on page 5 2 If you still have difficulty after this verification follow the instructions in Appendix D Troubleshooting HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 5 10 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Connecting Multiple System Consoles Connecting Multiple System Consoles If you are installing a new system with multiple system consoles you must create the setup configuration before you can add a second system console The setup configuration is one server connected to one system console See Figure 5 1 Figure 5 1 Setup Configuration NonStop S Series Server System Console Remote Service Provider Ethernet Switch VST992 vsd It is recommended that you do not allow the setup configuration to serve as your permanent working configuration because it lacks fault tolerance After you start and test the system and perform the initial OSM or TSM configuration add fault tolerance to the setup configuration by connecting a backup system console and a second Ethernet switch you can also use an Ethernet hub This recommended operating configuration is discussed in Section 10 Configuring the System HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880
453. uctions b Press Shift F16 to exit the Target Interface HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 27 Troubleshooting 4 Monitor Backout Process 4 Monitor Backout Process 1 7 From a system console go to the task menu bar and select Start gt Programs gt Dsmscm gt DSMSCM Log on to the Planner Interface by using the super ID 255 255 DSM SCM displays the Planner Interface main screen From the Requests menu select Request list The Requests list screen appears showing the type of activity and current status Double click to select the backout activity which should be at the top of the Requests list Click Status details The Request Activity Summary screen appears Monitor the backout processing activity by watching the timestamp in the upper right hand corner of the screen Select Show EMS events to obtain an update at any time When the backout is complete exit the Planner Interface A Caution Do not stop DSM SCM until the backout operation is complete 5 Stop All Applications 1 To stop DSM SCM enter the following at the TACL prompt gt VOLUME SDSMSCM ZDSMSCM gt RUN STOPSCM Stop the TMF subsystem gt TMFCOM STOP TMF Stop all other applications Note In some cases certain applications or subsystems such as the TMF subsystem might need to be running during ZPHIRNM Depending on how your system is configured you also might need
454. uirements your service provider can refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 1 13 Introduction Installation Overview IOAM Enclosure Components An IOAM enclosure chassis contains two midplanes I O midplane for routing ServerNet signals Power midplane for routing power and signals for the power supply controls These components are installed in an IOAM enclosure Two ServerNet switch boards for routing ServerNet packages from the MSEB to the ServerNet adapters The ServerNet switch board enables communication between a NonStop S series system and an IOAM Up to 10 ServerNet adapters These adapters include Fibre Channel ServerNet adapters FCSA FCSAs provide access to Fibre Channel storage devices such as the Fibre Channel disk module FCDM Enterprise Storage System ESS Gigabit Ethernet 4 port ServerNet adapters G4SA G4SAs provide increased Ethernet capacity An IOAM enclosure that has 10 G4SAs provides up to 40 ports of Ethernet connections Four fans for cooling components inside an IOAM enclosure Four power supplies with universal AC input to provide power to the components in an IOAM enclosure One bezel Two cable management systems for managing the fiber optic cables at the module level and at the modular cabinet level when it is installed on the modular cabinet Note For FCSA information
455. uitry The tape drive must be in the down state For help using the OSM or TSM windows and dialog boxes see online help for the OSM Service Connection or TSM Service Application For information about concepts commands dialog boxes and how to perform tape tasks see the TSM Online User Guide or the OSM User s Guide HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 9 11 Performing Post Startup Tasks Completing Final Installation Steps The BACKUP and RESTORE utilities test the status of tape drives See the Guardian Disk and Tape Utilities Reference Manual You can use SCF commands to obtain status information about a tape subsystem For an example of the SCF STATUS TAPE command see Check Tape Subsystem Status on page 9 11 The SCF STATUS TAPE DETAIL command produces a report that shows the processor numbers for the tape process the logical device number of the tape drive and the current state of the tape drive The following example shows a report for TAPEO gt STATUS TAPE STAPEO DETAIL STORAGE Detailed Status TAPE ALM171 STAPEO Tape Process Information LDev State Primary Backup DeviceStatus PID PID 51 STARTED 0 273 1 269 ONLINE BOT Tape I O Process Information Library File Program File SSYSTEM SYS70 OTPPROCP Current Settings AC Vii ieee cee iatsacee wed danas N INSTALLED Buffer Level RECORD Checksum Mode
456. ur LAN environment This is SYSTEM STARTUP IP2CASE N ALLOW 100 ERRORS START LINE Case2IP Expand Direct Connect Line Startup File This example shows an SCF command file that starts an Expand direct connect line on a SWAN concentrator This file can be invoked automatically from the STRTSYS file or you can invoke it by using the following TACL command gt SCF IN SSYSTEM STARTUP STRTLH OUT ZHOME This is S SYSTEM STARTUP STRTLH START LINE SCase2elh HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 13 16 Creating Startup and Shutdown Files Tips for Shutdown Files Tips for Shutdown Files HP recommends that you specify N for the read access portion of the file security attribute RWEP for your shutdown files to allow the files to be read by any user on the network For example you might secure these files NCCC The sequence in which you invoke shutdown files can be important Some processes require other processes to be stopped before they can be stopped Be sure to indicate the order in which shutdown files are to be run Shutdown File Examples You can implement the system shutdown sequence with a collection of shutdown files each with a specific purpose HP recommends that you invoke the shutdown files in this order 1 Shutdown files for the applications 2 Shutdown files for the communications lines 3 Shutdown files for the
457. ur service provider 1 If a green LED is not lit on one or more system enclosures a Ensure that all AC power cords and power on cables are properly connected b Repeat the power on procedure If the AC power cords and power on cables are properly connected and the server still is not powered on a Locate the power on push button on the PMF CRU HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 6 Troubleshooting Power Is Applied to Enclosure But Fans Are Not Turning b Press and hold the power on push button for at least one second Amber Service LED Green Power On LED Power On Push Button Odd Numbered Processor Even Numbered Processor VST580 vsd 3 If the system still cannot be powered on contact your service provider HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 7 Troubleshooting Any Green LED Is Not Lit Any Green LED Is Not Lit Note To troubleshoot any LEDs in an IOAM enclosure contact your service provider who can refer to the Modular I O Installation and Configuration Guide located in the NTL Hardware Service and Maintenance Collection in the Support and Service Library 1 Make sure the fans are turning If the fans are not turning and if none of the green LEDs on the system components in an enclosure are lit the power might not have been properly applied Check that the power on cables are properly connected and repeat
458. uration Group 01 Processor Enclosure Service Side o PMF CRU Containing PMF CRU Containing Processor 0 Processor 1 Slot 50 k o o o Oo Aml lel trill 5 To Ethernet Port Medium Dependent of PMF CRU Interface MDI Switch in Slot 50 To Ethernet Port _ Le Z Setting for Ethernet Switch of PMF CRU To Primary in Slot 55 System Cascade Console Port To Backup System N AA Console Ethernet Switch 2 Ethernet Switch 1 Note Connections vary depending on the Ethernet switch you use VST536 vsd Create a Cascading Ethernet Switch Configuration When no ports are left on the Ethernet switches or hubs in the operating configuration you can expand the configuration by cascading two additional Ethernet switches or hubs online Figure 10 8 shows a cascading Ethernet switch configuration A cascading Ethernet switch configuration containing more than four switches or hubs is not supported for LAN configurations HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 10 Configuring the System Create a Cascading Ethernet Switch Configuration Figure 10 8 Cascading Ethernet Switch Configuration Remote Service Remote Service Provider Provider Primary System Console NonStop S Series Server Backup System Console Cascading Ethernet Switch Do not use this figure as a wiring diagram Actual connections v
459. ures B 16 Tetra 8 Systems With Three Processor Enclosures B 17 Tetra 8 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures B 21 Small Tetra 16 Systems B 25 About This Information B 25 Tetra 16 Systems With Four Processor Enclosures B 26 Tetra 16 Systems With Six Processor Enclosures B 28 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 1 ServerNet Cabling What ServerNet Cabling Diagrams Mean What ServerNet Cabling Diagrams Mean Figure B 1 Correlation Between ServerNet Cable Diagram and One Enclosure PMF CRU Slot 50 SEB Slot 52 SEB Slot 54 PMF CRU Slot 55 VST006 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 2 ServerNet Cabling What ServerNet Cabling Diagrams Mean Figure B 2 Correlation Between ServerNet Cable Diagram and Two Enclosures Group 02 SEB 53 Port 5 25 Slot 50 VST009 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 B 3 ServerNet Cabling Maximum ServerNet Configurations Maximum ServerNet Configurations Figure B 3 Maximum Tetra 8 Topologies X and Y Fabrics Tetra 8 Topology X Fabric Group Group Group Group 11 12 22 21 IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF 50 50 50 50 Group Group 01 02 Group Group 04 03 50 50 50 50 Group Group Group Group 41 42 32 31 IOMF IOMF IOMF IOMF Tetra 8 Topology Y Fabric Group Group Group Group 11 12 22 21 IOMF IOMF IOMF
460. uring a ProCurve 24 Port Ethernet Switch A Caution These procedures restore Windows registry files Your existing configuration might be lost Before using these procedures try restoring the configuration from tape backups or access the last known good configuration by holding down the space bar as your computer restarts If you are using ProCurve 24 port managed Ethernet switches for your dedicated OSM TSM service LAN you should configure the switch ports that are used for connecting to PMF CRUs and only those ports to protect the Services Processors from possible overload This procedure is not needed and does not apply to ProCurve 8 port unmanaged switches ale ah O OOP To access the switch s configuration interface open an Internet Explorer browser window and enter the IP address of the switch in this form http lt ip address gt In the configuration interface select the Configuration tab then select Port Configuration Double click the port being used for connectivity to the Ethernet port on the PMF CRU Make sure Port Enabled is set to Yes Set Mode to 10HDx In the Broadcast Limit window enter a value of 1 Click Apply Settings you may then close the switch configuration interface window Note The switch requires a username and password for configuration changes See documentation shipped with the switch for the default values Repeat steps 1 through 7 for all other connections to PM
461. v Figure 8 3 AC Power Cord He Ae H VST982 vsd 1 For each enclosure in the system plug one end of a detachable AC power cord into the appropriate receptacle on the system enclosure Caution Do not plug the other end of the AC power cord into the dedicated outlet at this time Doing so immediately powers on the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU For enclosures that do not have power shelves a Start with the group 01 processor enclosure b Ensure the power interlock on the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU in slot 50 or 55 is fully engaged so that the power cord retainer is aligned with the power receptacle c Connect the AC power cord to the power receptacle on the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU as shown in Figure 8 4 d Using a stubby Phillips screwdriver secure the AC power cord plug in the power cord retainer by tightening the retainer screw e Repeat Step b through Step d for the other AC power cord for this enclosure and for all remaining enclosures that do not have power shelves HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 8 6 Powering On and Starting the System Power On Procedure Using AC Power Cords Figure 8 4 Connecting an AC Power Cord to an Enclosure With No Power Shelf Retainer Screw Power Cord Retainer Power Receptacle AC Power Cord Power Interlock Ejector VST708 vsd For enclosures that have power shelves the AC power cords are shipped preconnected to the power shelves Use thi
462. ver using the super ID 255 255 and enter the correct password at the Password prompt gt logon super super Password password At the TACL prompt start the Subsystem Control Facility SCF gt SCF Add the Expand manager process ZEXP as a generic process At the SCF prompt gt ADD PROCESS SZZKRN ZEXP NAME SZEXP PRIORITY 180 amp AUTORESTART 10 PROGRAM SSYSTEM SYSTEM OZEXP amp PRIMARYCPU 0 BACKUPCPU 1 TYPE OTHER STARTMODE SYSTEM amp HOMETERM SZHOME OUTFILE SZHOME STARTUPMSG lt BCKP CPU gt Start the Expand manager process ZEXP gt START PROCESS S ZZKRN ZEXP Note Use this command to start ZEXP for the first time Thereafter the persistence monitor ZPM automatically Starts ZEXP during a system load or processor reload Restarts ZEXP if it stops while the system is running HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 F 12 FastPath Tasks Optional 1 On the NonStop S Series Server 1c Configure NCP 1 From an SCF prompt create a profile for the network control process gt ADD PROFILE zzwan pexpncp file system sys00 pexpncp Confirm that the profile has been created gt INFO PROFILE zzwan pexpncp Create the network control process gt ADD DEVICE zzwan ncp iopobject system sys00 ncpobj amp gt PROFILE pexpncp cpu 0 altcpu 1 type 62 6 rsize 1
463. verwritten In the left pane click Application Log Application events appear in the right pane In main menu Action gt Properties Properties dialog box opens In the event log wrap section click Overwrite Events as needed Click OK As the log file fills older application events are overwritten 10 Close Event Viewer Window You have completed the procedure HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 44 Troubleshooting Restoring Software on the Hard Disk Install Software Provided by HP If you have problems while installing software you can restart the console and repeat the installation of the individual software product without reinstalling all the products Table Topic Page NA Install Windows XP Professional Service Pack D 45 NA Install DSM SCM D 45 Table D 11 Install Internet Explorer D 46 NA Install the OutsideView Terminal Emulator D 46 NA Install OSM or TSM Client Software D 46 NA For installation instructions see the NonStop System Console Installer D 46 Guide NA Configure the System Console for Remote Access D 47 NA Start the OSM or TSM Low Level Link and TSM Service Application or D 47 OSM Service Connection NA Create Update and Use an ERD or ASR D 47 You are now working in a Windows environment When a procedure requires you to restart the system console you might need to log on again Details of logging on a
464. w the enclosures are physically arranged For example connector 1 on the ServerNet Expansion Board SEB in slot 51 of enclosure 01 connects only to the SEB connector 1 of enclosure 02 Similarly all I O enclosures connect to a unique SEB port although the ports might differ between Tetra 8 and Tetra 16 configurations Therefore the cabling patterns remain the same whether the enclosures are adjacent separated by other enclosures or located in separate rows Fabrics and Slots The relationships among components slots and fabrics are And Connects to Enclosure One of These Components Fits in This Slot This Fabric System IOMF CRU 50 X OMF 2 CRU PMF CRU y SEB 51 X MSEB 52 Y Other adapters 53 X 54 Y IOAM IOAM ServerNet switch 14 X board module 2 IOAM ServerNet switch 14 Y board module 3 FCSA or G4SA 1 5 modules 2 and 3 Connects to both X and Y fabrics dual ported Note For information about whether SEBs or MSEBs are required for your system see the NonStop S Series Planning and Configuration Guide ServerNet cables connect SEBs or MSEBs in a processor enclosure to any of SEBs or MSEBs in another processor enclosure IOMF CRUs in an I O enclosure ServerNet switch boards in an IOAM enclosure MSEB connection only In systems with more than one enclosure all processor enclosures contain SEBs or MSEBs These components are installed in slots 51 and 52
465. ware error freeze occurs memory CRU is stored in an SpEvCruTestComplete event message The memory might need to be replaced Contact your service provider System Load Path Test Fails The system load path test checks the system load paths If the system load path test finishes successfully firmware for the intelligent SCSI processor ISP is loaded the SCSI buses are scanned the processor is reset and the boot millicode starts the multifunction I O board MFIOB test Signs of a Failed System Load Path Test Corrective Action PMF CRU green power on LED 1 remains unlit 2 Processor halts with a halt code of 100237 e Retry the operation If the test fails a second time replace the PMF CRU See OSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxiv TSM Guided Replacement Procedures on page xxv HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 D 14 Troubleshooting Multifunction I O Board MFIOB Test Fails Multifunction I O Board MFIOB Test Fails The multifunction I O board MFIOB test checks the MFIOB If the MFIOB test finishes successfully the service processor SP extinguishes the amber service LED on the PMF CRU or IOMF CRU and generates an event completing the POST If the MFIOB test fails the MFIOB is either partially operational or not operational Indications of a Failed MFIOB Test Corrective Action PMF CRU or IOMF CRU amber service 1 Retry the operation
466. ware on Target System Once a new configuration revision has been applied to a system it can be activated The activation procedure varies depending on the system and the products involved but includes these steps 1 Send a snapshot of the target system back to the host system database This snapshot is then received into the host database ensuring that the host system has an accurate record of the current software configuration on the target system Run ZPHIRNM to rename the temporary file names to their actual names To minimize downtime for your applications product files are placed on a target system using temporary file names so they do not interfere with any existing versions of the software Activate the new software on the target system This task can involve a variety of steps including updating firmware loading the system and starting and stopping applications at certain times HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 24 Configuring Software With DSM SCM FastPath Tasks Optional Installing a Software Product Revision SPR Installing a Software Product Revision SPR Task Page 1 Save Current System Configuration Database F 25 2 Log On to DSM SCM F 26 3 Receive SPR Into Archive F 26 4 Create New Software Revision F 27 5 Build and Apply Configuration Revision F 27 6 Activate Software F 27 1 Save Current System Configuration Database 1 Atthe TACL promp
467. y ASR Disk The ERD for Windows 2000 or ASR disk for Windows XP saves repair information that you can use to reconstruct your Windows system files system configuration and startup environment variables if they are corrupted The OSM or TSM Low Level Link and OSM or TSM Notification Director save important configuration information to the operating system registry To back up this information you must create or update an ERD or ASR for your workstation Use the backup procedure in the Windows 2000 or XP documentation shipped with your system console Operational Considerations for OSM and TSM You now have an operational system console Under normal circumstances a system console should be left running but To prevent unauthorized operations log off any OSM or TSM software when you are not using the workstation ifthe display monitor is idle more than 20 minutes the power save feature is enabled putting the monitor into standby mode The monitor screen goes blank and the monitor power LED turns yellow or amber For TSM a user has to remain logged on to the system console at all times for the Notification Director application to receive and dial out incident reports An important enhancement for the OSM Notification Director is that it can be configured to run as a Windows service so it will start whenever the Windows operating system starts up and will function even without a user being logged on to Windows If yo
468. y the STARTCOM and STARTSCF files on the SYSTEM ZSYSCONF subvolume and make changes to these copies to create your own command files Do not alter these files directly The sequence in which you invoke startup files can be important Some processes require other processes to be running before they can be started Be sure to indicate the order in which startup files are to be run You must configure a line handler process for a data communications line in the CONFIG file before you can invoke a startup file for that line if one is required You do not need to create startup files for processes in the CONFIG file that are configured to start automatically itis recommended that you specify N for the read access portion of the file security attribute RWEP for your startup files to allow the file to be read by any user on the network For example you might secure these files NCCC HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 F 7 FastPath Tasks Optional 4 Automate System Shutdown 4 Automate System Shutdown Automating system shutdown aids the operator in bringing the system to an orderly halt You can implement the system shutdown sequence with a collection of shutdown files each with a specific purpose Be sure to indicate the order in which shutdown files are to be run the sequence in which you invoke shutdown files is important The shutdown file sequence reverses the order of
469. you have an unused port on one of the Ethernet switches or hubs You can add a system console while all system components are online Figure 10 4 shows the operating configuration with an added system console Figure 10 4 Operating Configuration With an Added System Console Provider Provider Primary System Console NonStop S Series Server Backup System Console System Console Do not use this figure as a wiring diagram Actual connections vary depending on the Ethernet switch VST065 vsd HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541880 001 10 6 Configuring the System Add a System Console to the Operating Configuration Before you add a system console to the operating configuration Install the primary and backup system consoles and the two Ethernet switches or hubs See Create the Operating Configuration on page 10 3 Install start and test the server fully and ensure the operating system is up and running See Section 8 Powering On and Starting the System Configure OSM or TSM See Configuring the OSM or TSM Environment on page 9 16 and the OSM User s Guide or TSM Configuration Guide System consoles are shipped with the same default IP address and computer name Ensure that the IP address and computer name of the system console you are adding are different from the address and name of all other workstations on the Ethernet LAN Procedure 1 Unp
470. ystem Startup 1 55 Startup and Shutdown Files 1 55 System Load Paths 1 55 PMF CRU and IOMF CRU Power On Self Tests 1 57 2 Installing Enclosures Prepare to Install New Equipment 2 2 1 Review the Documentation 2 2 2 Prepare the Work Space 2 3 3 Organize the Equipment 2 4 Unpack the Enclosures 2 6 Tools 2 6 Unpack the Enclosures 2 6 Connect the Groundstraps 2 13 Inventory the Enclosures 2 16 Slot Assignments for NonStop S Series Enclosures 2 16 Inspect the Components 2 23 HP NonStop S Series Hardware Installation and FastPath Guide 541 880 001 ii Contents 3 Cabling Enclosures 3 Cabling Enclosures 1 Connect Power On Cables 3 1 2 Connect EPO Cables 3 4 3 Connect ServerNet Cables 3 5 4 Installing Service Side Doors 5 Installing Starting and Testing a System Console Unpacking and Assembling a System Console 5 2 Installation Quick Reference 5 2 Finding Documentation 5 2 Finding the Quick Setup Reference Card 5 2 Unpacking the System Console 5 2 Assembling the System Console 5 6 Starting and Testing a System Console 5 8 Powering On a System Console 5 8 Verifying Readiness 5 9 Final Setup Steps 5 9 Operational Considerations for OSM and TSM 5 10 Connecting Multiple System Consoles 5 11 System Console Function Keys 5 12 6 Connecting a System Console

HP NonStop S User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents